Home

Garmin Legacy Software Versions Pilot's Guide

1. s 3 2 Radio Sel PEOR erase deep euet diui 3 2 Son M 3 3 TUNING BOX soraia 3 4 Switching Between Radios 34 Manually Tuning a Frequency 3 4 Radio Indicators eiceceseurticrdsatiacsdneactevimasiencevienannues 3 5 I E eei 3 5 Frequency Transfer Arrow eene 3 5 3 2 COM Operation ess 3 6 Frequency Spacing nee 3 6 Automatic Squelch sss 3 6 Selecting a COM Radio sss 3 6 Emergency Frequency 121 500 MHZ 3 7 Quick Tuning and Activating 121 500 MHz 3 7 Stuck Microphone occsitat esti ubt Met E eH RGUR 3 7 3 3 NAV Operation eee 3 8 Frequency Range o 3 8 Morse Code Identifier sss 3 8 NAV Radio Selection for Navigation 3 8 ADF DME Tuning uu ierra reir etico cured 3 9 IES Gls cies zcaeria riii iecit donde 3 9 3 4 Frequency Auto tuning 3 10 Auto tuning on the PFD sees 3 10 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Vii TABLE OF CONTENTS viii Auto tuning on the MFD es 3 11 Auto Tuning on Approach Activation NAV Frequencies occiso ibit UR UE UISRU RR 3 17 SECTION 4 TRANSPONDER
2. eere 5 9 GDL 69 69A XM Radio System 5 10 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Master Avionics Squelch MASQ 5 10 Digital Clearance Recorder with Playback Capability5 11 Reversionary Mode 5 11 SECTION 6 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM 6 1 iD oin MERE 6 1 EIS AMES cessus n ieu ER 6 1 EPS GI CALONS E C 6 1 EIS Page Reversion eere 6 2 6 2 Engine P ge cucic Dt eter iine 6 3 0o LOAN Page 6 6 6 4 System Page eee 6 9 SECTION 7 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 1 Introduction sess 7 1 Description pee 9n 1 1 Reversionary Mode seenennenn 1 1 Optional Equipment eeeenn 1 1 MFD qe EI 1 2 MED Backlighting ss 7 2 MFD Softkeys asesino timi DATED E 7 2 Electronic Checklists optional 7 4 MFD Page Groups ernnnnnnnnnn 1 1 Working With Menus eennnne 7 8 7 2 Navigation Map Page 1 9 Navigation Map Page Operations 7 11 7 3 Traffic Map Page sess 1 33 DS alo ero m 1 34 Traffic Map Page Operations 1 34 7 4 Terrain Proximity Page 1 31 Terrain Pr
3. RPM re a 2100 FFLOW GPH 34 OIL PRES fm Was OIL TEMP CHT Se EGT BELLES ded FUEL QTY GAL p A 1 1 5 10 280 3B F ELECTRICAL M BUS E 245 voLTs 24 5 M BATT 5 g 48 ads OO Model 206 Figure 6 5 Engine Page 182 T182 206 T206 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Maximum Takeoff Fuel eol Turbine Inlet Temperature Indicator FFLOW GPH OIL PRES OIL TEMP CHT L V TIT as ae QTY GAL 18 2H 3H H ELECTRICAL H BUS E 245 VOLTS 24 5 M BATT 5 0 0 AMPS 6 6 Model T206 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM 6 5 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM 6 6 6 3 LEAN PAGE NOTE The pilot should follow the engine man ufacturer s recommended leaning procedures in the Aircraft Flight Manual AFM The Lean is accessed by pressing the LEAN softkey on the MFD from within the EIS page group The Lean Page provides information and a user interface for performing engine leaning The engine gauge s and Fuel Quantity Indicator remain on the Lean Page The Fuel Flow is listed as a numeric readout EGT and CHT Bar Graphs EGT and CHT for all cylinders are displayed graphically and the numeric readouts for the selected cylinder are provided under the EGT and CHT bar graphs By default the hottest cylinder is selected on the EGT and CHT bar graphs Bars are color coded as follows Cyan light blue Selected Cylinder White
4. FPL TRUNC Flight plan has been This occurs when a newly installed aviation database eliminates an obsolete ap truncated proach or arrival used by a stored flight plan The obsolete procedure is removed from the flight plan Update flight plan with current arrival or approach APPR VPROF Approaching VNAV Aircraft is approaching VNAV profile Prepare to climb or descend to meet VNAV profile profile pid pai RD DIGGING Aircraft is approaching target altitude Prepare to level aircraft LOCKED FPL Cannot navigate locked This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains flight plan locked waypoint Remove locked waypoint from flight plan Update flight plan with current waypoint S Arriving at waypoint xxxx where xxxx is the waypoint name STEEP TURN Steep turn ahead A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead Prepare to turn INSIDE ARSPC Inside airspace The aircraft is inside the airspace ARSPC AHEAD Airspace ahead less Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft The aircraft will penetrate the airspace than 10 minutes within 10 minutes ARSPC NEAR Airspace near and PS Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position 9 16 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Miscellaneous Message Advisories Cont Alerts Window Message Comments ARSPC NEAR Airspace near less than 2 nm LEG UNSMOOTH Fl
5. Total Endurance e Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance Fuel Required Total Range 4 For point to point fuel planning turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the trom waypoint Once the waypoints identifier is entered press the ENT key to accept the waypoint The flashing cursor moves to the to waypoint Again turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the to waypoint and press the ENT key to accept the waypoint OR 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 107 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Other Statistics To calculate Density Altitude and True Air speed 1 Select MANUAL page mode by pressing the Manual softkey Turn the large FMS knob to select the IND ALTITUDE field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the altitude indicated on your altimeter Press the ENT key when finished The flashing cursor moves to the PRESSURE field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the barometric pressure altimeter set ting Press the ENT key when finished The flashing cursor moves to the total air tem perature TAT field TAT is the temperature including the compressibility error heating of speed read on the outside air temperature gauge located in the lower left corner of the PFD Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the temperature Press the ENT key when finished Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for C
6. NEAREST APT box 4 Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list for the selected item D MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Turn the FMS knob to highlight the new selec tion any hard only hard soft water Press the ENT key To select Nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria 1 2 Select the System Setup Page Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight MIN LENGTH field in the NEAREST APT box Turn the small FMS knob to display the length field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a runway length zero to 99 999 feet Press the ENT key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 124 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY SYSTEM STATUS PAGE The System Status Page displays the status and soft ware version numbers for all detected system LRUs Pertinent information of all databases in the system is also displayed Active LRUs are indicated by a green check mark and failed LRUs are indicated by a red X The Pilot should note the failed LRU and inform a Cessna service center or Garmin dealer STATUS SERIAL NUMBER VERSION Ox00000000 4 01 AIRFRAME BASEMAP REGION BASEMAP VERSION AVIATION DATABASE AVIATION CYCLE AVIATION EFFECTIVE AVIATION EXPIRES TERRAIN REGION TERRAIN VERSION OBSTACLE REGION OBSTACLE VERSION CHECKLIST AUX Figure 7 82 System Status Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide
7. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT hONGANOXIE gt NORTH UP ese LTNING 7r lupe CELL Lightning Mode we RATE 3 and Rate CAKE QUIVIRA ROELAND PARK KLHC SHAWNEE MERRIAM OVERLAND PARK Hu LAWRENCE LENEXA Surrounding LEAHOOD ee trikes BALDWIN CITY EDGERTON SPRING HILL 169 WELLSVILLE CLEVELAND Stormscope Me be ae Lightning Sfhy en F Indication TOPO TERRAIN NEXRAD XM LTNG BACK Figure 8 1 Navigation Map Page Displaying Stormscope Lightning Data 8 2 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A To display Stormscope Lightning Data on the Navigation Map Page 1 Press the MAP softkey Press the STRMSCP softkey pressing the STRMSCP softkey again removes Stormscope Lightning Data from the Navigation Map Page In normal operation the mode and rate are displayed in the top right corner of the Navigation Map Page The mode is described by the word STRIKE when in strike mode or CELL when in cell mode A NOTE Cell mode uses a clustering pro gram to identify clusters of electrical activ ity that indicate cells Cell mode is most useful during periods of heavy storm activity Displaying cell data during these periods frees the pilot from sifting through a screen full of discharge points and helps to better determine where the storm cells are located Stormscope Lightning Data Display Range Stormscope lightning data ca
8. Sort Flight Plans by Comment Flight Plan Catalog Page Options Edit a Flight Plan PAGE HEHU OPTIONS Delete All Sort By Comment Create New Flight Plan Activate Flight Pion ssi Invert amp Activote FPL Edit Flight Plan Copy Flight Flon Delete Flight Plon Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bose poge Figure 7 48 Flight Plan Catalog Page Options 190 00498 00 Rev A Activate a Flight Plan Once a flight plan is defined using the Flight Plan Catalog Page it can be activated for navigation Activating the flight plan overwrites any previous information at that location To activate begin to navigate an existing flight plan 1 Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page 2 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page options 4 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Activate Flight Plan and press the ENT key 5 An Activate stored flight plan confirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT key to activate the flight plan To cancel the flight plan activation turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Activate stored Flight plan OK or CANCEL Figure 7 49 Activate Stored Flight Plan Confirmation MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Stop Navigating a Flight Plan To stop navigatin
9. To activate a new approach for the same airport select the new procedure from the Procedures Page To view the Procedures Page press the PROC key and rotate the large FMS knob to highlight Select Approach Select the desired approach from the list shown and press the ENT key Select the desired transition then activate the approach using the ENT key To activate a new approach to a different airport press the Direct to key and select the desired airport using the small and large FMS knobs Press the ENT key to accept the selected airport then follow the steps in the preceding paragraph to select an approach for the new airport NOTE Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point MAP If an attempt to do so is made an alert message Are you sure you want to discon tinue the current approach appears The G1000 directs you back to the transition waypoint and does NOT take into consideration any missed approach procedures if the current approach is reactivated Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A G1000 MAP DATUMS The G1000 system supports the following map da tums WARNING WGS 84 is the default datum and should be used in all situations except when another datum is specifically required for safe navigation Pilots using map datums other than WGS 84 do so at their own risk ADINDAN AFGOOYE AIN El ABD 1970 ANNA 1 ASTRO 19
10. Age is 60 120 Seconds IMPACT POINTS TAWS ONLY Mem Symbol Potential impact point at present 2f direction and altitude Imminent impact point at present direction and altitude Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill MISCELLANEOUS ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency mr Default Map Cursor Elevation Pointer Cursor Measuring Cursor Overzoom Indicator map toolbar Terrain Proximity Enabled map toolbar Traffic Enabled map toolbar User Waypoint m 190 00498 00 Rev A LINE SYMBOLS tem Symbol ICAO Control Area Class B Airspace Warning Area Alert Area Caution Area Danger Area Prohibited Area Restricted Area Training Area Unknown Area Class C Terminal Radar Service Area Mode C Area State or Province Border X 00 S 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill F 3 APPENDIX F OBSTACLE DATABASE Color aircraft altitude current aircraft altitude SAFE Obstacle height is lower than 1000 ft below the current aircraft altitude Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Height is less than Height is less than Height is greater than Height is greater than 1000 ft AGL 1000 ft AGL 1000 ft AGL TERRAIN COLOR CHART ro Aircraft Altitude A 100 ft ToS 1000 ft AGL Figure F 1 Terrain Color Chart F 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A
11. Normal Yellow Caution CHT only Red Warning CHT only For turbocharged aircraft the TIT Indicator and readout are shown above the EGT bar graph The pilot can utilize the CYL SLCT and ASSIST softkeys to obtain information about specific cylinders Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Cylinder Select NOTE The CYL SLCT softkey is disabled when the ASSIST softkey is pressed The CYL SLCT softkey becomes available after the LEAN softkey is pressed The CYL SLCT softkey can be utilized to obtain EGT and CHT information about a particular cylinder Pressing the CYL SLCT softkey cycles through the cylinders This softkey is disabled when a cylinder experiences a caution yellow bar on graph or warning red condition and remains disabled until the temperature returns to normal white Assist The ASSIST softkey becomes available after pressing the LEAN softkey The ASSIST softkey aids in the leaning process by identifying the peak of the first cylinder whose temperature falls This cylinders bar on the EGT and CHT bar graphs is highlighted in cyan as the selected cylinder If the temperature of the peaked cylinder exceeds the peak value the peak value is not updated Monitoring of the cylinder continues until the ASSIST softkey is pressed again Pressing the ASSIST again will disable lean assist remove the peak block from the bar graph and the APEAK Readout and returns the readout to seeking the hotte
12. Radio Tuning Window if equipped with DME e Altimeter e Altitude Reference Box Barometric Setting Box e Vertical Deviation Glideslope Indicator Marker Beacon Annunciations Vertical Speed Indicator Alerts Window Annunciation Window e System Time Box Transponder Status Bar Outside Air Temperature Box nset Map Direct to Window Flight Plan Window Procedures Window Timer References Window e Nearest Airports Window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 1 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY nw1188 88 117 95 navz 108 00 117 95 TNSET NAV Frequency Window Airspeed Indicator True Airspeed Box Heading Box Horizontal Situation Indicator Outside Air Temperature Box Softkeys System Time Box 3960000000 Transponder Status Bar 90006000 136 975 118 000 con 136 375 118 000 cox CTR cO STB J 5 EBERT CN ALERTS dde o Turn Rate Indicator Barometric Setting Box Vertical Speed Indicator Altimeter Altitude Reference Box COM Frequency Window Navigation Status Bar Slip Skid Indicator Attitude Indicator Figure 2 1 Default PFD Information 2 2 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY nava 1 17 88 9 HPT i RK 133 8000 118 988 com naz 113 25 113 08 0 124 300 126 008 con m nn TETI 1668 1588 la H Hd 1369 a n a TEE 3Hl BKT NORTH UP m um Amm x
13. The NAV Frequency Window displays the following NAV Receivers I MN 117 58 18 50 I iis information nav2ll 12 40 lt gt 117 58 Green e NAVI and NAV2 active and standby frequencies Frequency Frequency e NAVI and NAV2 identifier if the active NAVI or Tuning Box Toggle Arrow NAV2 frequency is a valid identified frequency Figure 2 34 Navigation Frequency Window e Color coded indication of the active NAV receiver J J quency NOTE Operating procedures for the NAV Frequency Window are located in the VHF NAV COM section 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 21 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY NAVIGATION STATUS BAR The Navigation Status Bar is located at the top of the PFD and displays valuable information while flying a route NOTE The fields in the PFD Navigation Status Bar cannot be changed The next waypoint in the active flight plan Distance to the next waypoint DIS Desired track to the next waypoint DTK Current track angle TRK e GPS Navigation Annunciations Desired Trach Distance to To Next Waypoint Next Waypoint Next Waypoint Current Track ARRIVING AT WAYPOINT Figure 2 35 Navigation Status Bar Messages 2 22 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A TRANSPONDER STATUS BAR The Transponder Status Bar displays the transponder code reply symbol and mode of operation Figure 2 36 Transponder Status Bar TIS Traffic I
14. To remove an approach arrival or depar ture from the active flight plan 1 From the Active Flight Plan Page press the MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan Page options Select the Remove Approach Remove Arrival or Remove Departure option and press the ENT key A confirmation window is displayed listing the procedure the pilot is about to remove With OK highlighted press the ENT key To cancel the remove request turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key PAGE HEMLI OPTIONS Store Flight Plan Invert Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan Remo Dac Closest Point OF FPL Change Fields I Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bose page Figure 7 46 Removing an Approach Closest Point of Flight Plan Feature Closest Point of FPL calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes from a reference waypoint It can also be used to create a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference waypoint To determine the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint 1 From the Active Flight Plan Page press the MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan Page options 2 Select the Closest Point of FPL option from the Active Flight Plan Page options and press the ENT key 3 A window is displayed with the reference waypoint field highlighted Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the
15. Weather Data Link Page XM Data receiver is not activated or the GDL 69 A has not displayed in the center of the screen in yellow received activation status trom the satellite Table 8 3 Troubleshooting Messages OFF AIR XM Radio Page the active channel is replaced ar c Channel not in service with this message 8 28 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Annunciations and Alerts ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 9 1 INTRODUCTION awareness of the alert The softkey then returns to the previous ALERTS label If alerts are still present the ALERTS label will be displayed in inverse video NOTE The Aircraft Flight Manual takes prece white background with black text The pilot can dence over any conflicting information found in press the ALERTS softkey a second time to view this document alert text messages The G1000 Alerting System conveys alerts to the pilot System Annunciations Typically a large red X using a combination of the following items appears in windows when a failure is detected in the LRU providing the information to the window See Annunciation Window The Annunciation the G1000 System Annunciations section for more window displays abbreviated annunciation text far omarion Text color is based on alert levels described later in the Alert Levels Definitions section The Annuncia Audio Alerting System The G1000 system issues tion window is
16. e CIl Course to an intercept e CR Course to a radial VA Heading vector to an altitude VD Heading vector to DME distance e VI Heading vector to an intercept VM Heading vector to manual termination e VR Heading vector to a radial A NOTE The G1000 does not provide steering guid ance for hold legs and procedure turns HA HF HM and PI leg types However these legs are drawn on the map and are shown in the flight plan A NOTE The pilot is responsible for determining database currency for approaches Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 73 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY SELECTING APPROACHES In order to select an approach there must be an active flight plan or direct to which terminates at an airport with a published approach 7 14 To select an approach 1 Press the PROC key to display the Procedures Page Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Select Approach and press the ENT key The approach procedure window appears Turn the FMS knob to select the desired approach and press the ENT key The transition window appears NOTE The approach vectors option assumes the pilot will receive vectors to the final course segment of the approach and will provide navi gation guidance on the final approach segment and extension only Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transi tion and press the ENT key LOAD is now highlighted Press the ENT key Activate the approach on
17. the G1000 uses this for en route and terminal phases and ramp down to 0 3 nm during an approach Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring RAIM protection limits listed below follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases The CDI Section of the System Setup page displays the following data Selected CDI range auto 5 nm 1 nm 0 3 nm The current system CDI range 5 nm 1 nm 0 3 nm The ILS CDI capture mode setting auto manual The CDI Section of the System Setup page allows the following operations e Setting the selected CDI range auto 5 nm 1 nm 0 3 nm e Setting the ILS CDI capture mode auto manual Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill To change the CDI range 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the SELECTED field in the GPS CDI box 4 Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list 5 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired value and press the ENT key To change the ILS CDI capture setting 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the ILS CDI CAPTURE field in the GPS CDI box 4 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired value and press the ENT key COM Configuration COM Configuration allows you to select 8 33 kHz or 25 0 kHz COM
18. 190 00498 00 Rev A G1000 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS GDU 1040 MFD amp PFD Physical Specifications Height 7 70 inches 19 56 cm Width 11 80 inches 29 97 cm Depth 3 55 inches 9 02 cm Weight 6 6 Ib 2 99 kg Voltage Range 9 33 Vdc Display 10 4 inch diagonal XGA 1024 x 768 pixels 262 144 colors Environmental Specifications lemperature Range 40 C to 455 C Humidity 9596 non condensing Altitude Range 1 500 feet to 55 000 feet GMA 1347 AUDIO PANEL Physical Specifications Bezel Height 7 70 inches 19 56 cm Width 1 3 inches 3 4 cm Depth 7 79 inches 19 70 cm Weight 1 7 Ib 0 8 kg Voltage Range 11 33 Vdc Environmental Specifications 20 C to 70 C 9596 non condensing 1 500 feet to 55 000 feet lemperature Range Humidity Altitude Range APPENDIX G GIA 63 INTEGRATED AVIONICS UNITS Physical Specifications Height 1 26 inches 18 44 cm Width 3 83 inches 9 73 cm Depth 9 73 inches 24 71 cm Weight 4 9 lb 2 22 kg Voltage Range 22 33 Vdc Environmental Specifications lemperature Range 40 C to 465 C Altitude Range 1 500 feet to 55 000 feet GPS Specifications Receiver 12 parallel channel PhaseTrac12 Acquisition Time 15 seconds warm 45 seconds cold Update Rate Once per second continuous Accuracy Position 49 feet 15 meters Velocity 0 1 knot RMS steady state Dynamics 1 000 knots maximum velocity 6g maximum acceleration VHF CO
19. 2 Turn the small FMS knob until the Stormscope Page is selected Figure 8 3 Stormscope Page Operations The following Stormscope Page operations are avail able using softkeys or page menu options Changing the display range Changing the lightning mode between cell and strike Changing the viewing mode between 360 and 120 ARC Clearing Stormscope lightning data To change the display range To change the display range on the Stormscope Page turn the joystick clockwise to zoom out or turn the joystick counter clockwise to zoom in Display ranges are 25 nm 25 and 50 nm 50 and 100 nm and 100 and 200 nm 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 5 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT To change the Stormscope lightning mode between cell and strike 1 2 OR Select the Stormscope Page Press the MODE softkey The CELL and STRIKE softkeys are displayed Press the CELL softkey to display CELL data or press the STRIKE softkey to display STRIKE data CELL or STRIKE is displayed in the mode box located in the upper left corner of the Stormscope Page Press the MENU key The page menu is displayed with Strike Mode or Cell Mode highlighted Figure 8 4 Press the ENT key on the desired selection To change the viewing mode between 360 and 120 pn 2 OR 8 6 Select the Stormscope Page Press the VIEW softkey The 360 and ARC softkeys a
20. Arrival Information Page STAR 1 84 Approach Information Page 7 86 Intersection Information Page 7 88 NDB Information Page eee 7 90 VOR Information Page eee 7 93 User Waypoint Information Page 1 96 Creating User Waypoints 7 98 Modifying User Waypoints 7 100 User Waypoint Information Page Options 7 101 7 10 Auxiliary Page Group 1 105 Trip Planning aO Broapascttt ette REVO o RE 1 105 GPS Status es Te T 7 112 System Setup Page enne 1 116 System Status Page eene 1 124 TABLE OF CONTENTS 7 11 Nearest Page Group 7 125 Navigating to a Nearest Waypoint 7 126 Nearest Intersections Page ss 7 130 Nearest NDB Page sss 7 131 Nearest VOR Page s sssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssesssesees 7 132 Nearest User Waypoint Page 7 134 Nearest Frequencies Page 7 135 Nearest Airspaces Page sss 7 137 SECTION 8 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8 1 Introduction esses 8 1 8 2 WX 500 Stormsc
21. Bearing Source Wy Waypoint Identifier 1 Bearing Icon Source Pointer Figure 2 27 BRG2 Information Window If GPS is the bearing source the active waypoint identifier is displayed in lieu of a frequency If an active waypoint is not selected the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and NO DATA is displayed in the information window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill If the NAV radio is the bearing source and is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and the frequency is replaced with ILS If the NAV radio is not receiving the tuned VOR station the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and the frequency field displays NO DATA When NAVI or NAV2 is the selected bearing source the frequency is replaced by the station identifier when the station is in range ADF Radio optional The ADF radio is a Honeywell KR 87 digital remote mounted ADF radio receiver that operates in the 200 to 1799 kHz frequency range The ADF bearing source is selected by pressing the PFD softkey then the BRGI and or BRG2 softkey until ADF is displayed in the respective Bearing Information Window NOTE ADF frequency is tuned on the KR 87 unit Figure 2 28 ADF Selected in BRG2 Information Window 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A DME Radio optional The optional DME radio is a Honeywell KN63 remote mounted 200 channel 100 watt all solid state digital
22. DOP figures DOP measures satellite geometry quality ie number of satellites received and where they are relative to each other on a range from 0 0 to 9 9 The lowest numbers are the best accuracy and the highest numbers are the worst EPE uses DOP and other factors to calculate a horizontal position error in feet or meters RAIM Prediction RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency check on all tracked satellites RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry will allow the receiver to calculate a position within a specified protection limit 2 0 nautical miles for oceanic and en route 1 0 NM for terminal and 0 3 NM for non precision approaches During oceanic en route and terminal phases of flight RAIM is available nearly 10096 of the time Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches there may be times when RAIM is not available The G1000 automatically monitors RAIM and warns you with an alert message when it is not available If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAE the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM will be available for a specified date and time If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course the approach does not become active as indicated by an Approach is not active message and a RAIM not available from FAF to MAP
23. DTKj 2l Eca 27 0NH 1 ETA af ETE gt DUSTT iaf PROC TURN DUSTT faf I a Figure 2 64 Change Fields on Flight Plan To change a data field on the Flight Plan Window 1 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Change Fields then press the ENT key The cursor flashes on one of the data fields Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired field to be changed Turn the small FMS knob to display a window with optional data items Turn the FMS knob to select the desired data item then press the ENT key Press the small FMS knob to remove the Cursor Restore Defaults Restore Defaults restores all data fields to the factory default settings To restore factory default settings for data fields on the Flight Plan Window 1 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Restore Defaults then press the ENT key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 4 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Procedures Window The Procedures Window is enabled disabled by pressing the PROC key The following options are available from the Procedures Window e Activate Vector To Final PRIM FREQ D Activate Approach LOAD oR ACTIVATE Select Approach e Select Arrival Select Departure 3 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired approach then press the
24. Distance to next waypoint DIS Field 3 Estimated Time enroute ETE Field 4 Enroute Safe Altitude ESA To change an MFD Data Bar Field 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired MFD data bar field 4 Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list 5 Turn the FMS knob to highlight the new selec tion 6 Press the ENT key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY GPS CDI The CDI section of the System Setup Page allows you to define the range for the on screen course deviation indicator The range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side The default setting is AUTO At this setting the CDI range is set to 5 0 nautical miles during the en route phase of flight Within 30 nm of your destination airport the CDI range gradually ramps down to 1 0 nm terminal area Likewise leaving your departure airport the CDI range is set to 1 0 nm and gradually ramps UP to 5 nm beyond 30 nm from the departure airport During approach operations the CDI range gradually ramps down even further to 0 3 nm This transition normally occurs within 2 0 nm of the final approach fix FAF If a lower CDI range setting is selected i e 1 0 or 0 3 nm the higher range settings are not selected during ANY phase of flight For example if 1 0 nm is selected
25. FAF FAIL FC FCC FCST FD FFLOW FIS B FISDL FM Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Control Cockpit Voice Recorder Coverage Cylinder Density Altitude Database Database Decibels 7 Radar Return Decrease Fuel Declutter Departure Direct to Fix Default Defaults Distance Distance Measuring Equipment Dilution of Precision Departure Procedure Disabled Desired Track Engine Control Unit Exhaust Gas Temperature Engine Indication System Elevation Electromagnetic Interference Endurance Engaged Enroute Enter Estimated Position Error Error Enroute Sate Altitude Estimated Time of Arrival Estimated Time Enroute Expired Course From Fix to Altitude Federal Aviation Administration Final Approach Fix Failure Course From Fix to Distance Federal Communication Commission Forecast Course From Fix to DME Distance Flight Director Fuel Flow Flight Information Services Broadcast Flight Information Service Data Link Course From Fix to Manual Termination APPENDIX B Abbreviation or Acronym Definition FMS FOB FPL FPM FREQ FRZ FSS tt G S GAL GDC GDU GEA GIA GL GMU GND GPH GPS GRS GS GTX HA HDG IAF IAT IAU ICAO ICS ID IDENT IDNT IF IFR IG ILS IMC INACTV B 2 Flight Management System Fuel On Board Flight Plan Feet Per Minute Frequency Freezing Flight Service Station Foot feet Glideslope Gallon s Garmin Air Data Comput
26. Pressing the DONE Softkey Pressing the DONE softkey produces the same results as pressing the ENT key NOTE All warnings are displayed in yellow for ease of identification Removing the Check Mark from a Checklist Item Press the CLR key to remove a check mark from an item Advancing to the Next Checklist Once the last item in a checklist is selected the GO TO THE NEXT CHECKLIST text is highlighted Press the ENT key to advance to the next checklist displayed MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY One Button Access to Emergency Procedures The EMERGENCY softkey is available at all times when the checklist page is displayed Press the EMERGENCY softkey at any time to immediately access the emergency procedures Exiting the Checklist Page The EXIT softkey is available as long as the Checklist Page is displayed Press the EXIT softkey or momentarily hold down the CLR key at anytime to exit the Checklist Page and return to the last page that was displayed before the Checklist Page was selected Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 1 6 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Checklist Name Checklist Page Softheys Checklist Group GROUP EMERGENCY PROCEDURES CHECKLIST 4 ENGINE PROBLEMS ON GROUND udis ee eee REPERI T s required O Engine 0 ce ee eee 7 9 21 3148 necessary CAUTION If the oll pressure is below the green sector the engine must be switched off immediately WARNING If the problem c
27. TA Yellow Proximity Advisories PA White Other White Proximity Advisories PAs are displayed as solid white Cessnas PAs are defined as traffic within the 4 0 nm range within 1200 ft of altitude separation and are not traffic advisories TAs Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select a traffic mode 7 26 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Traffic group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the TRAFFIC field Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TRAF FIC MODE field Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired option Press the ENT key to accept the selected option Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III To select a traffic symbol zoom range 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Traffic group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the TRAFFIC field Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TRAFFIC SMBL field Traffic symbol zoom ranges are fro
28. To activate the approach turn the large FMS knob to highlight ACTIVATE then press the ENT key NOTE LOAD adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the approach for navigation guidance This allows the pilot to continue navigating the original flight plan until cleared for the approach but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed ACTIVATE adds the approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course Select Arrival Select Arrival allows the pilot to choose a published standard terminal arrival route STAR for the destination airport or replace a current arrival with a new selection To select an arrival for a direct to or flight plan destination airport 1 From an active flight plan press the PROC key to display the Procedures options window 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Select Arrival then press the ENT key A window appears listing the available arrivals for the destination airport SELECT ARRIVAL KANSAS CITY MO Figure 2 69 Arrival PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Turn the FMS knob to select the desired arrival then press the ENT key A window appears listing the available transitions for the arrival SELECT ARRIVAL KMCI gt KANSAS CITY MO KANSAS CITY CNU ARRIVAL TRANSITION i O RUNWAY RWH1B LOAD Figure 2 70 Arrival Transition Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transi tion then press the
29. UPS MAVROINT Meal TEEN the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is aieo id displayed 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Land Figure 7 16 Land Group Options group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the LAT LON field 4 Turn the large FMS knob to select the desired option 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired text size Press the ENT key to accept the selected option 6 Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page 7 30 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Measure Bearing Distance The second map setup option is Measure Bearing Distance which provides a quick and easy method for determining the bearing and distance between any two points on the Navigation Map Page NOTE Pressing the ENT key at any location with the Measure option enabled allows bearing and distance from the newly selected position to be acquired To measure bearing and distance between two points 1 Press the MENU key with the Navigation Map Page displayed 2 urn the small FMS knob to highlight the Measure Bearing Distance field and press the ENT key An on screen reference pointer is displayed on the map display at the aircraft s present position 3 Move the joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location The bearing and distance is
30. certain levels depending on the airframe also cause reversion back to the Engine Page The Cylinder Head Temperature reversion criterion does not apply to the Model 172 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 6 2 ENGINE PAGE The Engine Page is the default page for the EIS page group and is accessed the first time the ENGINE softkey is pressed from the MFD The Engine Page can be displayed after viewing other EIS pages by pressing the ENGINE softkey At the top of the page are the dial gauge s Beneath are horizontal bar indicators and readouts for critical engine and electrical parameters Fuel Flow FFLOW GPH The Fuel Flow Indicator displays current fuel flow in gallons per hour GPH Green indicates normal fuel flow while any area beyond the green band is an indication of abnormal fuel flow For turbocharged aircraft the Fuel Flow Indicator displays a small stand alone green band indicating maximum takeoff fuel flow and a wide vertical white tick mark indicating the maximum cruise fuel flow Model T182 only Oil Pressure OIL PRES The Oil Pressure Indicator displays the pressure of the oil supplied to the engine in pounds per square inch PSI Green Normal operating range Red Warning minimum and maximum Oil Temperature OIL TEMP The Oil Temperature Indicator displays the engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit Green Normal operating range Red Warning ENGINE IND
31. or 220 or when a 65 bank angle is reached The direct to function is not available from the Inset Map The fuel reserve rings are enabled and disabled from the MFD only The Inset Map displays the following information 190 00498 00 Rev A Moving map with orientation references North Up Track Up DTK Up HDG Up Zoom range legend Declutter levels 3 Aircraft icon Traffic data Topographic data Terrain data Weather information optional Enabled map features Active navigation route Track vector Fuel ring reserve PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY The following Inset Map operations can be performed independently of the MFD Change zoom range Change declutter level e Enable disable traffic data e Enable disable topographic data e Enable disable terrain data e Enable disable weather information optional e Pan map O Wind Vector NAV Compass Range G Track Vector Active Navigation Route G Traffic Icon and Scale 6 Map Scale 7 Lightning Icon optional 8 Terrain Icon 9 NAV Compass Map Orientation Figure 2 44 Inset Map Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 2 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY To change the zoom range Turn the joystick clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the range Zoom ranges trom 500 feet to 2 000 nautical miles To change the declutter level 1 2 Press the INSET softkey Press the DCLTR softkey to remove background
32. when practical The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation Heading is flagged as invalid 9 14 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GMU 44 Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments HDG FAULT AHRS1 magnetometer A fault has occurred in the GMU 44 Heading is flagged as invalid The AHRS uses fault has occurred GPS for backup mode operation The G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GMU1 software mismatch Communication halted GDL 69 Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments S O GDL69 CONFIG GDL 69 configura GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory tion error Config service req d The G1000 system should be serviced GDL69 FAIL GDL 69 has failed A failure has been detected in the GDL 69 The receiver is unavailable The G1000 system should be serviced The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be serviced GDC 74A Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments S O GDC1 CONFIG GDC1 configuration GDC 74A configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration error Contig service req d memory The G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GDC1 software The GDC 74A has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch Communication halted
33. 0 14 to 100 00 Two modes exist for 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight AUTO adjustment Turn the small FMS knob to display the selec Auto default The G1000 adjusts backlighting tion window Turn the FMS knob to select automatically with reference to the amount of MANUAL then press the ENT key light in the cockpit 4 With the intensity value now highlighted Manual Allows the pilot to manually adjust turn the small FMS knob to select the desired backlighting backlighting then press the ENT key To manually adjust the backlighting for the 5 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight MFD PFD and MFD DSPL and turn the small FMS knob in the direc Turn the avionics knob for location refer to the tion of the green arrowhead to display MFD Aircraft Flight Manual KEY Repeat steps 3 and 4 Press the CLR or OR MENU key to remove the window 1 Press the MENU key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window AUTO is now a AE ETT highlighted next to PFD DSPL 2 Turn the small FMS knob to display the selec tion window Turn the FMS knob to select MANUAL then press the ENT key 3 With the intensity value now highlighted turn the small FMS knob to select the desired backlighting then press the ENT key Figure 2 3 PFD Setup Menu Window 4 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight AUTO next to MFD DSPL and repeat steps 2 and 3 Press the CLR or MENU key to remove the window 4HFD KEY MANUAL 25 027 2 4
34. 2 27 Map orientation 7 11 Map Page group 8 5 Map Panning 8 20 Map panning 7 14 Map scale 7 11 Map setup 7 18 Map Symbols F 1 Marker beacon 5 6 Marker Beacon Annunciations 2 3 2 13 MASQ 5 7 Measuring Bearing Distance 7 31 Measuring bearing distance 7 31 Menus 7 8 MENU key 2 30 Message advisories 9 2 9 9 9 18 METAR 8 14 Metric Display 2 13 METRIC softkey 2 5 2 7 2 13 MFD Data Bar Fields 7 121 MFD softkeys 7 2 Minimum runway length 7 123 Missed approach C 2 Missed approach procedure C 3 MKR MUTE 5 6 Modes Transponder 2 6 2 23 Mode S 4 1 4 2 4 3 E 1 E 2 Mode selection softkeys 4 1 4 3 4 4 Monitoring Traffic 8 9 MORE WX softkey 8 19 Morse code identifier 3 3 3 5 3 8 Mountain obscuration 8 18 MUSIC 1 5 9 5 10 MUSIC 2 5 10 Muting COM 5 5 5 11 MUSIC 1 5 10 National Weather Service 8 20 NAV1 5 7 NAV2 5 7 Navigation NAV Frequency Window 2 2 2 21 Navigation Map Page 7 9 8 3 Navigation Map Page options menu 7 18 Navigation mode selection 3 8 Navigation Source 2 15 2 20 Navigation Status Bar 2 2 2 22 Navigation Status bar 3 2 NAV frequencies 3 8 3 12 3 17 3 18 NAV frequency window 3 1 NAV range ring 7 22 NAV station identifiers 3 8 NAV tuning knob 3 3 3 4 3 5 NAV volume ID knob 3 3 3 8 NCR 7 44 NDB Information Page Options 7 92 NDB Page Menu 7 92 Nearest Airport 7 123 Nearest airport 7 52 Nearest airports frequency tuning 3 10 3 14 Neares
35. 3 GTX 33 Mode 5 Transponder 9 4 CO Guardian Messages 9 3 9 3 TAWS AFERI S icicreet niii rre 9 4 GRS 77 AHRS 9 6 G1000 System Annunciations 9 6 9 7 G1000 System Message Advisories 9 9 APPENDICES Appendix A SD Card Use A 1 Aviation Database sseeee A 1 Terrain and Obstacle Databases A 1 Appendix B Abbreviations Acronyms amp NAV rc B 1 Appendix C Questions amp Answers C 1 Appendix D G1000 Map Datums D 1 Appendix E General TIS Information E 1 IVA OCW CRON T E 1 llega LS e eer nee E 1 TIS Limitations enne E 1 Appendix F Map Symbols F 1 iege F 1 yip P E E F 1 BASEMAN masanin F 1 I AML AEE E E E EN F 2 ATA HT TI qud ARN IE Om F 2 Impact Points TAWS Only F 2 MiscellaheOUS sssrinin F 2 IE SVINIDOIS anana F 3 Obstacle database c cscssssssssssssssssssesssesesssesesseen F 4 Terrain Color Chart eee F 4 Appendix G G1000 System Specifications G 1 GDU 1040 MFD amp PFD nne G 1 GMA 1347 Audio Panel G 1 GIA 63 Integrated AVIONICS Units G 1 G
36. 7 19 Terrain Proximity Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 31 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY TERRAIN PROXIMITY PAGE OPERATIONS There are two terrain obstacle viewing options available relative to the position of the aircraft a radar like ARC 120 display and a 360 default display To change the viewing mode between 360 and ARC 1 Select the Terrain Proximity Page 2 Press the VIEW softkey Press the ARC softkey 3 To return to the 360 degree viewing display press the 360 softkey OR 4 Press the MENU key The page menu is displayed with View Arc or View 360 highlighted Press the ENT key on the desired selection ros Aircraft Altitude SS OO 100 Pene 1000 AGL To change the map range on the Terrain Proximity Page 1 Turn the joystick clockwise zoom out or turn the Joystick counter clockwise zoom in Map ranges are 25 nm 25 50 nm 50 100 nm and 100 200 nm Figure 7 20 Terrain Scale 1 38 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A DISPLAYING OBSTACLE DATA The Terrain Proximity Page displays obstacle data with heights greater than 200 feet Above Ground Level AGL located at their geographical position loca tion throughout the world Obstacles are displayed in three levels The G1000 will adjust colors on the Terrain Proximity Page automatically as the aircratt altitude changes The display color patterns are as follows e SA
37. BEACON RECEIVER Description and Operation The audio panel marker beacon is used as part of the ILS system The marker beacon receiver is always ON and receives at 75 MHz The audio panel provides a marker audio muting capability NOTE The GMA 1347 is capable of driving external marker beacon lamps The receiver detects the three 3 marker tones outer middle and inner and illuminates the appropriate marker beacon indicators The marker indicators are located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD Figure 5 4 The outer marker frequency is 400 Hz with a blue indicator the middle marker frequency is 1300 Hz with an amber indicator and the inner marker frequency is 3000 Hz with a white indicator Refer to Table 5 1 for a summary of the marker beacon signal characteristics NOTE The marker beacon indicators operate independently of the marker beacon audio and cannot be turned off Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III When the MKR MUTE key is selected the annunciator light illuminates and the audio signal can be heard over the speaker or headsets during marker reception When the MKR MUTE key is annunciated and a marker beacon tone is received pressing the MKR MUTE key mutes the audio but does not affect the annunciators The audio returns when the next marker signal is received If the MKR MUTE key is pressed during signal reception while marker beacon audio is muted marker audio and the MKR MUTE key annunci
38. Chile Colombia Ecuador Guyana Paraguay Peru Venezuela SOUTH ASIAN Singapore SOUTHEAST BASE Porto Santo and Madeira Islands SOUTHWEST BASE Faial Graciosa Pico Sao Jorge and Terceira Islands TANANARIVE OBSV 1925 Madagascar TIMBALAI 1948 Brunei and East Malaysia Sarawak and Sabah TOKYO Japan Korea Okinawa Tristan da Cunha Viti Levu Island Fiji Islands Marshal Islands TRISTAN ASTRO 1968 VITI LEVU 1916 WAKE ENIWETOK 1960 WGS 72 World Geodetic System 1972 WGS 84 World Geodetic System 1984 YACARE Uruguay ZANDERIJ Surinam 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A GENERAL TIS INFORMATION INTRODUCTION The Traffic Information Service TIS provides traf fic advisory information in the cockpit of non TCAS equipped aircraft TIS is a ground based service provid ing relative location of all ATCRBS Mode A and Mode C transponder equipped aircraft within a specified service volume The TIS ground sensor uses real time track re ports to generate traffic notification The G1000 system displays TIS traffic information on the Traffic Map Page of the MFD TIS information may be displayed for overlay on the default map page on the MFD as well as on the PFD map inset Surveillance data includes all transpon der equipped aircraft within the coverage volume The G1000 system displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7 5 nautical mile radius from 3 000 feet below to 3 500 feet above the requesting aircraft NOTE Aircraft wi
39. DCLIR removes information from the moving map in a progressive manner with each key press MENU displays a context sensitive list of options that allows access to additional features or that allows the pilot to change the settings which relate to the currently displayed page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill A NOTE Data is entered using the large and small FMS knob Practice with them to become effi cient at entering data This will greatly reduce the amount time spent operating the MFD in flight If there are more options than can be displayed turn the FMS knob to scroll through the list to identify them In all cases once the menu is displayed the FMS knob is turned to highlight an item and the ENT key is pressed to select that item or the CLR key removes the menu and cancels the operation Pressing the softkeys does not display a menu or submenu PAGE MENU Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 7 6 Menu with Options PAGE MENU OPTIONS No Options Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bose page Figure 7 7 Menu with No Options 190 00498 00 Rev A 7 2 NAVIGATION MAP PAGE WARNING Use of the Navigation Map Page for pilotage navigation is prohibited The Navigation Map is intended only to enhance situational awareness Navigation is to be conducted using only current charts data and authorized navigation facilities The Navigation Map Page is the first page in the
40. ENT key A window may appear listing runways for the arrival Turn the FMS knob to select the desired runway then press the ENT key NOTE The runway window is not displayed for every arrival ALL may appear in the runway field indicating that the arrival procedure applies to all runways For airports with parallel runways B may appear at the end of the runway designation to indicate that the arrival procedure applies to both runways TRANSITION RUNWAY RWH1B LOAD Figure 2 71 Arrival Runway With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 43 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 44 NOTE When adding an arrival to an active flight plan the pilot may need to remove a duplicate destination waypoint from the flight plan list SELECT ARRIVAL KMCT P KANSAS CITY MO KANSAS CITY INTL ARRIVAL JHAWKS TRANSITION EMP RUNWAY RW27 Figure 2 72 Select Arrival Window Select Departure Select Departure allows the pilot to choose a published standard instrument departure SID for the departure airport or replace the current departure with a new selection When using a direct to the G1000 uses the nearest airport as a reference when displaying available departures To select a departure for the departure airport 1 From an active flight plan press the PROC key to display the Procedures options window 2 urn the large FMS knob to highlight Select Departure
41. Fail safe Operation A fail safe circuit connects the pilots headset and microphone directly to COM1 in case power is interrupted or the unit is turned off In this case audio is not available on the speaker KEY ANNUNCIATORS Pressing any key on the audio panel activates and deactivates the function Triangular annunciators above each key illuminate to show when the function is on or off Figure 5 2 LIGHTING Key annunciators and backlighting are controlled automatically by the PFD TRANSCEIVER KEYS The following four 4 transceiver keys appear at the top of the audio panel front panel COMI MIC COM2 MIC COMI and COM2 Figure 5 2 COM audio can be selected by pressing either the desired COM key or by pressing a COM MIC key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Annunciator Disabled on Cessna NAV III aircraft Figure 5 2 Transceiver Keys COM MIC Keys Pressing the COMI MIC key selects the COMI radio as the active transceiver Pressing the COM2 MIC key selects the COM2 radio as the active transceiver The receiver audio key COMI or COM2 is also selected The COM frequency is highlighted in green in the active frequency field of the PFD and MFD Only one transceiver can be selected at a time If COM2 MIC is pressed when COMI MIC is active the unit switches to COM2 COM Keys Pressing the COMI receiver key selects the COMI radio as an active receiver Pressing the COM2 receiver key selects the
42. GPS signals sent from the GIA 63 Attitude and heading information is sent using an ARINC 429 digital interface to both GDU 1040s and GIA 63s AHRS modes of operation are discussed later in this document Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill e GMU 44 The GMU 44 Magnetometer measures local magnetic field information Data is sent to the GRS 77 AHRS for processing to determine aircratt magnetic heading This unit receives power directly from the GRS 77 and communicates with the GRS 77 using an RS 485 digital interface E5 TAA xD GDC 74A The GDC 74A Air Data Computer processes information from the pitot static system as well as the outside air temperature OAT sensor The GDC 744A provides pressure altitude airspeed vertical speed and OAT information to the G1000 system and communicates with the GIA 63s GDU 1040s and GRS 77 using an ARINC 429 digital interface M GEA 71 The GEA 71 receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors Sensor types include engine temperature and pressure sensors as well as fuel measurement and pressure sensors The GEA 71 communicates with both GIA 63s using an RS 485 digital interface 190 00498 00 Rev A SYSTEM OVERVIEW e GDL 69 69A The GDL 69 69A is an XM satellite radio receiver that provides real time weather information to the G1000 MFD The GDL 69A also provides digital audio entertainment in the cockpit The GDL 69 69A communicates wit
43. Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 2 3 SOFTKEY FUNCTION When a softkey is turned on its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turned off at which time it reverts to white text on black background The CDI IDENT ADF DME TMR REF NRST and ALERTS softkeys change momentarily to black text on gray background and automatically switch back to white text on black background 360 HSI ARC HSI Figure 2 4 Softkey On Figure 2 5 Softkey Off The PFD softkeys listed provide control over flight management functions including GPS NAV terrain traffic and lightning optional INSET Displays Inset Map in PFD lower lett corner OFF Removes Inset Map DCLIR 3 Selects desired amount of map detail declutter level appears adjacent to the DCLTR softkey NO DECLUTTER All map features visible DECLUTTER 1 Declutters land data DECLUTTER 2 Declutters land and SUA data DECLUTTER 3 Declutters large NAV data remaining removes everything except the active flight plan TRAFFIC Displays traffic on Inset Map TOPO Displays topographical data i e coast lines terrain rivers lakes etc and elevation scale on Inset Map TERRAIN Displays terrain information on Inset Map STRMSCP optional Displays lightning data on Inset Map within 200 nm radius of aircraft PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY NEXRAD optional Displays NEXRA
44. HERAT NORTH HJORSEY 1955 HONG KONG 1963 HU TZU SHAN INDIAN BNGLDSH NEPAL INDIAN MEAN VALUE INDIAN THAILAND VIETN INDONESIA 74 IRELAND 1965 ISTS 073 ASTRO 1969 JOHNSTON ISLAND 1961 KANDAWALA KERGUELEN ISLAND KERTAU 1948 L C 5 ASTRO LIBERIA 1964 LUZON MEAN VALUE LUZON MINDANAO IS LUZON PHILIPPINES MAHE 1971 MARCO ASTRO MASSAWA MERCHICH MIDWAY ASTRO 1961 MINNA NAD27 ALASKA NAD27 BAHAMAS NAD27 CANADA NAD27 CANAL ZONE Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill APPENDIX D Finland Borneo Republic of Maldives New Zealand Greece Guam Island Guadalcanal Island Afghanistan Iceland Hong Kong Taiwan Bangladesh India Nepal India Thailand Vietnam Indonesia Ireland Diego Garcia Johnston Island Sri Lanka Kerguelen Island West Malaysia Cayman Brac Island Liberia Philippines Mindanao Island Philippines excluding Mindanao Isl Mahe Island Salvage Islands Eritrea Ethiopia Morocco Midway Island Nigeria North American 1927 Alaska North American 1927 Bahamas North American 1927 Canada North American 1927 Canal Zone D 2 APPENDIX D G1000 MAP DATUMS CONT NAD27 CARIBBEAN Islands Cuba Dominican Republic Cayman Islands Jamaica Leeward and Turks Islands NAD27 CENTRAL AMERICA North American 1927 Central America Belize Costa Rica El Salvador Guatemala Honduras and Nicaragua North American 1927 Caribbean Barbados Caicos NAD27 CO
45. Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A To select the Nearest VOR Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page Turn the large FMS knob to select the NRST page group NRST is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display Turn the small FMS knob to select the Nearest VOR Page To select a nearest VOR from the Nearest 190 00498 00 Rev A VOR Page Select the Nearest VOR Page There are two methods that can be used to select a VOR Method 1 Press the VOR softkey and turn the FMS knob or press the ENT key to select a VOR Method 2 Press the MENU key Select the Select VOR Window option and press the ENT key Turn the FMS knob to select a VOR MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY The remaining information on the Nearest VOR Page pertains to the selected VOR To select and load a VOR frequency from the Nearest VOR Page 1 Select the Nearest VOR Page There are two methods that can be used to select and load a VOR frequency Method 1 Press the FREQ softkey to highlight the VOR frequency for the selected VOR Press the ENT key The selected VOR frequency is placed in the NAV standby frequency field Method 2 Press the MENU key Select the Select Frequency Window option and press the ENT key Press the ENT key again when the frequency field is highlighted to place the selected VOR frequency in the NAV standby field Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessn
46. Indicator 6 Rotating Compass Rose 7 OBS Mode TO FROM Indicator 9 Heading Bug 10 Course Pointer Flight Phase Turn Rate and Heading Trend Vector 13 Heading Lubber Line Figure 2 18 Horizontal Situation Indicator Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 15 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Heading Indication Turn Rate Indicator A digital reading of the current magnetic heading The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the appears on top of the HSI A rotatable heading bug on the rotating compass card Tick marks to the left and right compass rose marks the desired heading of the lubber line denote half standard and standard turn rates A magenta turn rate trend vector shows the current turn rate The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in six seconds based on the present turn rate At rates greater than 4 deg sec an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid Figure 2 19 Current Heading The selected heading appears in a box left of the lubber line next to the HSI The color of the digital readout is Half Standard Turn Rate Tick Mark Turn Rate cyan light blue ea iene Standard Turn v4 hae Rate Tick Mark FRAN RON oe ESEE aQ Figure 2 22 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector A standard rate turn 3 deg sec is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn rate tick mark corresponding to
47. NEXRAD is turned on To display weather data on the Navigation Map Page HAP SETUP 1 Press the MAP softkey Heather 2 Press the NEXRAD or XM LTNG softkey to dis srasce Le M play the desired weather Press the applicable uM aos softkey again to remove weather data from the NEXRAD Data 0n 20008 OFF 20060 Navigation Map Page i LING CELL HOVEHENT 4 n Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to hase poge Figure 8 8 Map Setup Options 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 13 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT NOTE In Figure 8 8 the Stormscope menu options are only shown when the Stormscope unit is installed Stormscope is not an XM Weather Product To customize the Navigation Map Page 1 Press the Menu key on the Navigation Map Page 2 Select Map Setup and press the ENT key 3 Turnthe small FMS knob to display the group selection window Turn the small FMS knob to select the Weather Group and press the ENT key 4 While the Map Setup menu is displayed turn the large FMS knob to highlight and move between the product selections When an item is highlighted turn the small FMS knob to select the desired option and press the ENT key Displaying Weather Data on the Nearest Pages In addition to the Navigation Map Page the Nearest Pages display Stormscope NEXRAD and XM Lightning data Displaying METAR and TAF information on the Airport Information Page METAR
48. On or Off Press the ENT key to accept the selected option Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Wind Vector The wind vector box is displayed in the upper right corner of the Navigation Map Page and displays wind direction and speed in knots Wind direction is indicated by a 360 degree pointing arrow To enable disable the wind vector box 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group and press the ENT key 4 Tumthelarge FMS knob to highlight the WIND VECTOR field 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select On or Ott Press the ENT key to accept the selected option 6 Pressthe FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 21 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Nav Range Ring Topo Data The Nav range ring shows the direction of travel ground track on a rotating compass card The range of the Nav compass is determined by the map range 125 feet 500 feet map range to 500 nm 2000 nm map range Topographic data can be enabled or disabled on the Navigation Map Page using the TOPO DATA setting The topo data range is the maximum map range that topo data is displayed To enable disable the Nav range ri
49. Please refer to the Pilots Guide Appendices for AHRS initialization bank angle limitations A NOTE See the Annunciations and Alerts Pilot s Guide for additional information regarding system annunciations and alerts gs x lt Figure 1 4 PFD Initialization Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A SYSTEM OVERVIEW When the MFD powers up the MFD Power up Page When this information has been reviewed for currency displays the following information to ensure that no databases have expired the pilot is prompted to continue Current database information is System version displayed with the valid operating dates cycle number Copyright Checklist filename DARRE and database name and version Press the ENT key to acknowledge this information e Obstacle database name and version and proceed to the Navigation Map Page When the Terrain database name and version system has acquired a sufficient number of satellites to e Aviation database name version and effective determine a position the Navigation Map Page appears dates showing the aircraft current position 00B Checklist File Checklist File Hot Present Harldgide Land Database Version 1 81 GARMIN CORPORATION 1995 2003 Lond ond water dota is provided only as a general reference to your surroundings HH Terrain Database Version 2 88 Copyright 24083 Garmin Ltd or its subs Terrain data is provided on
50. Potential Impact Points Height is less than Height is less than Height is greater than Height is greater than 1000 AGL 1000 AGL 1000 AGL 1000 AGL ELEY FT pee ee elevation of Max 1817 pu rap curn ayed on screen Minimum ae of topography presently pare on screen Aircraft altitude Ground elevation at present aircraft position me topography eleva tion 2 y dis played on screen Figure 7 29 Topography Scale 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 45 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Pop up Alerts TAWS Alerts Summary When a terrain or obstacle alert is issued a pop up Table 7 3 shows the possible TAWS alert types with window is displayed on the MFD with the appropriate corresponding annunciations and aural messages alert Pop Up Alert Figure 7 30 Alert Pop Up Press the ENT key to display the TAWS Page or press the CLR key to remain on the existing page 1 46 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY PFD MFD TAWS Alert Type Page Annunciation Excessive Descent Rate Warning EDR PULL UP Pull Up Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warn PULL UP Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up ing RTC or or Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up Imminent Terrain Impact Warning ITI PULL UP Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up or or Terrain Terrain Pull U
51. Press the ENT key to select the desired option 3 The CLR key or the FMS knob may be pressed to remove the menu and cancel the operation 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Options with Invert Flight Plan Ir FPL Window 2 29 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY AUXILIARY WINDOW KEYS The main keys which are used in association with PFD Auxiliary Window operations are listed below DIRECT TO Activates the direct to func tion and allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establishes a direct course to the selected destination specified by identifier chosen from the active route 2 FPL Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan or accessing stored flight plans G CLR Erases information cancels an entry or removes page menus 4 MENU Displays a context sensitive list of options This option list allows the user to access addi tional features or make setting changes which relate to certain pages The MENU key opens the PFD Setup Menu if no Auxiliary Window is open 5 PROC Selects approaches departures and arrivals for the flight plan When using a flight plan available procedures for departure and or arrival airport are offered automatically If a flight plan is not used the desired airport then the desired procedure may be selected This key selects IFR departure procedures SIDs arrival procedures STARs and appro
52. Push the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Clearing Stormscope Lightning Data Using the Navigation Map Page Options Menu Stormscope data can be cleared from the Navigation Map Page by using the third Navigation Map Page Menu option Clear Lightning Data NOTE Periodically clearing Stormscope lightning data while monitoring thunderstorms is a good way to determine if a storm is building or dissi pating Stormscope lightning data in a building storm will reappear faster and in larger numbers Stormscope lightning data in a dissipating storm will appear slower and in smaller numbers To remove Stormscope lightning data from the Navigation Map Page 1 Press the MENU key with the Navigation Map Page displayed Turn the FMS knob to highlight Clear Lightning Data and press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A STORMSCOPE PAGE Current Lightning Be aj Mo CELL North Arrow y Indicator Surrounding Lightning trikes Stormscope Control Softkeys MODE VIEW OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Current Strike Rate STRIKE RATE Map HOG UP Orientation Active Flight Plan or Direct To Navigation Weather Map Ranges CLEAR Figure 8 3 Stormscope Page Stormscope lightning data is displayed on the Stormscope lightning data is displayed on the Stormscope Page in addition to the Navigation Map Page To select the Stormscope Page 1 Turn the large FMS knob until the Map Page group is selected
53. Range TRFC RMVD TRFC FAIL NO Page TRFC DATA TRFC UNAVAIL TRAFFIC nav1i111 78 117 95 GS JIS E ESA 136 975 118 088 con nevz 188 00 117 95 MAP TRAFFIC MAP 136 975 118 000 cona Traffic Mode P TIS OPERATING i HDG UP Y HAN IN NI TT TU 21 3 Map Range a nua 2100 Traffic Out of FFLOM GPH R v ange on es wn Aircra Own A t OIL TENP Y CHT xr EGT TS Proximate Oo Known Altitude Traffic 10 eu LET ELECTRICAL MH BUS E 35 9 vons 00 MH BATT S BO ames 80 ENGINE STANDBY Figure 7 18 Traffic Map Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 33 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 34 TIS SYMBOLOGY TIS traffic is displayed on the Traffic Map Page according to TCAS symbology A Traffic Advisory TA symbol is displayed as a solid yellow circle or half circle on the outer range ring if the traffic is outside the range of the dedicated traffic page All other traffic is displayed as a solid or hollow white diamond Altitude deviation from the users aircraft altitude is displayed above the target symbol if they are above own aircraft altitude and below the symbol if they are below own aircraft altitude Altitude trend is displayed as an up arrow 500 ft min down arrow 500 ft min or no symbol if less than 500 ft min rate in either direction Other symbols Other Traffic this symbol represents traffic detected within the selected display range that does not gen
54. Rev A APPROACHES The G1000 allows you to fly non precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures All available approaches are part of the Jeppesen database stored internally in each PFD and MED The G1000 provides both lateral and vertical guidance for ILS precision approaches on the PFD and lateral guidance for non precision Localizer GPS and VOR and ADF overlay approaches GPS position information is also provided on the mapping portion of the MFD and the inset map window on the PFD for pilot reference only G1000 NAVIGATIONAL GUIDANCE FOR APPROACHES The G1000 supports all ARINC 424 leg types that have associated waypoint fixes The G1000 uses the following leg types as part of the Jeppesen database each of these legs is displayed on the active flight plan e AF DME arc to a fix e CF Course to a fix DF Direct to a fix e FA Course from fix to an altitude e FC Course from fix to distance FD Course from fix to DME distance e FM Course from fix to manual termination HA Hold terminating at altitude HF Hold terminating at a fix HM Hold with manual termination e IF Initial fix PI Procedure turn to course intercept RF Constant radius turn to fix e TF Track between two fixes 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY The G1000 does not support the following legs e CA Course to an altitude CD Course to a DME distance
55. Stormscope Lightning Data 8 4 Rename a user waypoint 7 103 Restore Defaults 2 32 2 41 Restore defaults 7 63 Reversionary Mode 2 45 Reversionary mode 1 13 1 14 5 2 ROC 7 42 7 47 9 4 Roll Indication 2 11 Roll Pointer 2 10 2 11 Roll Scale 2 10 2 11 RS 232 1 1 1 3 RS 485 1 2 RTC 7 42 RX indicator 3 5 3 6 190 00498 00 Rev A S Satellites C 1 Scheduler 7 111 SD card 1 9 A 1 Selected Course Box 2 3 2 16 Selected Heading Box 2 3 2 16 Selecting a COM radio 3 6 Selecting a NAV radio 3 8 Select approach 7 61 7 74 Select departure 7 59 Service Class 8 24 Severe Thunderstorm 8 20 SFC softkey 8 19 SIGMET 8 18 SIGMETS AIRMETs 8 11 Slip Skid Indicator 2 2 2 10 2 11 Softkey ENGINE 7 2 SYSTEM softkey 7 2 Softkeys PFD 2 2 2 5 Softkey Annunciations 2 46 2 47 Sort by comment number 7 68 Speaker 5 6 Special Position Identification SPI 2 23 Specifications G 1 G 2 Specifying a course to a waypoint 7 53 Speed Indication 2 9 Speed Ranges 2 9 Spell N Find 7 50 SPKR key 5 6 Standard instrument departures 7 59 Standby trequency 3 2 3 4 3 10 3 16 Standby trequency field 3 3 3 4 3 11 3 17 3 18 STAR softkey 7 84 STBY softkey 2 6 2 8 2 23 4 3 STD BARO softkey 2 5 2 7 Stereo Headsets 5 2 Stop navigating a flight plan 7 65 Store Flight Plan 7 57 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III INDEX Stormscope 2 29 Stormscope Page Operations 8 5 Storm cells 8 18 Strike data 8 1 Strike loca
56. TAS TIS provides a graphic display of traffic information TIS displays up to eight 8 traffic targets within 7 5 nautical miles from 3 000 feet below to 3 500 feet above your aircraft TIS data is updated approximately once every five 5 seconds NOTE TIS is intended only to assist in visual acquisition of other aircraft in Visual Meteorological Conditions VMC NOTE Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to TIS 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 4 2 OPERATION MODE SELECTION Mode selection can be automatic Ground and Altitude modes or manual Standby ON and Altitude modes The STBY ON and ALT softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR softkey Ground Mode Automatic Ground mode is automatically selected when the aircraft is on the ground A green GND indication appears in the mode field of the Transponder Status bar In Ground mode the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations pT BA OSY Figure 4 4 Ground Mode NOTE Ground mode can be overridden by pressing any one of the Mode Selection softkeys TRANSPONDER Standby Mode Manual The Standby mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY softkey In Standby mode the transponder does not reply to interrogations but new codes can be entered Ifthe Standby mode is selected a white STBY indication
57. The update rate is every 7 5 minutes ECHO TOPS 70000 FT SHHH FT GROUND NO COVERAGE NOTE Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude Turning on both products at the same time is not allowed OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT RADAR COVERAGE The display of Radar Cover age is always active when NEXRAD and ECHO TOPS are selected and indicates the currently available NEXRAD Radar coverage and ECHO TOPS areas by showing the area in a grayish purple color where information is not being collected Areas where radar capability exists but is not active or is off line will not be shown as available Areas where radar coverage is not avail able will be shown in grayish purple The update rate is every five minutes CLD TOP press the CLD TOP softkey to show the cloud top altitude determined from satellite imagery Refer to the legend for a description of the CLOUD TOPS color coding The update rate is every 15 minutes CLOUD TOPS 70000 FT _ LING pressing the LING softkey shows the loca tion of cloud to ground lightning strikes The update rate is every five minutes NOTE Strike location falls within a 2 km region Therefore the exact location of the strike is not displayed Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 17 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8 18 LIGHTNING STRIKE CELL MOV pressing the CELL MOV softkey shows the storm cells identified by the ground b
58. VOR Information e NRST Nearest Airports NRST Nearest VOR e NRST Nearest ARTCC FSS WX Frequencies PT AUX NRST HOD T Figure 3 21 MFD Page Group Icon In NAV mode during any VOR ILS approach activation the NAV frequency is automatically loaded into the standby field of the selected NAV radio In GPS mode during any VOR ILS approach activation the appropriate NAV frequency is automatically loaded into the active field of NAVI 190 00498 00 Rev A NAV COM WPT Airport Information Window The Airport Information Window displays runway information and a list of frequencies for the selected airport identifier as well as departure arrival and approach information To display the entire list of frequencies for an airport 1 Onthe Airport Information Window press the INFO softkey to display runway and frequency information for a specific airport 2 Press the FMS knob to activate the selection cursor in the window 3 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired airport identifier and press the ENT key A list of all available frequencies for the selected airport appears 41 18 1 B5546rT x 1 BFT HARD SURFALE PCL FREQ 118 5860 FREQUENCIES CLEARANCE CLEARANCE WPT Figure 3 22 WPT Airport Information Window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 11 NAV COM To load a COM frequency into the COM tuning box 1 When the list of frequencies for the selected airport is dis
59. VOR Name e Symbol Frequency e Bearing Distance KT NORTH AE NEAREST IN IHLSI MEGTI Intersection Identifier Symbol Bearing Distance Nearest Intersection Symbol rone Latitude and 111 4417 4 Longitude REFERENCE VOR VOR Name iud dn Symbol Fre quency Bearing Distance Figure 7 86 Nearest Intersections Page 1 130 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A To select the Nearest Intersections Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the NRST page group NRST is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Nearest Intersections Page To select a nearest intersection from the Nearest Intersections Page 1 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the FMS knob and press the ENT key to select the desired intersection The remaining information on the Nearest intersection Page pertains to the selected intersection NDB Location MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY NEAREST NDB PAGE The Nearest NDB Page displays the following information for a selected NDB Map of surrounding area NDB Identifier Symbol Bearing Distance within 200 nm of current position e NDB Name e atitude longitude degrees minutes or degrees minutes seconds Frequency KT NOR z AKT NORTH UP ND NDB Identifier S
60. a predicted heading of 18 degrees from the current heading Figure 2 20 Selected Heading Box The selected course appears in a box right of the lubber line next to the HSI The color of the digital readout appears in magenta if the navigation source is GPS or green if the navigation source is NAVI or NAV2 T eM standard rate Figure 2 23 Standard Rate Turn Indication Figure 2 21 Selected Course Box NOTE The heading displayed on the HSI is always magnetic even if the NAV ANGLE is set to TRUE in the AUX System Setup Page on the MFD 2 16 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Course Deviation Indicator The Course Deviation Indicator CDI moves to the left or right of the course pointer along a deviation scale to display aircraft position relative to the course The CDI has the same angular limits as a mechanical CDI when coupled to a VOR or LOC When coupled to GPS the full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPS derived distance 5 0 1 0 or 0 3 nm The CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based on the current phase of flight en route 5 0 nm terminal area 1 0 nm or approach 0 3 nm The desired GPS scale settings may be selected manually on the MFD refer to the Multi Function Display section Figure 2 24 CDI PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Bearing Pointers and Information Windows Up to two bearing pointers can be displayed on
61. airspace An altitude butter is also provided which Selecting restricted airspace alert setting on off expands the vertical range above or below an airspace Selecting MOA on off For example if the butter is set at 500 feet and you are Other airspace alert settings on off more than 500 feet above or below an airspace you will Selecting altitude buffer distance setting not be notified with an alert message if you are less than 500 feet above or below an airspace and projected to enter it you will be notified with an alert message The default setting is 200 feet The Airspace Alerts section of the System Setup Page displays the following information Class B TMA airspace alert setting Class C TCA airspace alert setting e Class D Restricted airspace alert setting MOA Other airspace alert settings e Altitude buffer distance setting 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 119 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To turn an Airspace Alert on or off 1 2 Select the System Setup Page Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired AIRSPACE ALERTS field Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list Turn the FMS knob to select YES or NO and press the ENT key To change the altitude buffer distance set ting 1 2 Select the System Setup Page Press the FMS knob momenta
62. amp GARMIN G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Part Number Change Summary 190 00498 00 Initial release Rev A Record of Revisions Revision Date of Revision Revision Page Range Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A COPYRIGHT This manual reflects the operation of System Software versions 0394 06 or later for Cessna 172R aircraft 0395 07 or later for Cessna 1725 aircraft 0371 15 or later for normally aspirated Cessna 182 aircraft 0372 14 or later for turbocharged Cessna 182 aircraft 0373 10 or later for normally aspirated Cessna 206 aircraft and 0374 10 or later for turbocharged Cessna 206 aircraft Some differ ences in operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions Copyright O 2005 Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries All rights reserved NOTE Cessna Nav III aircraft include the Cessna 172R the Cessna 1725 the normally aspirated Cessna 182 182 the turbocharged Cessna 182 T182 the normally aspirated Cessna 206 206 and the turbocharged Cessna 206 T206 Unless otherwise indicated information in the G1000 Pilot s Guide binder pertains to all Cessna Nav III aircraft Garmin International Inc 1200 East 151st Street Olathe Kansas 66062 U S A Tel 913 397 8200 Fax 913 397 8282 Garmin AT Inc 2345 Turner Road SE Salem OR 97302 U S A Tel 503 391 3411 Fax 503 364 2138 Garmin Europe Ltd Unit 5 T
63. annunciate TAWS Alert Annunciations The following alert annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD zm JP Figure 2 42 TAWS Annunciations TAWS Color Scale NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 N or 60 S The G1000 automatically adjusts the color on the Inset Map as the aircraft altitude changes Terrain Terrain Obstacle Suggested Pilot Color Location Response Terrain Obstacle within 100 Initiate climb and or turn ft of the aircraft altitude away trom terrain obstacle or above Terrain Obstacle within 1000 ft of the aircraft altitude Be aware of surroundings Be prepared to take action Black Terrain Obstacle more than No action required WODNA 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude o oo ooo Projected Flight Path 100 EUrc dmw Unlighted Obstacle Figure 2 43 TAWS Colors 190 00498 00 Rev A INSET MAP NOTE The Inset Map orientation is always the same as that for the MFD Navigation Map Page NOTE Map orientation and other map features are enabled on the MFD refer to the Multi Function Display section NOTE Refer to the Multi Function Display section for a detailed explanation of the declutter levels Ihe Inset Map is a smaller version of the MFD Navigation Map Page It appears in the lower left corner of the PFD and is displayed by pressing the INSET softkey The map disappears from the PFD when pitch exceeds 30
64. appears in the mode field of the Transponder Status bar SUM T EN Figure 4 5 Standby Mode NOTE In Standby mode the IDENT function is inhibited Manual ON Mode The ON mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON softkey ON mode generates Mode A and Mode S replies but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited In ON mode a green ON indication appears in the mode field of the Transponder Status bar R LEL 66 12 25 Figure 4 6 ON Mode Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 4 3 TRANSPONDER Altitude Mode Automatic or Manual CODE SELECTION Altitude mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne Altitude mode may also be Entering a Code selected manually by pressing the ALT softkey A total of 4 096 discrete identification codes can be If Altitude mode is selected a green ALT indication is selected with the Code Selection softkeys displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Status bar To enter a transponder code and all transponder replies requesting altitude information 1 Press the XPDR softkey to display the transponder are provided with pressure altitude information Mode Selection softkeys LCL Q0 85 52 2 Press the CODE softkey to display the TONES NRST ADVISORY transponder Code Selection softkeys for digit Figure 4 7 Altitude Mode EDU 3 Pressthe digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field When entering the code the next Reply Status key in sequ
65. audio connection The headphone outputs of the entertainment devices are plugged into the MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks The current ICS isolation mode affects the distribution of the entertainment inputs MUSIC 1 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 5 9 AUDIO PANEL A NOTE MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2 cannot be completely turned off Audio level for these inputs can be set above and below a nominal value Contact a Garmin authorized service center for adjustment MUSIC 1 MUSIC 1 can be heard by the pilot in COPILOT mode and in ALL mode and can be heard by the copilot in PILOT mode and in ALL mode MUSIC 1 Muting MUSIC 1 muting occurs when aircraft radio marker beacon or ICS activity is heard MUSIC 1 is always soft muted when an interruption occurs from an aircraft radio Soft muting is the gradual return of MUSIC 1 to its original volume level The time required for MUSIC 1 volume to return at the headset outputs is between one half and four seconds A NOTE MUSIC 1 muting during ICS activity can be disabled Contact a Garmin authorized service center for details NOTE If the MKR MUTE key is pressed and held for three 3 seconds the GMA 1347 toggles music muting ON and OFF When toggling either one 1 or two 2 beeps can be heard one 1 beep indicates that music muting is enabled two 2 beeps indicate music muting is disabled Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MUSIC 2 MUSIC 2 can be hea
66. be displayed for the currently active flight plan and Direct RT ge calculations to the entire flight plan to or point to point navigation between two specified waypoints and for any stored flight plan 6 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the fuel flow Press the ENT key when finished To perform fuel planning operations Note that in automatic page mode fuel flow is 1 Select the AUX TRIP PLANNING page provided by the system 2 The current page mode is displayed at the 7 The flashing cursor moves to the fuel on board top of the page AUTOMATIC or MANUAL field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to To change the page mode press the AUTO or modify the fuel on board Press the ENT key MANUAL softkey when finished Note that in automatic mode this i ided by the system 3 ForDirect to planning press the WPTS softkey i eee spen and verify that the trom waypoint field indi cates P POS present position Press the ENT key and the flashing cursor moves to the 8 The flashing cursor moves to the calibrated airspeed field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter an calibrated airspeed Press to waypoint field Turn the small and large the ENT key when finished FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the to With all variables entered the following information is waypoint and press the ENT key to accept the provided all of the items are not available at all times waypoint OR di Efficiency
67. course not on angular relationship to the destination Therefore the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the destination What is the correct missed approach procedure How is the missed approach holding point selected To comply with TSO specifications the G1000 does not automatically sequence past the MAP The first way point in the missed approach procedure becomes the ac tive waypoint when the SUSP softkey is pressed AFTER crossing the MAP All published missed approach pro cedures must be followed as indicated on the approach plate To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP not recommended select the Active Flight Plan Page and use the ACT LEG soitkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill e APPENDIX C C 4 After a missed approach how can the same approach be re selected How can a new approach be activated After flying the missed approach procedure the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt from the Procedures Page Once the clearance is given for another attempt activate the approach from the Pro cedures Page by highlighting Activate Approach then pressing the ENT key The G1000 provides navigation along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point on
68. display the next runways for the selected airport Continue turning the small FMS knob to select the desired runway To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob Rotate the joystick counterclockwise to select a lower range and rotate it clockwise to select a higher range The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Runway Information field Type Usage type Public Military or Private e Surface Runway surface types include Hard Turf Sealed Gravel Dirt Soft Unknown or Water Lighting Runway lighting types include No Lights Part Time Full Time Unknown or Fre quency for pilot controlled lighting 4L 22RL 1135TFT x 15 FT HARD SURFACE FULL TIME Figure 7 60 Runway Information Field Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY AIRPORT FREQUENCY INFORMATION FIELD If a listed frequency has sector or altitude restrictions the frequency is preceded by an info designation The Airport Frequency Information Field displays radio frequencies and frequency types for the selected airport as To view usage restrictions for a frequency well as sector and altitude restrictions where applicable 1l Turn the FMS knob to place the cursor on the If the selected airport has a localizer based approach the info designated frequency localizer frequency is also listed on the Airport Frequency 2 Press the ENT key to display the
69. excessively degraded TAMS N TAWS Not Available GPS signal System Test pass TAWS System Test OK Table 7 4 TAWS Status Summary 1 48 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 7 6 DIRECT TO NAVIGATION The Direct to function provides a quick method of setting a course to a destination waypoint Once a Direct to is activated the G1000 establishes a point to point course line from the present position to the selected Direct to destination If the course change is greater than 30 degrees a course extension is offset from the present position to allow a standard rate turn to intercept the Direct to course line Note that the CDI HSI needle will not be immediately centered in this case Direct to course guidance is provided until the Direct to is cancelled or replaced by a new destination and the navigation data is displayed on the Navigation Map Page DIRECT TO IDENT FACILITY CITY Identifier SeT Symbol Facility Name City MIAMI FL FPL NRST WAYPOINTS Flight Plan Field Nearest Airport Maer EEE NORTH UP Map Orientation Map of the eite T Selected pj Ren Way point ORAL GABLES Map Range Bearing negro Distance Latitude SSS Longitude pie 209 ACTIVATE Activate Field Figure 7 31 Direct to Page MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select a Direct to destination 1 Press the Direct to key The Direct to page is displayed with the destination field high lighted 2 Tu
70. for Cessna Nav III Land Data The Navigation Map Page can display background land data roads lakes borders etc The background land data can also be removed from the display turned off To enable disable land data 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group and press the ENT key Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the LAND DATA field Turn the small FMS knob to select On or Off and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Track Vector The Navigation Map Page can display a track vector as a dashed cyan line segment with an arrowhead attached to the end extended to a predicted location in 60 seconds along the current aircraft track The track vector is useful in minimizing track angle error To enable disable the track vector 1 190 00498 00 Rev A With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group and press the ENT key Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TRACK VECTOR field Turn the small FMS knob to select
71. for the waypoint you wish to delete Press the CLR key to display a confirmation window With OK highlighted press ENT to remove the selected waypoint Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI 1 63 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY FLIGHT PLAN CATALOG PAGE The Flight Plan Catalog Pageisthe second flight planning page and provides flight planning information and editing capability Once a Direct to or flight plan has been activated the Active Flight Plan catalog Page displays the following e Number of flight plans in memory Flight Plan List Flight Plan information box containing departure destination total distance and estimated safe altitude information To display the Flight Plan Catalog Page 1 Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page FLIGHT PLAN CATALOG USED 5 EHPTY J4 Flight Plans in Memory FLIGHT PLAN LIST KMKC KIXD Flight Plan List FLIGHT PLAN IMFO DEPARTURE DESTINATION TOTAL DISTANCE ESTIMATED SAFE ALT Flight Plan Information Figure 7 47 Flight Plan Catalog Page 7 64 Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV Ill FLIGHT PLAN CATALOG PAGE OPERATIONS The following operations can be performed from the Flight Plan Catalog Page Activate a Flight Plan Stop Navigating a Flight Plan Invert and Activate a FPL Create a New Flight Plan Copya Flight Plan Delete a Flight Plan Delete All Flight Plans
72. indicate the weather level severity The update rate is every five minutes Refer to the legend for a description of the color code NOTE WSR 88D weather surveillance radar or NEXRAD NEXt generation RADar is a Dop pler radar system that has greatly improved the detection of meteorological events such as thunderstorms tornadoes and hurricanes An extensive network of NEXRAD stations provides almost complete radar coverage of the continental United States Alaska and Hawaii The unobstructed range of each NEXRAD is 124 nautical miles NEXRAD Abnormalities There are possible abnormalities regarding displayed NEXRAD images Some but not all of those include e Ground Clutter Strobes and spurious radar data Sun strobes when the radar antenna points directly at the sun Interference from buildings or mountains which may cause shadows Military aircraft deploy metallic dust which can cause alterations in radar scans Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NEXRAD Limitations Certain limitations exist regarding the NEXRAD radar displays Some but not all are listed here for the users awareness e NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipita tion characteristics hail vs rain etc e NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges and
73. map page group and provides the pilot with the following GPS Navigation display capability Map display showing airports navaids airspaces land data highways cities lakes rivers borders etc with names labels MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Map pointer information distance and bearing to pointer location of pointer name and other pertinent information TIS Traffic Data Obstacle Data Map Zoom Range Legend Wind Direction and Speed Heading Indication Aircraft icon representing present position Icons for enabled map features Track Vector Topography Scale Fuel Range Ring Topography Data Terrain Proximity Data TAWS Data NOVATO 2 if 1 KT NORTH UP Interstate 2S BENTCIA d Map Orientation e CCR TFR Highway c NO DATA HIKEERYEZ SENI FIRE AED CONEORD aN WARKSPHIR MTEL VAIZ EYS U NUM ECREEK Course Line eie N AN AERKEIEY UR 7 S l x ASMO 5 L12 5NHjjr SIEESSMORAGO Nav Range S ON 2 DY MMII Ring A ELEV FT ISA F Rn NS COMED SA HAX 3815 KOR SUSAR ANEANDRO 28 Own Aircraft ST city Jy AE SOUTH SAN FRANCISCG 129 zs ro AA velia Airspace Boundries RLLBRAE 7 UNON C S24 n Topo Scale AKSA E EDNO ODENIN TE See a O RBAG_DURARK na EM COTBSY ABER CON Sue END OMNEM TERRAIN Terrain Scale ag gts Sue SUNN SS 180rT A 1000FT Map Scale As D NH Legend Page Groups HAP sooo 190 00498 00 Rev A Figure 7 8 Navigation Map Page not all features shown Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Ce
74. map details until the desired amount of detail is depicted The declutter level appears above the softkey i e DCLTR 1 Refer to the Multi Function Display section for more details To enable disable traffic data 1 2 2 28 Press the INSET softkey Press the TRAFFIC softkey to display Traffic Information Service TIS or Traffic Advisory System TAS traffic Traffic symbology appears next to the aircraft icon and in the bottom right corner of the map Press the TRAFFIC softkey again to remove data from the map NOTE TIS displays traffic within seven nautical miles from 3 000 feet below to 3 500 feet above the requesting aircraft and includes location direction altitude and climb descent information NOTE Refer to the Multi Function Display section for more details about Traffic Advisory System TAS Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill To enable disable topographic data 1 2 Press the INSET softkey Press the TOPO softkey to display topographic land colors which represent land elevation Press the TOPO softkey again to remove topo graphic data from the map NOTE When topographic data is removed from the display all cartographic data is automatically removed and the Jeppesen Nav Data is presented on a black background To enable disable terrain data 1 2 Press the INSET softkey Press the TERRAIN softkey to display color coded terrain tiles which are based u
75. mode A interrogations The transponder also responds to interrogations from TCAS equipped aircraft e VFR Sets the transponder code to the pre pro grammed VFR code selected in Configuration Mode this is set to 1200 at the factory in the U S A only please refer to ICAO standards for VFR codes in other countries CODE Displays the transponder code selection softkeys which include digits 0 7 and BKSP DENT Activates the Special Position Identifica tion SPI Pulse for 18 seconds identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen Transponder Code Selection Transponder code selection is performed with eight softkeys 0 7 providing 4 096 active identification codes Pushing one of these softkeys begins the code selection sequence The new code is activated five seconds after the fourth digit is entered Pressing the BKSP softkey removes one digit at a time until the status bar is empty refer to the Mode S Transponder section Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 23 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 6 SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATION NOTE Refer to the Appendix for detailed information on the Traffic Information Service TIS OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE BOX A The outside air temperature OAT is displayed in C On the MFD AUX System Setup Page OAT can be configured to be displayed in F instead of C refer to the A NOTE Refer to the Multi Function Display section Multi Function Display
76. mountains These are important to light aircraft as they have limited flight capabilities due to lack of equipment and or instrumentation SIGMET AIRMET SIGMET LOCALIZED SIGMET e ICING TURBULENCE IFR MTN OBSCR SURFACE WINDS When enabled the following AIRMETs can be displayed e Icing e Turbulence e FR conditions e Mountain obscuration e Surface winds Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Refer to the legend for a description of the color coding METAR press the METAR softkey to display METARs METeorological Aviation Reports METARS are shown as colored flags at airports providing METAR reports Refer to the legend for a description of the color code The update rate is every 12 minutes LEGEND press the LEGEND softkey to display the Weather Legend Window Turn the small or large FMS knob to scroll up or down through the legend list Press the small or large FMS knob or the ENT key to remove the legend display The Weather Legends Window describes the graphic symbols and color coding of the information for each product that is active To view the available legends 1 190 00498 00 Rev A Press the LEGEND softkey to display the avail able legends Turn either the small or large FMS knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in the window To return to the previous page and remove the legend window press the LEGEND ENT CLR ke
77. of Ryan International Inc and XM is a registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio Inc November 2005 190 00498 00 Rev A Printed in the U S A 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill WARNINGS amp CAUTIONS WARNING Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain function The G1000 Terrain Proximity feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight The Terrain Proximity feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance and is not certified for use in applications requiring a certified terrain awareness system Terrain data is obtained from third party sources Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data WARNING The displayed minimum safe altitudes MSAs are only advisory in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information Always refer to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes WARNING The Garmin G1000 as installed in Cessna Nav III aircraft has a very high degree of functional integrity However the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and or self test capability for all conceivable system failures is not practical Although unlikely it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur without a fault in
78. of a COM system tuning failure the emergency frequency 121 500 MHz is automatically tuned in the radio in which the tuning failure occurred 121 988 com 135 1000 118 400 conz Figure 3 13 COM Tuning Failure NOTE In case of a dual display failure the COM radios are automatically tuned to the emergency frequency 121 500 MHz 190 00498 00 Rev A NAV COM QUICK TUNING AND ACTIVATING 121 500 MHZ Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency COM frequency 121 500 MHz in the active field of the active COM radio the one with the transfer arrow JAA Tx 118 688 com 121 508 o 118 40U conz Press for two seconds to load 121 5 MHz Figure 3 14 Quickly Tuning 121 500 MHz STUCK MICROPHONE If the push to talk PTT switch becomes stuck the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of continuous operation An alert appears on the PFD to advise the crew of a stuck microphone ALERTS COM1 PT Time O0 setts yin tri 1 a C is stuck Figure 3 15 Stuck Microphone Alert The COMI MIC or COM2 MIC key annunciator on the audio panel continues to blink as long as the PTT switch remains stuck Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 7 NAV COM 3 8 3 3 NAV OPERATION FREQUENCY RANGE The NAV radios receive in the VOR ILS frequency range of 108 00 to 117 95 MHz with 50 kHz spacing The NAV Frequency window displays the fol
79. on the Traffic Page 1 Turn the RNG knob to zoom through the following range options e Bendix King KTA 870 2 nm 2 and 6 nm 6 and 12 nm 12 and 24 nm and 24 and 40 nm 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 8 4 XM WEATHER AND XM RADIO INTRODUCTION The Garmin GDL 69 69A receiver interfaces with the G1000 to bring XM Weather and XM Digital Audio Entertainment to the cockpit XM Weather and XM Radio operate in the S band frequency range to provide continuous uplink capabilities at any altitude throughout North America IMPORTANT Before the GDL 69 69A can be used it has to be activated by XM Satellite Radio The GDL 69 69A XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions that were delivered with the aircraft contain important information required to initi ate XM satellite radio subscription for the GDL 69 69A XM WEATHER XM weather information is displayed on the following MFD Maps and Pages e Navigation Map Page NEXRAD and XM Lightning only Weather Data Link Page complete GDL 69 capability e Nearest Pages NEXRAD and XM Lightning only Airport Information Page NEXRAD and XM Lightning only Flight Planning Maps NEXRAD and XM Lightning only e AUX Trip Planning Map NEXRAD and XM Lightning only OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Weather Information Page part of the Waypoint Airport Information Page METAR and TAF information only XM weather information is also displayed on the Primary Flight Displ
80. please refer to the backup instruments This section describes the major features of the G1000 Primary Flight Display PFD as installed on Cessna Nav III aircraft Information is displayed using the G10005 two 10 4 inch color flat panel displays During normal operation the lett display is configured as a Primary Flight Display The PFD provides increased situational awareness by replacing the traditional instrument six pack on the pilots panel with an easy to scan display that provides a large horizon and airspeed attitude altitude vertical speed navigation communication annunciation terrain traffic and lightning optional information The PFD also controls the operation of the transponder the selection of NAV COM frequencies audio volume and many navigation features The operation of these features is explained in other supporting sections The G1000 system controls were designed so that regardless of which seat the pilot is flying from the aircraft can be flown with one hand and the controls manipulated with the other hand PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY The PFD displays the following e Navigation NAV Frequency Window e Navigation Status Bar Communication Frequency Window Airspeed Indicator True Airspeed Box Attitude Indicator Slip Skid Indicator Horizontal Situation Indicator Turn Rate Indicator e Bearing Pointers DME Information Window optional Bearing Information Windows
81. press the ENT key The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flight plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page With OK highlighted press the ENT key to store the flight plan Store to flight plan 1 OK or CANCEL Figure 7 39 Store Flight Plan Confirmation Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 5 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Invert Flight Plan 7 58 Invert Fight Plan reverses the active flight plan After traveling along a flight plan the route can be reversed for navigation guidance back to the original departure point To invert and activate an existing flight plan bh From the Flight Plan Page press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Page options Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Invert Flight Plan and press the ENT key The origi nal flight plan remains intact in its flight plan catalog storage location With OK highlighted press the ENT key to invert the flight plan FAGE MENU OPTIONS store Flight Plan i Delete Flight Plon Closest Point OF FPL Chunge Fields Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bose poge Figure 7 40 Invert Flight Plan Invert active flight plan CANCEL OK or Figure 7 41 Invert Flight Plan Confirmation Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV III Delete a Waypoint To
82. s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A WARRANTY This Garmin product is warranted to be free from detects in materials or workmanship for two years from the date of purchase Within this period Garmin will at its sole option repair or replace any components that fail in normal use Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts and labor provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost This warranty does not cover failures due to abuse misuse accident or unauthorized alterations or repairs THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT Some states do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations may not apply to you LIMITED WARRANTY Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace the unit or software or to offer a full refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BRE
83. s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Create New Waypoint allows the pilot to create a new user waypoint To create a new waypoint ia 190 00498 00 Rev A From the User Waypoint Information Page press the MENU key to display the User Waypoint Information Page Options or press the NEW softkey Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Create New Waypoint and press the ENT key Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the new waypoint and press the ENT key The message Are you sure you want to create the new user waypoint is displayed Press YES to create the new waypoint The present position is displayed in the informa tion box The first reference waypoint field is highlighted Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the reference waypoint The refer ence waypoint can be an airport VOR NDB intersection or another user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the selected identifier The cursor moves to the radial RAD field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the radial from the reference waypoint to the new user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the selected radial Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Delete User Waypoint allows the pilot to delete a user waypoint To delete a user waypoint 1 Select the User Waypoint Information Page and press MENU to display the User Waypoint Information Page Options or pr
84. selects the split COM function During split COM operation the COMI COMI MIC COM2 and COM2 MIC keys are active When the COM 1 2 key is selected COMI is used by the pilot for transmission and COM2 is used by the copilot The COMI MIC annunciator blinks when the pilots microphone is keyed and the COM2 MIC annunciator blinks when the copilots microphone is keyed In this mode both the pilot and the copilot can transmit simultaneously over separate radios The pilot can still monitor NAVI NAV2 DME ADE and MKR audio as selected but the copilot is only able to monitor COM2 Split COM mode is cancelled by pressing the COM 1 2 key again PA FUNCTION A passenger address function is provided by pressing the PA key to deliver messages Push to talk PTT must be used to deliver PA announcements over the headsets When PA is selected on the audio panel the annunciator blinks about once per second the COM MIC annunciator is no longer lit and the active COM frequency for that audio panel changes to white indicating that there is no COM selected Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 00 AUDIO PANEL 5 6 SPEAKER All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker Pressing the SPKR key selects and deselects the cabin speaker Speaker audio is muted when the PTT switch is keyed The speaker volume is adjustable above and below a nominal value Contact a Garmin authorized service center for details MARKER
85. setting turn the small FMS knob to display the range list Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired range and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Fuel Range Ring Fuel RNG RSV The Navigation Map Page can display a fuel range ring which shows the flight distance that the aircraft has remaining A dashed green circle indicates the transition range to reserve fuel A solid green circle indicates the range of all fuel including the reserve fuel If only reserve fuel remains the range is indicated by a solid yellow circle To enable disable the fuel range ring and to select a fuel range time 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group and press the ENT key 4 Turnthe large FMS knob to highlight the FUEL RNG RSV field 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select On or Dir 6 Pressthe ENT key to accept the selected option The flashing cursor highlights the fuel reserve time field The time indicated is the time the aircraft can fly with remaining fuel on board To change the reserve fuel time turn either the FMS knob to enter a time 00 00 to 23 59 hours minutes The default setting is 00 45 minutes Press the ENT key 8 Press the FMS knob to retu
86. the HSI Pressing the PFD softkey provides access to the BRGI and BRG2 softkeys The BRGI pointer is a single cyan line with an open arrowhead at the end The BRG2 pointer is a double cyan line with an open arrowhead at the end The bearing pointers never override the CDI When at least one bearing pointer is displayed but not necessarily visible if there is no data available a white ring appears around the center of the compass rose to visually separate the bearing pointer s from the CDI When a bearing pointer is displayed its associated information window is also displayed DME Information Bearing 1 Bearing 2 Window Pointer Pointer Bearing Bearing 2 Information Information Window Window Figure 2 25 HSI with Bearing Information Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY A NOTE ADF radio installation is optional The Bearing 1 Information Window is displayed to the lower left of the HSI and includes the bearing source NAVI GPS or ADF a pointer icon frequency NAV1 and distance NAVI and GPS to the bearing source Distance to Bearing Source Waypoint Pren identifier UIN Bearing Pointer Source Icon Figure 2 26 BRG1 Information Window The Bearing 2 Information Window is displayed to the lower right of the HSI and includes the bearing source NAV2 GPS or ADF a pointer icon frequency NAV2 and distance NAV2 and GPS to the bearing source Distance to
87. the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is current ground track displayed Desired Track Up DTK up fixes the top of the 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map map display to the desired course group and press the ENT key Heading Up HDG up fixes the top of the map 4 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the display to the current aircraft heading ORIENTATION field 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired NOTE The Navigation Map Page orientation orientation and press the ENT key default setting is North Up 6 Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 19 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Auto Zoom 7 20 The automatic zoom feature automatically adjusts the map range from 2000 nm through each lower range stopping at 1 5 nm as the aircraft approaches the destination waypoint To enable disable automatic zoom 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group and press the ENT key Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the AUTO ZOOM field Turn the small FMS knob to select On or Off and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide
88. the FMS knob to select the desired approach Press the LD APR softkey The Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transition Press the ENT key The LOAD field is highlighted Press the ENT key to load the approach NEAREST PAGE GROUP Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the ACTIVATE field Press the ENT key to activate the approach Load adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the approach for navigation guidance This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigat ing until cleared for the approach but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed Activate adds the approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course NOTE If the approach is not approved for GPS a NOT APPROVED FOR GPS messages is displayed with YES highlighted Press the ENT key to acknowledge the message Turn the large FMS knob to select NO and press the ENT key to return to the Approach Loading Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY NEAREST INTERSECTIONS PAGE The Nearest Intersections Page displays the following information for a selected intersection Map of surrounding area Intersection identifier Symbol Bearing Distance within 200 nm of current position Lat Lon latitiude longitude Reference VOR Information consisting of e
89. the WPT page group WPT is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the User Waypoint Information Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 97 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY CREATING USER WAYPOINTS User waypoints may be created from the User Waypoint Information Page or the Navigation Map Page To create a new user waypoint from the User Waypoint Information Page enter its name identifier and position or reference another waypoint by radial and distance 1 98 To create a new user waypoint by entering its latitude longitude position 1 With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the Cursor Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the new waypoint and press the ENT key The message Are you sure you want to create the new user waypoint is displayed Press YES to create the new waypoint The present position is displayed in the information box The comment in the comment box is auto generated based on the reference waypoint usage If the waypoint was defined with two reference waypoints then this comment would be generated based on the radials i e 0JC354 ICT057 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the posi tion field in the information box Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the position coordinates for the new waypoint Press the ENT ke
90. the list To scroll through the list of nearest air ports VORs NDBs intersections user waypoints or airspaces 1 Select the desired NRST page using the steps outlined above 2 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to scroll through the list The scroll bar along the right hand side of the page indicates the part of the list that is currently being viewed 4 Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY NAVIGATING TO A NEAREST WAYPOINT The NRST pages can be used in conjunction with the Direct to function to quickly set a course to a nearby facility This feature can be a real time saver compared to retrieving information from the database using the WPT pages More importantly it instantly provides navigation to the nearest airport in case of an in flight emergency AKT NORTH UP Nearest Airport To select a nearby airport VOR NDB intersection or user waypoint as a Direct to destination 1 Use the flashing cursor to scroll through a NRST page list and highlight the desired nearest waypoint 2 Press the Direct to key to display the Direct to Page 3 Press the ENT key to accept the selected waypoints identifier and press the ENT key a second time with Activate highlighted to begin navigating to the selected waypoint NEAREST AIRPORTS U77 Ge Airport Identifier Symbol B
91. the next character field Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the facility name or location is selected then press the ENT key To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob Once the identifier facility name or location is entered the airport information page displays information for the selected airport As you enter an identifier facility name or location the SpellNFind feature scrolls through the database displaying those waypoints matching the characters you have entered to that point If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location additional entries may be viewed by continuing to turn the small FMS knob during the selection process If duplicate entries exist for an entered identifier a duplicate waypoint page is displayed once you select the identifier by pressing the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select a facility name or city location where duplicate entries exist PUBLIC 1 Select the desired facility name or location PIEDMONT TRIAD INTL Facility Field 7 GREENSBORO NC Tonne 2 As you spell the facility name or location using SE USA the small and large FMS knobs the SpellNFind N 36 58 feature selects the first entry in the database WQ79 56 24 J based upon the characters you have entered up to that point 3 Continue turning the small FMS knob to scroll 10000FT x 15QFT through any additional database listings for the HARD SURFACE selected facili
92. the pointer is placed on an object the name of the object is highlighted for approximately four seconds even if the name was not originally displayed on the map This feature applies to everything displayed on the map except for route lines 3 Pushin the joystick again to cancel the panning function and return to the present position on the map NOTE The airspace boundary stays highlighted for approximately four seconds before returning to normal shading PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY WORKING WITH MENUS NOTE Pressing a softkey does not display a menu or sub menu Much G1000 operation is accomplished using a menu interface The G1000 has a bezel mounted dedicated MENU key that displays a context sensitive list of options when pressed This option list allows the pilot to access additional features or make setting changes specifically relating to the currently displayed window There is no all encompassing menu Some menus provide access to additional sub menus that are in turn used to view edit select and review options PAGE MENU No Options OPTIONS with NRST No Options E Window Displayed PAGE MENU OPTIONS Store Flight Plan Displ Delete Flight Plan isplayed Figure 2 45 Page Menu Examples To navigate the Page Menu Window 1 Turn the FMS knob to scroll through a list of available options a scroll bar always appears to the right of the window when the option list is longer than the window 2
93. waypoint can be selected in the highlighted following ways 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the facility by facility or city name or city name field from the active flight plan 3 Turn the small and large FMS knob to enter from the nearest airports list the facility or city location of the desired from a waypoint field waypoint page or map waypoint highlight shortcut BE Selecting a Direct to Destination by Facility or City A NOTE the Spell N Find feature selects the first Name entry in the database based on the characters that have been entered to that point In addition to selecting a destination by identifier the Direct to Page also allows the selection of airports VORs 4 and NDBs by facility or city name If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility or city name additional entries can be viewed by continuing to turn the small FMS knob during the selection process Continue turning the small FMS knob to scroll through any additional database listings for the selected facility name or city The small FMS knob can be used to scroll backwards if the desired waypoint was passed up 5 Press the ENT key to confirm the selected waypoint and ENT again to activate a Direct to 7 50 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Selecting a Direct to Destination from the Active Flight Plan Any waypoint contained in the flight plan may be selected as a Direct to destination fr
94. 0 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 9 7 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS A red X may be the result of an LRU or an LRU func tion failure The following figure illustrates all possible flags and the responsible LRUs GIA 63 Integrated E WPT Avionics Units nau FFLOW GPH n 77 OIL PRES GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit R OIL TEMP O GIA 63 Integrated CHT Avionics Unit EGT FUEL QTY GAL A 10 20 3D F ELECTRICAL Nn BUS 36 3 VOLTS 36 3 H BATT 5S AMPS ENGINE i TMRIREF NRST GDC 74A Air Data Computer Figure 9 5 G1000 System Failure Annunciations Voice Alerts The following voice alerts can be configured for Male or Female gender by using the Aux System Setup Page on the MFD Voice Alert Alert Trigger Traffic Played when a Traffic Advisory TA is Issued Traffic Not Played when the traffic system fails or can Available not communicate 9 8 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Units GDC 74A Air Data Computer GRS 77 AHRS OR GMU 44 Magnetometer GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Units ALERTS GTX 33 Transponder OR GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Units NOTE Voice alerts are provided to the G1000 by GIA 63 1 Should this unit fail audio and voice alerts will no longer be available 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 9 7 G1000 SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES This section describes various G1000 system mess
95. 0 nm range within 1200 ft of altitude separation and are not a traffic ad visory TA Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT TRAFFIC MAP PAGE Operating Mode Indicator nav7 188 08 117 95 j 100s n1 inh ETES9 09 esaS7O0er 196 975 118 000 con nav2 188 08 117 95 MAP TRAFFIC MAP 136 975 118 000 con Altitude gt TAS OPERATING E is fag Heading Indicator Display Mode N UNRESTRICTED Fm Indicator NAR Ji Traffic Disp 75 o Y dan EN ajc Display 21 3 Range RPH zu 2020 FFLOW GPH uil E OIL PRES di OTL TEP npe BA g iaf EGT 22M LN o FUEL ATY GAL Ad E dh I 1H ZH 3H F FLECTRICAL H BLS E EN IS M BAIT 5 AD amps a ee HAP ENGINE TANDBY ATE ALT MODE Figure 8 6 Traffic Map Page 8 8 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT The Traffic Map Page Figure 8 6 controls the source USER INITIATED TEST of TAS traffic data on the Navigation Map Page NOTE When the G1000 is configured for TAS the system only receives TAS traffic Otherwise if TAS is not con figured the system provides TIS traffic data NOTE A user initiated test can only be performed when the system is in standby or failed mode To select the Traffic Map Page To perform a user initiated test 1 Turn the large FMS knob until the Map Page 1 Press the TEST softkey or use th
96. 00 Figure 4 10 IDENT Indication Important Codes Following is a list of important codes When the IDENT softkey is pressed while in Mode 1200 VFR code in the U S refer to ICAO or Code Selection the system reverts to the Top level standards for VFR codes in other countries softkeys e 7000 VFR code commonly used in Europe refer to ICAO standards M e 7500 Hijack code NOTE In Standby mode the IDENT softkey is 1600 Loss of communication code inoperative 7700 Emergency code e 7777 Military interceptor operations code NEVER SQUAWK THIS CODE 0000 Code for military use in the U S 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 4 5 TRANSPONDER This page intentionally left blank 4 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Audio Panel 190 00498 00 Rev A 5 1 AUDIO PANEL DESCRIPTION The GMA 1347 is an audio control panel and marker beacon system Pressing the audio panel keys controls audio selection of COM NAV and intercom LED annunciators indicate when a key function is selected The audio panel includes a four position intercom system ICS with electronic cabin noise de emphasis and two stereo music inputs Separate knobs control intercom audio level for the pilot and copilot passenger The intercom provides four selectable modes of isolation All Crew Pilot Copilot A cabin speaker is availabl
97. 000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints If the navigation database is changed or updated the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been modified If an approach departure or arrival procedure is no longer available the flight plan becomes locked until the procedure is deleted from the flight plan or until the correct navigation database is installed PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY To store a flight plan 1 From the Flight Plan Window once all of the waypoints have been entered press the MENU key to display the page menu options 2 Turn the FMS knob to select Store Flight Plan then press the ENT key The Store Flight Plan Window is displayed with OK highlighted 3 Press the ENT key to store the flight plan 4 Tocancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key PAGE MENU OPTIONS Store Flight Plan Invert Flight Plan Delete Flight Plun ee It Figure 2 55 Page Options Menu Invert Flight Plan The Invert Flight Plan option reverses the active flight plan After traveling along a flight plan the pilot may wish to reverse the route for navigation back to the original departure point To activate an existing flight plan in reverse 1 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options 2 ur the FMS knob to highlight Invert Flight Plan then press the ENT key
98. 4 1 Transponder Description 4 1 Transponder Softkeys sss 4 1 Transponder Status Bar sss 4 Mode S Features 4 2 Traffic Information Service TIS 4 2 4 2 Operation eere 4 3 Mode Selection enn 4 3 COS Selec siding sine dag 4 4 JUS Ia rat PR 4 5 SECTION 5 AUDIO PANEL 5 1 Audio Panel Description 5 1 Transcelvers essere rnnt 5 1 Mono Stereo Headsets ssssss 5 2 Unmuted Unswitched Inputs 5 2 Front Panel Controls sess 5 2 5 2 Operation M 5 4 Power up and Fail safe Operation 5 4 Key Annunciators eene 5 4 ATO NITE PEN 5 4 Transceiver Keys scssssecsessssessesecssssssessssesssssssssessesesees 5 4 Optional COM Muting nenne 5 5 Split COM Function eene 5 5 PA PONC UO enn 5 5 DC AN E 5 6 Marker Beacon Receiver 5 6 Marker Beacon Volume Adjustment 5 6 Navigation Radios seeennnnn 5 7 Intercom System ICS Isolation 5 8 Intercom Volume and Squelch 5 9 Entertainment Inputs
99. 65 Ethiopia Mali Senegal Sudan Somalia Bahrain Island Saudi Arabia Cocos Islands ARC 1950 Botswana Lesotho Malawi Swaziland Zaire Zambia Zimbabwe ARC 1960 ASCENSION IS 1958 ASTRO B4 SOROL ATOLL ASTRO BEACON E ASTRO DOS 71 4 ASTRONOMIC STN 1952 AUSTRALIAN GEOD 1966 AUSTRALIAN GEOD 1984 AUSTRIA NS BELGIUM 1950 BELLEVUE IGN BERMUDA 1957 BOGATA OBSERVATORY BUKIT RIMPAH CAMP AREA ASTRO CAMPO INCHAUSPE CANTON ASTRO 1966 CAPE CAPE CANAVERAL CARTHAGE CH 1903 CHATHAM 1971 CHUA ASTRO CORREGO ALEGRE DANISH GI 1934 DJAKARTA BATAVIA DOS 1968 EASTER ISLAND 1967 EUROPEAN 1950 Kenya Tanzania Ascension Island Tern Island Iwo Jima Island St Helena Island Marcus Island Australia Tasmania Island Australia Tasmania Island Austria Belgium Efate and Erromango Islands Bermuda Islands Colombia Indonesia Antarctica Argentina Phoenix Islans South Africa Florida Bahama Islands Tunisia Switzerland Chatham Island New Zealand Paraguay Brazil Denmark Sumatra Island Indonesia Gizo Island New Georgia Islands Easter Island Austria Belgium Denmark Finland France Germany Gibraltar Greece Italy Luxembourg Netherlands Norway Portugal EUROPEAN 1979 190 00498 00 Rev A Spain Sweden Switzerland Austria Finland Netherlands Norway Spain Sweden FINLAND HAYFORD 1910 G SEGARA GANDAJIKA BASE GEODETIC DATUM 1949 GGRS 87 GUAM 1963 GUX 1 ASTRO
100. 7 114 Direct to Activate 2 34 2 44 Cancel 2 35 Navigation 2 34 Select 2 35 2 39 2 40 2 42 2 43 DIRECT TO key 2 30 Direct to navigation 7 49 Direct to Page 7 49 Direct to Waypoint 7 50 Direct to Window 2 34 2 35 DISPLAY BACKUP button 2 45 Display interpretation 8 9 Display Units 7 117 DME 3 9 HOLD mode 3 9 NAV1 mode 3 9 NAV2 mode 3 9 Tuning mode 3 9 DME Information Window 2 19 DME Radio 2 19 DME softkey 2 5 2 7 DME Tuning window 3 1 3 9 DP softkey 7 83 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III E ECHO TOP 8 17 Edit a flight plan 7 56 Edit flight plan 7 68 EDR 44 Emergency frequency 3 3 3 7 Emporary Flight Restrictions 8 11 Engine Hours 6 4 6 9 Engine Indication System EIS 6 1 Engine Leaning 6 6 Engine Page 6 3 6 5 ENGINE softkey 6 1 6 3 7 2 Entering a transponder code 4 4 Entering Flight ID 4 2 Entertainment inputs 5 9 ENT Key 2 30 Estimated Position Error 7 114 Ethernet 1 1 1 2 1 12 1 13 Excessive Descent Rate 7 44 Exhaust Gas Temperature EGT 6 3 F Failure Display 1 13 Input 1 14 Failure Response 8 9 FFLOW GPH 6 3 FIS weather information 8 11 Five Hundred Aural Alert 7 44 Flight ID 2 32 Flight Plan Activate 2 37 2 44 2 45 Closest Point 2 41 Create 2 36 Delete 2 38 Invert 2 37 Remove 2 40 Select 2 35 2 40 2 42 2 44 Store 2 37 Flight planning 7 54 Flight Planning Maps 8 11 Flight Plan Catalog Page 7 64 190 00498 00 Rev A Flight Plan Catalog Page opera
101. ACH OF WARRANTY To obtain warranty service contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center For assistance in locating a Service Center near you visit the Garmin Web site at http www garmin com or contact Garmin Customer Service at 800 800 1020 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III V WARRANTY This page intentionally left blank vi Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 1 System Description 1 1 1 2 Line Replaceable Units 1 1 1 3 PFD MFD Controls 1 7 1 4 Secure Digital Cards 1 9 1 5 System Power up 1 10 1 6 Display Backlighting 1 12 1 7 System Operation 1 12 Normal Mode eene 1 12 Reversionary Mode eene 1 13 AHRS ODOFalolL ccu ccsiiui naci oret 1 14 SECTION 2 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 1 Introduction eene 2 1 2 2 Backlighting cuscebecon serpit i CoD rEoDoR 2 4 2 3 Softkey Function 2 5 2 4 Flight Instruments s 2 9 Airspeed Indicator senns 2 9 Attitude Indicato
102. ACKUP button below the dual volume squelch knob controls reversionary mode selection TRANSCEIVERS NOTE A push to talk PTT switch must be pressed to transmit on the selected radio The audio panel handles two separate transceivers COMI MIC e COM2 MIC Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill AUDIO PANEL MONO STEREO HEADSETS Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground While this does not damage the audio panel a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears If a monaural headset is used at one of the other positions any other listener using a stereo headset hears audio in the left ear only unless their headset has a mono stereo switch that is set to mono UNMUTED UNSWITCHED INPUTS Theaudio panel provides four 4 unmuted unswitched inputs that are always present on the headsets or speaker These inputs are the following aural warnings e ALTITUDE WARNING e UNSWITCHED 1 e UNSWITCHED 2 e UNSWITCHED 3 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III FRONT PANEL CONTROLS Transceiver audio selector keys COM1 COM2 Transmitter audio mic selection keys COMI MIC COM2 MIC Passenger address key PA Speaker key SPKR Marker beacon receiver audio select mute key MKR MUTE Marker beacon receiver high sensitivity key HI SENS Aircraft radio audio sel
103. AM Figure 3 27 NRST Nearest Frequencies Windows 3 16 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A AUTO TUNING ON APPROACH ACTIVATION NAV FREQUENCIES NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency window on approach activation regardless of the display unit being used NOTE The primary NAV frequency becomes auto tuned upon loading an approach To auto tune a NAV frequency if the desired approach is not already loaded 1 Press the PROC key to open the Procedures window 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the SELECT APPROACH menu option and press the ENT key 3 Use both the FMS knob and the ENT key as needed to select the desired airport VOR ILS approach and transition 4 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight either the LOAD or ACTIVATE prompt and press the ENT key The primary NAV frequency for the activated approach is loaded into the standby field of the selected NAV radio NAV COM PROCEDURES OPTIONS APPROACH ARRIVAL DEPARTURE Press the PROC key to view the previous poge Figure 3 28 Selecting an Approach AIRPORT KGMU GREENVILLE DOWNT OW GREENVILLE SL APPROACH ILS 1 TRANSITION VECTORS PRIMARY FREQUENCY T GMU SEQUENCE JUDKY fof RWU1 mop JUDKY mahp HN D Figure 3 29 Loading an Approach 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 17 NAV COM To auto tune a NAV frequency if t
104. ARGE CITY approximate populations greater than 200 000 off 1500 nm MEDIUM CITY approximate populations greater than 50 000 off 200 nm e SMALL CITY approximate populations greater than 5 000 off 50 nm Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 29 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY States and Provinces Rivers and Lakes and To select a land group item range User Waypoints STATE PROV RIVER LAKE USER 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press WAYPOINT the label range sets the maximum range the MENU key to display the Navigation Map at which the three categories appear on the display The Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map zoom range sets the maximum range at which the three Setup option e ppeappn OUS cay 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is STATE PROV off 1500 nm displayed RIVERLLAKE oft 500 nm 3 Tum the small FMS knob to select the Land USER WAYPOINT off 500 nm group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the LAT LON field ene 4 Turn the large FMS knob to select the desired c EE option m 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired FREEWAY 3000 range Press the ENT key to accept the selected pte ie ne 5 opti on LOCAL HW seda d 6 Pressthe FMS knob to return to the Navigation LARGE CITY Med 8 Map Page MEDIUM CITY Med SHALL CITY Med 204 To select a land group item text size soo P 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press
105. AY optional n nn n Press the BACK softkey to return to the top level softkeys iid Press the IDENT softkey to return to the top level softkeys nn nn n Figure 2 8 PFD Softkey Flow Chart 3 2 8 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 2 4 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS AIRSPEED INDICATOR The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a rolling number gauge using a moving tape The following information is also displayed e Speed indication e Speed ranges Airspeed Trend Vector e Vspeed references Speed Indication The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving tape are marked at intervals of 10 knots while minor tick marks on the moving tape are indicated at intervals of 5 knots Speed indication starts at 20 knots with 60 knots of airspeed viewable at one time The actual airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer The pointer remains black until reaching never exceed speed Vye at which point it turns red Speed Ranges A color coded white green yellow and red speed range strip is located on the moving tape The colors denote flaps operating range normal operating range caution range and never exceed speed Vye A red range is also present for low speed awareness Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual AFM for speed criteria Airspeed Trend Vector The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical magenta line extending up or down on the airspee
106. B 3 B 4 APPENDIX B Abbreviation or Acronym Definition VD VERT VFR VHF VI VLOC VM VMC VNAV VOL VOR VPROF VR VS Vspeed WAAS WGS 84 WPT WPTS WW WX XFER XPDR XTALK XTK Abbreviation or Acronym Definition Heading Vector to DME Distance Vertical Visual Flight Rules Very High Frequency Heading Vector to Intercept VOR Localizer Receiver Heading Vector to Manual Termination Visual Meteorological Conditions Vertical Navigation Volume VHF Omnidirectional Range VNAV Profile Heading Vector to Radial Vertical Speed Airspeed Wide Area Augmentation System World Geodetic System 1984 Waypoint s Waypoints World Wide Weather Transfer Transponder Cross talk Cross track Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A Navigation Term Bearing Calibrated Airpseed Course Course to Steer Crosstrack Error Cumulative Distance Dillution of Precision Desired Track Efficiency Endurance Enroute Safe Altitude Estimated Position Error Estimated Time of Arrival Estimated Time Enroute Fuel Flow Fuel On Board Groundspeed Heading 190 00498 00 Rev A Definition The compass direction trom your present position to a destination waypoint Indicated airspeed corrected for installation and instrument errors The line between two points to be followed by the aircraft The recommended direction to steer in order to reduce course error or stay o
107. B Information Page Options View Recent NDB List is high return to base page lighted 2 Press the ENT key Turn the small FMS knob Figure 7 68 NDB Page Menu to select an NDB from the list and press the ENTER key The selected NDB is now the active user NDB Press the FMS CRSR knob to 7 92 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY VOR INFORMATION PAGE The VOR Information Page displays the following in formation for a selected VOR Map of surrounding area Identifier and Symbol Name Closest city General location atitude longitude degrees minutes or degrees minutes seconds MGRS or UTM UPS Magnetic Variation in degrees Frequency in megahertz MHz e Nearest airport identifier symbol bearing dis tance VOR Identifier VOR Symbol NORTH UP VOR Name IDAHO FALLS IDAHO FALLS ID INFORMATION VOR Type HIGH ALTITUDE 15 Latitude Longitude FREQUENCY 113 85 VOR Symbol m EJ say quo S38 ILS NEAREST AIRPORT AMMON KIDA 209 0 4NM Map of Sm Area Figure 7 69 VOR Information Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Closest City Magnetic Variation General Location VOR Frequency Nearest Airport identifier symbol bearing distance 7 93 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY VOR Information Page Operations 1 94 Ihe VOR information page allows the following ope
108. COM2 radio as an active receiver Any combination of radios can be selected separately or simultaneously regardless of the active transceiver selection The active COM radio is always heard on the headsets 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Transmitting NOTE Audio level of the COM radio s is controlled by the COM volume controls located on both the PFD and MFD see the NAV COM section When a transmitter is keyed the active transceiver MIC key annunciator blinks approximately once per second A white TX indication appears next to the active COM frequency on both the PFD and the MFD during transmission OPTIONAL COM MUTING COM muting on receive and COM muting on transmit options can be disabled if desired Contact a Garmin authorized service center for details COM Muting on Receive NOTE If COM muting on receive option is enabled only primary COM radio reception is recorded by the digital clearance recorder When COM muting on receive is enabled all secondary COM audio is muted during detection of received primary COM audio COM Muting on Transmit When COM muting on transmit is enabled all secondary COM audio is muted during transmission over the primary COM radio AUDIO PANEL SPLIT COM FUNCTION NOTE Split COM performance varies significantly across installations and is affected by both the distance between the antennas and the separation of the tuned frequencies Pressing the COM 1 2 key
109. D weather and coverage information XM LING optional Displays XM lightning information BACK Returns to previous level softkeys PFD Displays second level softkeys for addi tional PFD configurations METRIC Displays current and reference altitudes in meters in addition to feet also changes barometric setting to hectopascals from inches of mercury in Hg DFLTS Resets PFD to default settings DME optional Displays DME Information Window which shows actual DME distance BRGI Bearing 1 Cycles through the follow ing information in the BRGI Information Window NAVI Displays NAVI waypoint frequency or identifier and GPS derived distance GPS Displays GPS waypoint identifier and GPS derived distance ADF Displays ADF if equipped OFF Removes BRGI Information Window BRG2 Bearing 2 Cycles through the follow ing information in the BRG2 Information Window NAV2 Displays NAV2 waypoint frequency or identifier and GPS derived distance GPS Displays GPS waypoint identifier and GPS derived distance ADF Displays ADF if equipped OFF Removes BRG2 Information Window STD BARO Sets barometric pressure to 29 92 in Hg 1013 hPa if METRIC softkey is pressed BACK Returns to previous level softkeys Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 5 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY e CDI Changes navigation mode on the CDI to e DENT Provides special aircraft position identi GPS NAVI or NAV2 ficat
110. DME which provides distance information to the G1000 Press the PFD softkey followed by the DME softkey to display the DME Information Window The DME Information Window is displayed above the BRGI Information Window The DME label tuning mode NAV1 NAV2 or HOLD frequency and distance are displayed in the DME Information Window When a signal is invalid the distance is replaced by NM The pilot may select trom three DME tuning modes NAVI Tunes the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency NAV2 Tunes the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency HOLD When transitioning from NAVI or NAV2 mode to Hold mode the DME frequency remains set to the last selected NAV frequency NOTE When navigating in GPS mode the distance displayed is the GPS derived great circle distance not the actual DME distance Figure 2 29 DME Information Window PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Radio Tuning Window optional NOTE The Radio Tuning Window is only available if a DME radio is installed The Radio Tuning Window is displayed by pressing the DME softkey This window provides display and control of the DME radio DME TUNING DME MODE NA Figure 2 30 Radio Tuning Window To change the DME mode 1 From the Radio Tuning Window turn the large FMS knob to highlight the DME mode field 2 Turn the small FMS knob to display the selec tion window Turn the FMS knob to select the desired mode and press t
111. E PI IC273 30 User ae Comment a ca s INFORMATION General Location Latitude Longitude iREFERENCE WAYPOINTS RAD DIS User Waypoint Name 1 PUC 272 7 29 1W Reference and Symbol aa e Waypoints USER WAYPOINT LIST BAKER4 PUC273 30 User Waypoint List USED WPTS Z 1000 Way p omt Statistics Figure 7 71 User WPT Information Page 7 96 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY The following data is displayed on the User Waypoint User Waypoint Information Page Operations Information Page The following operations can be performed from the Map of surrounding area User Waypoint Information Page Identifier Comment General location e Latitude longitude A reference waypoint with identifier radial and e Creating user waypoints by current location entered latitude longitude position reference waypoint specifications or map pointer location e Modifying user waypoint information by com ment latitude longitude position or reference distance d i E waypoint information A second reference waypoint with identifier and dial e Renaming user waypoints ra e Deleting user waypoints e A list of all user waypoints 5 yp e Statistics of the number of user waypoint slots used and available To select the User Waypoint Information Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select
112. ENT To display the Weather Group Options 8 4 he With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Setup Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Weather group To turn Stormscope Lightning Data on or off 1 With the Weather Group selected press the ENT key The cursor flashes on STRMSCP LING Turn the FMS knob to display the On Off window Turn the FMS knob to select On or Off and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page To select cell or strike as the Stormscope lightning mode 1 With the Weather Group selected press the ENT key The cursor flashes on STRMSCP LING Turn the large FMS knob to select STRMSCP MODE Turn the FMS knob to display the Cell Strike window Turn the FMS knob to select Cell or Strike Press the ENT key Push the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill To select a Stormscope lightning symbol zoom range 1 With the Weather Group selected press the ENT key The cursor flashes on STRMSCP LTNG Turn the large FMS knob to select STRMSCP SMBL Turn the small FMS knob to display the range window Turn the FMS knob to select the desired range and press the ENT key
113. ENT key A window PROCEDURES appears listing the available transitions for the ACTIVATE VECTOR TO FINAL approach ACTIVATE APPROACH Figure 2 66 Approach SELECT APPROACH SELECT ARRIVAL SELECT DEPARTURE BUM iaf AIRCENTER DUSTT iof bie VECTORS Figure 2 65 Procedures Window 11090 IID OR ACTIVATE Select Approach Figure 2 67 Approach Transition Select Approach allows the pilot to choose a published 4 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transi instrument approach for the destination airport or replace tion or vectors then press the ENT key the current approach with a new selection To select an approach for a direct to or A NOTE The Vectors option assumes that the pilot will receive vectors from ATC to the final course flight plan destination airport MN segment of the approach 1 From an active flight plan press the PROC key to display the Procedures options window SELECT APPROACH 2 Tum the large FMS knob to highlight Select KIXD 4p OLATHE KS Approach then press the ENT key A window Sen Ge USE BEENIED appears listing the available approaches for APPROACH ILS 35 the destination airport TRANSITION DUSTT iaf PRIM FREQ 11030 IIXD LOAD OR ACTIVATE Figure 2 68 Select Approach Window 2 42 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 5 With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key to load the approach 6
114. FAF altitude Once the aircraft intercepts the glideslope PDA will alert the pilot if the aircraft descends 0 7 degrees below the glideslope PDA alerting ends 0 5 nm from the runway threshold OR at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1 nm of the threshold 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill i 15 nm Figure 7 26 ILS Approach PDA Alert Threshold MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Final Approach Fix 200 below FAF Altitude 15 nm Figure 7 25 Non Precision Approach PDA Alert Threshold Glideslope Intercept Final Approach Fix 200 below FAF Altitude 7 43 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 1 44 Excessive Descent Rate Alert EDR The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate alert is to provide suitable alerts when the aircraft is determined to be closing descending upon terrain at an excessive speed Figure 7 27 displays the correlation between height above terrain and descent rate resulting in the two EDR alerts EDR alerts have two levels of severity caution sink rate and warning pull up 5000 4500 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 PULL UP 500 Height Above Terrain Feet 0 4000 6000 8000 10000 Descent Rate FPM Figure 7 27 Excessive Descent Rate Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff Alert NCR The purpose of the Negative Climb Rate Af
115. FE e CAUTION WARNING GRAY Safe Obstacle data is displayed in gray when the obstacle height MSL is greater than 1000 feet below the current aircraft altitude YELLOW Caution Obstacle data is displayed in yellow when the obstacle height is 100 feet below MSL the current aircraft altitude to 1000 feet below the current aircraft altitude RED Critical Obstacle data is displayed in red when the obstacle height is at or above 100 feet Mean Sea Level MSL below the current aircraft altitude Obstacle Shapes Obstacle shapes and defining criteria are found in Appendix E MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY NAVIGATION MAP DISPLAY CONDITIONS The Map Setup Page Menu has OBSTACLE and TERRAIN feature On Off options The Terrain Proximity Page displays or does not display obstacles on the Naviga tion Map Page based on the selection of each as summa rized in the table below TERRAIN OBSTACLE TERRAIN FEATURE FEATURE PROXIMITY PAGE NO OBSTACLES DISPLAYED CAUTION AND WARNING OBSTACLES DISPLAYED 0 0 SAFE CAUTION AND WARNING OBSTACLES DISPLAYED Note Obstacles are only displayed at certain map zoom ranges on certain map fields and will only be displayed if an obstacle database is loaded on the SD card ON SAFE CAUTION AND WARNING OBSTACLES DISPLAYED Dn N OFF OFF ON N Note The table above is only for the Navigation Map Page The Terrain Proximity Page always shows ONLY caution and warning o
116. GHT DISPLAY TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WARNING SYSTEM TAWS OPTIONAL NOTE Refer to the Annunciations amp Alerts and Multi Function Display sections for detailed TAWS discussions Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS is only available when the G1000 is configured for TAWS B installation Class B TAWS provides these principal alerting functions Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance FLTA which looks ahead of the aircraft along and below the aircrafts lateral and vertical flight path and provides alerts if a potential Controlled Flight into Terrain CFIT threat exists Premature Descent Alert PDA uses the aircrafts current position and flight path information as determined from a suitable navigation source and airport database to determine if the aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path for the destination runway Excessive Descent Rate Alert EDR when the aircraft is determined to be closing descending upon terrain at an excessive speed e Negative Climb Rate Alert NCR when the system detects the aircraft is losing altitude closing upon terrain after takeoff e Five Hundred Aural Alert when the aircraft descends within 500 feet of the terrain or nearest runway elevation Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill The FLTA and PDA features can be disabled to prevent nuisance alerts while flying VFR into areas where unique terrain exist and could cause the system to
117. ICATION SYSTEM Cylinder Head Temperature CHT Models 182 T182 206 T206 The Cylinder Head Temperature CHT Indicator displays the temperature of the hottest cylinder in degrees Fahrenheit The number of the hottest cylinder appears in the triangle Green Normal operating range Red Warning Exhaust Gas Temperature EGT Normally Aspirated Aircraft For normally aspirated aircraft the Exhaust Gas Temperature EGT Indicator displays the exhaust gas temperature of the hottest cylinder in degrees Fahrenheit The number of the associated cylinder is indicated in the triangle There are no color bands associated with this indicator Turbine InletTemperature TIT TurbochargedAircraft NOTE The pilot should refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual AFM for limitations Ihe Turbine Inlet Temperature TIT Indicator displays the temperature at the turbine inlet in degrees Fahrenheit Green Normal operating range Red Warning Vacuum Pressure VAC Model 172 Vacuum pressure is shown on a horizontal bar indicator The normal operating range is indicated by the green band Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 6 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM Engine Hours ENG HRS Model 172 Engine hours are shown as a numeric readout beneath the Fuel Quantity Indicator Voltmeter VOLTS The Voltmeter displays the main and essential bus voltage White Normal Yellow Caution low and high R
118. II o1 AUDIO PANEL 5 8 INTERCOM SYSTEM ICS ISOLATION The intercom system ICS provides four 4 isolation modes ALL PILOT COPILOT and CREW The desired mode can be selected or deselected using the PILOT and COPLT keys The four 4 possible ICS isolation states are summarized in the table below PILOT Mode PILOT isolation is selected when only the PILOT key annunciator is lit In PILOT mode the pilot can hear the selected radios The copilot and passengers can communicate with each other COPILOT Mode COPILOT isolation is selected when only the COPLT key annunciator is lit In COPILOT mode the copilot is isolated from the selected radios and everyone else The pilot and passengers can hear the selected radios and communicate with each other CREW Mode CREW mode is selected when both the PILOT and COPLT key annunciators are lit In CREW mode both the pilot and copilot can hear the selected radios and communicate with each other while the passengers are isolated but can communicate with each other ALL Mode ALL mode is selected when the PILOT and the COPLT key annunciators are not lit In ALL mode everyone hears the selected radios and is able to communicate with everyone else CREW d PILOT COPLT ICS ISOLATION Figure 5 6 ICS Isolation Keys PILOT KEY COPLT KEY Mode ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR Pot Hears Copilot Hears Selected radios pilot copilot passengers MUSIC 1 o9 Selected ra
119. ION DISPLAY Map Panning Map panning moves the map beyond its current limits without adjusting the map range When the panning function is selected by pushing in the joystick a panning arrow flashes on the map display A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude longitude position of the pointer the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircrafts present position and the elevation of the land at the position of the pointer When the panning arrow crosses an airspace boundary the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is displayed at the top of the display The information includes the name and class of airspace the ceiling in feet expressed in Mean Seal Level MSL and the floor in feet MSL NOTE The airspace boundary stays highlighted for approximately four seconds before returning to normal shading Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill To pan the map 1 Push in the joystick to display the panning arrow Move the joystick in the general direction of the desired destination to place the panning arrow at the destination location When the panning arrow is placed on an object the name of the object is highlighted even if the name wasn t originally displayed on the map This feature applies to everything displayed on the map except route lines When any map feature or object is selected on the map display features or objects are displayed in the box located at t
120. LATR RIVER IFAKESORTON f SUE ROCHESTER EIL S G amp KMIC AWAKE STERLIAS HEIGHTS x WALLACEBURG ATIS AME CLAWSON FRASER hy oN WARREN FARMINGTON KDET LAKE ST CLAIR IETYON TOW nr ITI l CHATHA _ G NM Figure 7 66 Intersection Information Page 7 88 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Intersection Information Page Operations To select an Intersection by using an Identi To change the map range turn the joystick to the uch left to select a lower range turn it to the right to select 1 With the Intersection Information Page dis a higher range NOTE Intersections can only be selected played press the FMS knob to activate the by identifier cursor To select the Intersection Information Page 2 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the identifier and press the ENT 1 From any page press and momentarily hold k CLR to select the Navigation Map Page You y may skip this step if you are already viewing 3 Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing any of the Map Group pages eo 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the WPT page group WPT is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Intersec tion Information Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 89 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY NDB INFORMATION PAGE The NDB I
121. M Performance Channels 760 25 kHz spacing or 2280 8 33 kHz spacing Frequency Range 118 000 MHz to 136 975 MHz Transmit Power 16 watts VHF NAV Performance VOR Frequency Range 108 00 MHz to 117 95 MHz G S Frequency Range 329 15 MHz to 335 00 MHz LOC Frequency Range 108 10 MHz to 111 95 MHz Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III APPENDIX G GDC 74A AIR DATA COMPUTER Physical Specifications Height 3 23 inches 8 20 cm Width 3 05 inches 7 75 cm Length 6 45 inches 16 38 cm Weight 1 69 Ib 0 77 kg Voltage Range 10 33 Vdc Air Data Specifications Pressure Altitude Range 1 400 feet to 50 000 feet Vertical Speed Range 20 000 fpm to 20 000 fpm Airspeed Range 450 knots Airspeed Mach Range 1 00 Mach Total Air Temperature Range 85 C to 85 C GTX 33 MODE S TRANSPONDER Physical Specifications Height 6 30 inches 16 0 cm Width 1 72 inches 4 4 cm Depth 11 05 inches 28 1 cm Weight 3 0 Ib 1 36 kg Voltage Range 11 33 Vdc Environmental Specifications lemperature Range 45 C to 0 C Altitude Range 1 500 feet to 55 000 feet Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III GEA 71 ENGINE AIRFRAME UNIT Physical Specifications Height 6 30 inches 16 0 cm Width 1 23 inches 3 12 cm Depth 8 73 inches 22 17 cm Weight 1 75 Ib 0 712 kg Voltage Range 9 33 Vdc Environmental Specifications lemperature Range 55 C to 0 C Altitude Range 1 500 feet
122. MS knob to highlight Load Depar ture and press the ENT key 4 The Active Flight Plan Page is displayed Press the FPL key to return to the Airport Departure Information Page PAGE MENU OPTIONS View Departure Airport View Recent Airport List View Info Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 7 63 Departure Page Menu Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 83 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY ARRIVAL INFORMATION PAGE STAR The Arrival Information Page shows the available Standard Terminal Arrival STAR procedures for the selected airport Where multiple transitions or runways are associated with the arrival procedure that information may also be displayed A map image provides a layout diagram for each arrival transition and runway To display the Airport Arrival Information Page press the STAR softkey To scroll through the available arrivals 1 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS knob to place the cursor on the ARRIVAL procedure name field 3 Turn the small FMS knob to display a window of available arrivals for the selected airport Continue turning the FMS knob to select the desired arrival 4 Press the ENT key The cursor moves to the TRANSITION field 5 Turn the small FMS knob to display a window of available transitions Continue turning the FMS knob to select the desired transition 6 Press the ENT key The cursor moves to the runway
123. NT key To enter a date 1 2 Select the AUX Utility Page Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the scheduler date field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the desired date and press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY GPS STATUS PAGE The GPS Status Page provides a visual reference of GPS receiver functions CONSTELLATION SATELLITE STATUS RAIM PREDICTION 3D NAY ACTIVE GPS GPS1 WAYPOINT KLAR EPE GFT ARV TIME 02 59LCL DOP 0 0 ARV DATE 01 JAN 04 HUL G 05NM COMPUTE RAIM POSITION N 41 14 85 Ww105 18 88 TIME 02 49 15LCL ALTITUDE 8932FT GROUND SPEED 100 0KT TRACK GPS SIGNAL STRENGTH Figure 7 77 GPS Status Page PAGE MENU OPTIONS Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 7 78 GPS Status Page Menu 7 112 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Satellite Status Page e Satellite constellation displaying the following for each satellite being tracked Azimuth Elevation PRN number Tracking status e A receiver tracking status display that displays the following GPS sub system status situations 2D NAV when only 2 dimensional position is available 3D NAV when 3 dimensional position is avail able Estimated position error Dilution of precision Horizontal uncertainty level GPS calculated position e GPS calcula
124. NUS North American 1927 Continental United States NAD27 CUBA North American 1927 Cuba NAD27 GREENLAND North American 1927 Greenland Hayes Peninsula NAD27 MEXICO North American 1927 Mexico NAD27 SAN SALVADOR IS North American 1927 San Salvador Island NAD83 North American 1983 Alaska Canada Central America CONUS Mexico NAHRWAN MASIRAH IS Masirah Island Oman NAHRWAN SAUDI ARABIA Saudi Arabia NAHRWAN UNITD ARAB E United Arab Emirates NAPARIMA BWI Trinidad and Tobago NETHERLAND TRIAG 21 Netherlands NOU TRIAG FRANCE France NOU TRIAG LUXEMBOURG Luxembourg OBSERVATORIO 1966 Corvo and Flores Islands Azores OLD EGYPTIAN Egypt OLD HAWAIIAN KAUAI Kauai OLD HAWAIIAN MAUI Maui OLD HAWAIIAN MEAN Mean Value OLD HAWAIIAN OAHU Oahu OMAN Oman ORD SRV GRT BRITAIN England Isle of Man Scotland Shetland Islands Wales PICO DE LAS NIEVAS Canary Islands PITCAIRN ASTRO 1967 Pitcairn Island PORTUGUESE 1973 Portugal Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III POTSDAM PROV SO AMERICA 56 Bolivia Chile Colombia Ecuador Guyana Peru Venezuala Germany PROV SO CHILEAN 1963 South Chile PUERTO RICO Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands QATAR NATIONAL Qatar QORNOQ South Greenland REUNION Mascarene Island ROME 1940 Sardinia Island RT 90 Sweden SANTO DOS Espirito Santo Island SAO BRAZ Sao Miguel Santa Maria Islands Azores SAPPER HILL 1943 East Falkland Island SCHWARZECK Namibia SOUTH AMERICAN 1969 Argentina Bolivia Brazil
125. Nav Ill 5 11 AUDIO PANEL This page intentionally lett blank 9 12 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Engine Indication System 190 00498 00 Rev A 6 1 INTRODUCTION The G1000 Engine Indication System EIS provides the flight crew with gauges bar graphs and numeric readouts of engine parameters The EIS is displayed on the left side of the MFD during normal operations In reversionary mode the GDUs are re configured to present PFD symbology together with the EIS the EIS is displayed on the left side NOTE Refer to the System Overview for informa tion regarding reversionary mode EIS PAGES The EIS has information on three pages which are accessed using the ENGINE softkey Engine Page This is the default page which dis plays all critical engine fuel and electrical informa tion Lean Page This page provides engine leaning information and a user interface to perform engine leaning System Page This page displays a numeric readout for the critical engine fuel and electrical indica tors EIS INDICATORS The EIS Pages display engine information using round dial gauges horizontal bar indicators bar graphs see Lean Page and digital readouts NOTE All EIS pages show the gauge s Fuel Quantity Indicator and fuel flow ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM Round Dial Gauges The gauges are color coded and have a white pointer A white
126. OI alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0 5 nm of the approach runway or is below 125 feet AGL while within 1 nm of the runway 190 00498 00 Rev A Premature Descent Alert PDA A Premature Descent Alert is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway The PDA alert mode functions only during descent to land There are three different scenarios to consider with PDA No Approach Loaded PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 nm of the destination airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0 5 nm from the runway threshold OR is at an altitude of 125 feet e AGL while within 1 nm of the threshold During the final descent algorithms will set a threshold for alerting based on speed distance and other parameters Non Precision Approach Loaded PDA alerting begins when the FAF is the active waypoint AND the aircraft is within 15 nm of the destination airport Again algorithms are used to set a threshold for alerting based upon various parameters PDA alerting ends at 0 5 nm from the runway threshold OR at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1 nm of the threshold ILS Approach Loaded PDA alerting begins when the FAF is the active waypoint AND the aircratt is within 15 nm of the destination airport Prior to reaching the FAF a PDA alert will be issued if the aircraft descends 200 feet below the
127. OL SQ Knob Controls COM audio level Pressing this knob turns the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF Audio volume level is shown in the field as a percentage 10 Direct to Key J Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected destination specified by the identifier chosen from the active route or taken from the map cursor position 11 FPL Key Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan or for accessing stored flight plans 12 CLR Key DFLT MAP Erases information cancels an entry or removes page menus To display the Navigation Map Page immediately press and hold CLR MFD only 13 Dual FMS Knob Used to select the page to be viewed only on the MFD The large knob selects a page group MAP WPT AUX NRST while the small knob selects a specific page within the page group Pressing the small knob turns the selection cursor ON and OFF When the cursor is ON data may be entered in the different windows using the small and large knobs The large knob is used to move the cursor on the page while the small knob is used to select individual characters for the highlighted cursor location When the G1000 displays a list that is too long for the display screen a scroll bar appears along the right side of the display indicating the availability of additional items within the selected category Press the FMS PUSH CRSR knob to activate th
128. ONAL EQUIPMENT XM DIGITAL AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Aux XM Page Radio and Info softkeys are dis played 3 Pressthe INFO softkey to show the XM Infor mation Page where information about the XM Satellite Radio feature is displayed Digital audio entertainment is available through the XM Satellite Radio Service using the GDL 69A XM Satellite Radio allows for a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly search for new stations Based on signals from satellites coverage far exceeds land based transmissions 4 Press the RADIO softkey to show the XM Radio Page where the audio entertainment is The XM Information Page provides XM Radio identi A fication numbers service level and weather products NOTE The DONE softkey on the AUX XM INFOR MATION page is used to save the GDL 69 A acti To select the XM Information Page Figure vation data when the XM services are initially set 8 11 up Itis not used during normal operation of the 1 Turn the large FMS knob to select the Auxiliary GDL 69 A but it should have no adverse effects if inadvertently selected during flight Refer to the GDL 69 69A XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions 190 00355 04 Rev E or later for further information Page Group DATA RADIO ID AUDIO RADIO ID Data H586308E T50630MV Audio Radio ID Radio ID SERVICE CLASS Aviator WEATHER PRODUCTS B AIRMET O FRZ L
129. ONS Cancel Direct To NAY Figure 2 52 Cancel Direct To NAV Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 35 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 36 Flight Plan Window The Flight Plan Window is enabled and disabled by pressing the FPL key NOTE COM frequency and stored flight plans cannot be loaded from the PFD Flight Plan Window FLIGHT PLAN KMKC KIXD DTK mE KMKC i KIXD 215 Approach ILS 35 DUSTT iaf TY PIS Figure 2 53 Flight Plan Window Flight plans can be created edited and activated from the PFD The G1000 allows for the creation up to 99 flight plans with up to 31 waypoints in each flight plan The Flight Plan Window on the PFD displays the following information Flight plan title ndication of active leg magenta line and arrow Flight plan waypoint including airport identifiers Leg distance eg desired track The following options are available for the Flight Plan Window e Activate Leg e Store Flight Plan Invert Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan Load Departure Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Load Arrival Load Approach Remove Departure Remove Arrival Remove Approach Closest Point of FPL e Change Fields Restore Defaults Create New Flight Plan NOTE An active flight plan is created as soon as the first two waypoints are entered on the Active Flight Plan Page New flight plans can be created on the PFD and MFD T
130. Obstacle Location NOTE Refer to the Multi Function Display section Color for detailed Terrain Proximity discussion Obstacle within 100 ft of the aircraft altitude or above The G1000 contains terrain and obstacle databases Terrain Proximity provides terrain and obstacle data only eaen KNIT as an aid to situational awareness No aural messages or k textual annunciations are displayed during flight regarding m eene UNE the presence of terrain or obstacles Terrain Proximity Inset Map shows terrain and obstacle data for objects higher than 200 feet Above Unlighted Obstade Height Lighted Obstacle Height Ground Level AGL The G1000 automatically adjusts less than 1000 ft AGL less than 1000 ft AGL colors on the Inset Map as the aircraft altitude changes s Terrain Color Scale NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the Unlighted Obstacle Height Lighted Obstacle Height aircraft latitude is greater than 75 N or 60 S greater than 1000 ft AGL greater than 1000 ft AGL mi Fa oe Terrain Terrain Location Color Terrain within 100 ft of the aircraft altitude or above Figure 2 41 Obstacle Colors and Symbols Terrain within 1000 ft of the aircraft altitude Black Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft CNOMDNN lao altitude age ft AGL 100 ft Ts Figure 2 40 Terrain Proximity Colors 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 25 PRIMARY FLI
131. Obstacle is within 100 or WARNING Initiate climb and or turn away from above aircraft altitude terrain obstacle Terrain Obstacle is within 1000 of CAUTION Be aware of surroundings aircraft altitude Be prepared to take action Black Terrain Obstacle is more than NO DANGER No action required 1000 below aircraft altitude Table 7 2 TAWS Color Definitions Potential Impact Point Projected Flight Path Pus m X 100 Threshold i j Unlighted Obstacle 1000 AGL Figure 7 24 TAWS Terrain Obstacle Locations 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 141 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 1 42 TAWS Inhibit Flying VFR into an area where unique terrain exists could cause the system to annunciate a nuisance alert When TAWS is inhibited only FLTA and PDA alerts are disabled To Inhibit TAWS 1 While the TAWS Page is displayed press the MENU key 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select Inhibit TAWS 3 Press the ENT key To Enable TAWS 1 While the TAWS Page is displayed press the MENU key 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select Enable TAWS 3 Press the ENT key Manual System Test A system test is automatically performed at power up After sucessful completion of the test TAWS System Test OK will be heard The system test may also be initiated manually but only when the aircraft is on the ground To manually verity proper operation of the aural and visual annunc
132. Subject Thunderstorms and the Airman s Information Manual AIM recommend avoiding by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an intense radar echo CAUTION The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all GPS equipment Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation AID NAVAID Therefore as with all NAVAIDs information presented by the G1000 can be misused or misinterpreted and therefore become unsafe 4 CAUTION To reduce the risk of unsafe operation carefully review and understand all aspects of the G1000 Pilots Guide documentation Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use During flight operations carefully compare indications from the G1000 to all available navigation sources including the information from other NAVAIDs visual sightings charts etc For safety purposes always resolve any discrepancies before continuing navigation CAUTION The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user serviceable parts Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and the pilot s authority to operate this device under FAA FCC regulations CAUTION The GDU 1040 PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special
133. TION DISPLAY Creating User Waypoints from the Navigation 7 The cursor moves to the distance DIS field Map Page Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the distance trom the reference waypoint to the new user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the selected distance The Navigation Map Page and panning target pointer provide a quick means of saving your present position as a user defined waypoint 8 Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing To capture and save your present position CU ESO as a user waypoint 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed push the joystick to activate the panning function The target pointer is displayed at your present position 2 Pressthe ENT key to capture the pointers posi tion and display the User Waypoint Informa tion Page only true when the pointer is not currently highlighting a waypoint 3 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to select a waypoint name 4 Press the ENT key to accept the selected name The first reference waypoint field is highlighted 5 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the reference waypoint The refer ence waypoint can be an airport VOR NDB intersection or another user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the selected identifier 6 Thecursor moves to the radial RAD field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the radial from the reference waypoint to the new user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the se
134. Terrain Caution Terrain RTC or Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead Imminent Terrain Impact Caution ITI Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead or Caution Terrain Caution Terrain Aural Message Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle Caution ROC or Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution IOI Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead or Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle Premature Descent Alert Caution PDA Alitude Callout 500 p we Nw o Five Hundred Excessive Descent Rate Caution EDR Sink Rate Negative Climb Rate Caution NCR Don t Sink or Too Low Terrain 9 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS The following system status annunciations may also be issued PFD MFD TAWS Alert Type Page Annunciation MFD Pop Up Alert Aural Message TAWS System Test Fail TAWS FAIL TAWS System Failure TAWS Alerting is disabled TAWS INHB INHB BEEN No GPS position or excessively degraded ITAWS NAA None ae Not Available GPS LOS System Test pass wm o TAWS System Test OK 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 9 5 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 9 6 G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS When an LRU or an LRU function fails a large red X is typically displayed on windows associated with the failed data The following section describes various sys te
135. The flight plan is now reversed and activated Invert active flight plan CANCEL OK or Figure 2 56 Invert Flight Plan Confirmation Window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 3 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Delete Flight Plan The entire flight plan or selected waypoints within the flight plan may be deleted To delete the entire flight plan 1 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options 2 Turn the FMS knob to highlight Delete Flight Plan then press the ENT key The Delete All Waypoints in Flight Plan message is displayed with OK highlighted 3 Press the ENT key to delete all waypoints in the flight plan 4 To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key To delete selected waypoints in the flight plan 1 From the Flight Plan Window turn the large FMS knob to select the desired waypoint 2 Press the CLR key The Remove Waypoint Name Window is displayed with OK high lighted Press the ENT key to delete the selected waypoint 3 Tocancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Delete all waypoints in Flight plan CANCEL OK or Figure 2 58 Delete Flight Plan Confirmation Window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Load Departure Load departure allows the pilot to select a published standard instrument departure SID for the departure airport or rep
136. US 38 8 SC H BATT hus Foiled XPDR1 CONFIG XPDRT config TES CET rA Ip n POR 1208 STBY LC ENGINE FD OBS CD ME XPDR IDENT TMR REF NRST Figure 2 73 PFD Reversionary Mode 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 45 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 8 ALERTS AND ANNUNCIATIONS 2 46 NOTE Fora detailed description of all annunciations and alerts refer to the Annunciations and Alerts section Annunciation Window GDC1 CONFIG GDC1 configuration error Config service req d Mb AHRS not receiving Alerts Window APPR VPROF Approaching VNAV prof ile STEEP TURN Steep turn ahead XPDR 1200 ALT IDENT TMR REF NRST WARNING Softhey Annunciation Figure 2 74 G1000 Alerting System ALERTS WINDOW The Alerts Window appears in the lower right corner of the PFD when a warning caution or advisory alert message occurs This window allows system alert messages to be displayed simultaneously The FMS knobs can be used to scroll through the alerts Pressing the ALERTS softkey enables disables the Alerts Window Alert Messages These messages are provided to make the pilot aware of G1000 system problems or status and may not require pilot action An alert message is accompanied by a flashing white ALERTS softkey label to alert the pilot Pressing the ALERTS softkey acknowledges the presence of the advisory alert and opens the Alerts Window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for C
137. User Waypoint Delete User Waypoint Rename User Waypoint Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bose puge Figure 7 72 User WPT Page Menu MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Delete All User Waypoints allows you to delete all user waypoints from memory To delete all user waypoints 1 Select the User Waypoint Information Page and press MENU to display the User Waypoint Information Page Options Turn the large FMS knob to select Delete All User Waypoints and press the ENT key A con firmation windows is displayed Press the ENT key to accept YES or turn the large FMS knob to highlight NO and press the ENT key View Recent User WPT List allows you to view the most recent user waypoint list To view the most recent user waypoint list 1 Select the User Waypoint Information Page and press MENU to display the User Waypoint Information Page Options Turn the large FMS knob to select View Recent User WPT List and press the ENT key Turn the small FMS knob to select a waypoint trom the list and press the ENT key The selected waypoint is now the active user waypoint Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 101 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Use Present Position when selected will move the To overwrite the currently selected user currently selected user waypoint to the present position waypoints comment with an automatically of the aircraft generated comment 1 Select the desired waypoint
138. YL m SIGMET a m CITY m LTNG m SFC roaucts Window CLD TOP i METAR E TAF m COUNTY B NEXRAD m TFR CYCLONE m RADAR CYRG m WIND m ECHO TOP m SCIT INFO Softkey RADIO L DONE Softkey T RADIO SS SS ESSE DONE e Softhey Figure 8 11 XM Information Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 23 8 24 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Data and Audio Radio ID Each GDL 69A contains a unique Data Radio ID and Audio Radio ID that allows XM to communicate with the radio The owner must activate XM service by providing the Radio ID s to XM to authorize the installed services for that radio Service Class The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for subscription Weather Products Window The Weather Products Window shows the list of available weather products and indicates the selected products for the current subscription The boxes for active weather products are filled Before activation all boxes are clear XM RADIO PAGE The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the XM Satellite Ra dio See Figure 8 12 ACTIVE CHANNEL Rien Gladys Knight amp XM 7 Neither One Of U The s CHANNELS oe CHANNEL NAME RADIO ID 1 XM Preview Snoop Dog 4 The 40s Suvoy Express 5 The 58s Pat Boone 6 The 50s YoungRascals 1 The 70s Gladys Knight amp 8 The 80s Steve Winwood 9 The 90s Pearl Jam America Clint Black Nashville Trisha Ye
139. a a NE FUEL QTY GAL 5 FUEL QTY GAL Fuel Quantity __ T E Indicator A x i T zH 20 F 16 28 3H ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL H BUS E H BUS E FEATURE te Voltmeter EaRESBRI MERE RS MH BATT 5 M BATT 45 T EI SEC Ammeter MIR RS S RR Model T182 Model 206 Figure 6 9 System Page 182 T182 206 T206 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill ru RPH E a 2000 OIL PSI 54 8 OIL F 100 ENG 0085 3 HRS VAC EE CONI FUEL CA LC FFLOW GPH 6 0 GAL USED IN GAL REM A FUEL QTY GAL r ERN z QE 5 16 76H 3H OF ELECTRICAL MH BUS 24 5 VOLTS 24 5 M BATT S 0 0 AMPS 6 6 Model T206 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM This page intentionally left blank 6 12 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Multi Function Display 7 1 INTRODUCTION This Gl1000 Pilots Guide describes the Multi Function Display MFD as installed in the Cessna Nav III aircratt DESCRIPTION The display portion of the G1000 Integrated Cockpit System installed in Cessna Nav III aircraft consists of two 10 4 inch liquid crystal displays LCDs During normal operation the right display is configured as the Multi Function Display MFD REVERSIONARY MODE Should a failure occur in either display the G1000 automatically enters reversionary mode In reversionary mode critical flight instrumentation is combined with en gine instrumentation on
140. a Nav III MUTLI FUNCTION DISPLAY NEAREST USER WAYPOINT PAGE To select the Nearest User Waypoint Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the NRST Map of surrounding area page group NRST is displayed in the page Identifier group icon located in the lower right corner i din of the display t M Vr 3 Turm the small FMS knob to select the Nearest e atitude longitude uM ien A reference waypoint with identifier bearing and Se CIO distance e Waypoint Comment A second reference waypoint with identifier and bearing The Nearest User Waypoint Page displays the following information for a selected User Waypoint Ld ees Nearest User ui Ime Identifier Symbol Bearing Distance COMMENT INFORMATIO SA Reference Waypoint Information REFERENCE WAYPOINTS RAD Nearest User Waypoint d USER WAYPOINT LIST Reference PUC273 38 Waypoint Bearing and Distance Figure 7 89 Nearest User Waypoints Page 7 134 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A To select a Nearest User Waypoint from the Nearest User Waypoint Page 1 Select the Nearest User Waypoint Page 2 Press the FMS knob and turn the FMS knob and press the ENT key to select a Nearest User Waypoint 3 The remaining information on the Nearest User Waypoint Page pertains to the selected Nearest User Wa
141. ab and 87 GAL full Press these softkeys to enter that amount as gallons remaining NOTE Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time the fuel was reset Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 6 9 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM Oil Pressure mo M uz OIL F Ya ee Oil Temperature FUEL CaLC Fuel Flow misse Bes e UN LU GAL USED MES Gallons Used Gallons Remaining Meer A SUS a ee Fuel Quantity I Indicator ELECTRICAL MH BUS CE UE UE Voltmeter MH BATT 8S H0 AMPS 6 4 Ammeter Figure 6 8 System Page 172 6 10 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A RPH a OIL PSI OIL F E 980 58 2 210 ENG HHJ 7 HRS VAC a A FUEL a FFLOW GPH 12 0 GAL USED 1 1 GAL REM 87 FUEL QTY GAL T L P 8 18 20 38 F ELECTRICAL M BATT S 4 4 AMPS BO Model 182 190 00498 00 Rev A Cruise 31 Manifold Pressure ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM f N Manifold T D e Vie MAN IN MAN IN w 158 w 15 0 Tachometer gt 2100 OIL PSI EAA Oil Pressure PEZ RE OIL F Tite Oil Temperature aas 160 ENG 4085 3 HRS Engine Hours ENG 02 8 HRS EM Tach VAC VAC h W Vacuum Pressure IEEE COGN Indicator FUEL C LC FUEL CALCE E eee Fuel Flow Baake Ae a GAL USED ie Callons Used ME Mal sv
142. abase mismatch Xtalk is off Install correct airport terrain database in both displays 9 10 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GMA 1347 Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments GMAT FAIL GMAT is inoperative The audio panel self test has detected a failure The audio panel is unavailable The G1000 system should be serviced GMA1 CONFIG GMAT configuration The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory error Config service req d The G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GMAT software The audio panel has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch Communication halted serviced GMA1 SERVICE GMA1 needs The audio panel self test has detected a problem in the unit Certain audio functions service Return unit for repair may still be available and the audio panel may still be usable The G1000 system should be serviced when possible BACKUP PATH Audio panel 1 using The 1 audio panel is using a backup communication path The G1000 system backup data path should be serviced when possible GIA 63 Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments S GIA1 CONFIG GIA1 configuration error Config service req d The GIA1 and or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration GIA2 CONFIG GIA2 configuration memory The G1000 system should be serviced error Con
143. aches SIAPs from the database and loads them into the active flight plan 6 ENT Accepts a menu selection or data entry This key is used to approve an operation or complete data entry It is also used to confirm information Figure 2 46 PFD Auxiliary Window Keys 2 30 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A AUXILIARY WINDOWS The lower right area of the PFD is a shared area that at any one time can present the following windows TIMER REFERENCES e NEAREST DIRECT TO FLIGHT PLAN e PROCEDURES PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Generic Timer The Generic Timer displays time hr min sec timer count direction UP or DOWN and timer status START STOP or RESET To change the Generic Timer 1 Press the TMR REF softkey then turn the large FMS knob to select the time field hr min sec 2 Turn the FMS knobs to set the desired time mines Ae ere CES Nando then press the ENT key The UP DOWN field is NOTE Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual AFM p Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manua TORRE ON i 3 Turn the small FMS knob to display the UP DOWN window The Timer References Window is enabled and disabled 4 Turn the FMS knob to select UP or DOWN by pressing the TMR REF softkey then press the ENT key START is now high lighted a Ep Sa 5 Press the ENT key to START STOP or RESET the pm TU P A timer if the timer is counting DOWN
144. age advisories Some messages are issued due to an LRU or an LRU function failure and are normally accompanied by a corresponding red X annunciation MFD amp PFD Message Advisories Message Comments S O DATA LOST Pilot stored data was The pilot profile data was lost System reverts to default pilot profile and settings lost Recheck settings The pilot may reconfigure the MFD amp PFD with preferred settings if desired XTALK ERROR A flight display The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each other The G1000 system should crosstalk error has occurred be serviced PFD1 SERVICE PFD1 needs service Return unit for repair The PFD and or MFD self test has detected a problem The G1000 system should be MFD1 SERVICE MFD1 needs serviced service Return unit for repair PFD1 CONFIG PFD1 configuration error Contig service req d The PFD and or MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration MFD1 CONFIG MFD1 configuration memory The G1000 system should be serviced error Config service req d SW MISMATCH GDU software The MFD and PFD have different software versions installed The G1000 system mismatch Xtalk is off should be serviced MANIFEST PFD1 software mismatch Communication halted The PFD and or MFD has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be MANIFEST MFD1 software serviced mismatch Communication halted PFD1 COOLING PFD1 has poor cooling Reducing pow
145. an be quickly decluttered by repeatedly pressing the DCLTR softkey until the desired MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY A NOTE Some of the map features are automati cally removed at certain zoom ranges due to the map setup configuration for each map item detail is displayed The declutter level label is displayed above the DCLTR softkey Note that during an instrument approach automatic decluttering takes place Table 7 2 1 lists the features that are turned off at each declutter level Map Features always displayed Flight plan route lines Fight plan route waypoints Rivers Lakes Topography data Terrain and Obstacles Map Borders Bearing Line Lightning Strike data when Stormscope installed Nexrad data Traffic Symbols Traffic Labels 190 00498 00 Rev A A NOTE SUA listed in the table below stands for Special Use Airspace These are controlled airspaces military zones etc No Declutter Declutter 1 Declutter 2 Declutter 3 All Map features River Lakes Names Only User waypoints Large Airports are visible Land Country Text Latitude Longitude Grid Large City Medium City small Ciy freeways National Highways SUA Group 2 O local Highways SUAGmpS loca Roads SUNGop Local Road Labels SAGop7 sf Railroads Obsades fT LL Major Political Boundaries DEBER Table 7 1 Map Declutter Levels Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MULTI FUNCT
146. and TAF text is displayed on the Airport In formation Page when the WX softkey is pressed Once the WX softhey is pressed the page title changes from WPT Airport Information to WPT Weather Infor mation The METAR data that is displayed is first dis played in a decoded fashion then the raw text is displayed TAF information is only displayed in its raw form Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NOTE METAR is the Aviation Routine Weather Report and is generally standard around the world The temperatures are given in Celsius degrees The atmospheric pressure however is reported in hecto pascals everywhere but the US where the atmospheric pressure is reported in inches of mercury For aviation purposes the standard temperature and atmospheric pressure are 59 F 15 C and 28 92 in Hg 1013 2 hPa NOTE TAF is an airport forecast TAF is generally standard around the world TAF forecasts signifi cant weather changes temporary changes prob able changes and expected changes in weather conditions To display METAR and TAF text on the Air port Information Page 1 Turn the large FMS knob to select the WPT Page Group Turn the small FMS knob to select the Airport Information Page Press the WX softkey to display METAR and TAF text METAR and TAF information is updated every 12 minutes 190 00498 00 Rev A Displaying Weather Data on the AUX Trip Planning Page Map NEXRAD and XM Lightning Da
147. and press the ENT key Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TER RAIN DATA field Turn the small FMS knob to select On or DIT Press the ENT key to accept the selected option The flashing cursor highlights the range field TERRAIN ranges are from Off to 2000 nm To change the TERRAIN range setting turn the small FMS knob to display the range list Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired range and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 23 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Obstacle Data Obstacle data can be enabled or disabled on the Navigation Map Page using the OBSTACLE DATA setting A data range can also be selected The data range is the maximum map range that terrain data is displayed 7 24 To enable disable obstacle data and to select a terrain data range 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group and press the ENT key Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the OBSTACLE DATA field Turn the small FMS knob to select On or OFT Press the ENT key to accept the selected option The flashing cursor highlights the range field OBSTACLE ranges are trom Off to 50 nm To change the OBSTACLE range
148. ange from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1 This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD 2 Press the CDI softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOCI to VOR2 or LOC2 This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV2 standby frequency 3 Press the CDI softkey a third time to return to GPS Figure 2 32 GPS INTEG GPS SUSP LOC1 and VOR2 2 20 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 5 COMMUNICATION NAVIGATION amp SURVEILLANCE COMMUNICATION FREQUENCY WINDOW The Communication COM Frequency Window Active COM Standby COM located in the upper right corner of the PFD provides Frequency Field Frequency Field control and display of dual VHF Radio Communication Transceivers COM1 and COM2 The COM Frequency PM 123 804 118 390 com COM Radios Window displays the following information Green 12 1 000 e COMI and COM2 active and standby frequencies Frequency Frequency an Toggle Arrow Tuning Box e Color coded indication of the active COM transceiver i Figure 2 33 Communication Frequency Window NOTE Operating procedures for the COM Frequency Window are located in the VHF NAV COM section NAVIGATION FREQUENCY WINDOW The Navigation NAV Frequency Window located in Standby NAV Active NAV the upper left corner of the PFD provides control and Frequency Field Frequency Field display of dual VOR ILS receivers NAVI and NAV2
149. ank angle is reached Pitch indication Roll indication Slip Skid indication Roll Pointer 2 Roll Scale G Horizon Line Aircraft Symbol G Land Representation 6 Pitch Scale 7 Slip Skid Indicator Sky Representation 9 Roll Scale Zero Figure 2 11 Attitude Indicator 2 10 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Pitch Indication The Horizon Line is part of the Pitch Scale Above and below the Horizon Line major pitch marks and numeric labels are shown for every 10 up to 80 Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5 increments up to 25 above and 45 degrees below the Horizon Line are shown Red extreme pitch warning chevrons pointing toward the horizon are displayed starting at 50 above and 30 below the Horizon Line refer to the figures on the next page Roll Indication The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the Roll Scale Major tick marks at 30 and 60 and minor tick marks at 10 20 and 45 are shown to the left and right of the zero on the Roll Scale Angle of bank is indicated by the position of the Roll Pointer on the Roll Scale Slip Skid Indication The Slip Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the Roll Pointer The indicator moves with the Roll Pointer and moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate lateral acceleration A slip skid is indicated by the location of the Slip Skid Indicator relativ
150. anti reflective coating that is very sensitive to skin oils waxes and abrasive cleaners CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTI REFLECTIVE COATING It is very important to clean the lens using a clean lint free cloth and an eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti reflective coatings 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III ii WARNINGS amp CAUTIONS NOTE All visual depictions contained within this document including screen images of the G1000 panel and displays are subject to change and may not reflect the most current G1000 system Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE There are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in the strike display mode However clusters of two or more discharge points in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after the screen has been cleared Avoid the clusters to avoid the thunderstorms In the cell display mode even a single discharge point may represent thunderstorm activity and should therefore be avoided iV Garmin G1000 Pilot
151. arge FMS knob to highlight Sort List By Number or Sort List By Comment and press the ENT key This will change flight plan ordering Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV III A Proceed confirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT key to change flight plan ordering To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key To edit a flight plan 1 Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the ENT key To add a waypoint to the flight plan Turn the large FMS knob to select the point where the new waypoint is to be added If an existing waypoint is highlighted the new waypoint is placed directly in front of this waypoint Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identitier of the new waypoint and press the ENT key To delete a waypoint from the flight plan Turn the large FMS knob to select the waypoint to delete and press the CLR key to display a remove waypoint confirmation window With OK highlighted press the ENT key to remove the waypoint To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Once all changes have been made press the FMS knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Graphical Flight Planning Feature T
152. arker Magnetic Variation Missed Approach Hold Point Manifold Pressure inches Hg Manual Squelch Missed Approach Point Master Avionics Squelch Maximum Meteorological Aviation Routine Multi Function Display Military Grid Reference System Microphone Minimum Marker Beacon Military Operations Area Movement Meters Per Minute Minimum Safe Altitude Mean Sea Level Meter Millivolt s Marginal Visual Flight Rules Navigation NAVigation AID 190 00498 00 Rev A Abbreviation or Acronym Definition NDB Nexrad nm NRST O OAT OBS P ALT PA PASS PFD PI POSN P POS PRES PRESS PROC PSI PT PTCH all PWR QTY R RAD RAIM REF REFS REM REQ RES RF RMI RNG RNWY RPM RST FUEL RSV RVRSNRY RX SA SAT SCIT SD SEC SEL SFC 190 00498 00 Rev A Non directional Beacon Next Generation Radar Nautical Mile s Nearest Outer Marker Outside Air Temperature Omni Bearing Selector Pressure Altitude Passenger Address Passenger s Primary Flight Display Procedure Turn to Course Intercept Position Present Position Pressure Pressure Procedure s Pounds per Square Inch Procedure Turn Pitch Push to Talk Power Quantity Right Radial Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring References Remaining fuel remaining above Reserve Required Reserve fuel reserve entered by pilot Constant Radius Turn to Fix Radio Magnetic Indicator Range Runway Revolutions per Minute Re
153. armin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit GDL 69 69A Weather Data Link 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 System Overview SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 2 LINE REPLACEABLE UNITS This document is designed to provide an overview GDU 1040 The GDU 1040 features a 10 4 inch of the G1000 Integrated Cockpit System as installed in Cessna Nav III aircraft Ihe G1000 system includes the following Line Replaceable Units LRUs e GDU 1040 Primary Flight Display PFD e GDU 1040 Multi Function Display MFD GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Units 2 GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit e GDC 74A Air Data Computer ADC e GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System AHRS e GMU 44 Magnetometer e GMA 1347 Audio System with integrated Marker Beacon Receiver e GTX 33 Mode S Transponder e GDL 69 69A Data Link The LRUs are further described in the following section All LRUs have a modular design which greatly eases troubleshooting and maintenance of the G1000 system A top level G1000 block diagram is given in Figure 1 1 Additional or optional interfaces are depicted in Figure 1 2 NOTE Please refer to the Pilot s Guide Appendices for detailed specifications regarding the G1000 LRUs LCD display with 1024 x 768 resolution The left display is configured as a PFD and the right display is configured as an MFD Both GDU 1040s link and display all functions of the G1000 syst
154. arwood X Country Rod Picott Hank s Place Justin Trevino Bluegrass Juncti Valerie Smith amp Folk Village Jackson Browne Categories CATEGORY Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Decades TITLE CATEGORY G386308N Coming To XM Savoy Express Decades Remember You re Decades Good Lovin Decades Neither One Of U Decades Higher Love Decades Even Flow Decades A Better Man Country Reindeer Boogie Country Up All Night Country Teardrops Don t Country No Summer Storm Country Daddy s Tune Country Volume Field AUX OOOO8D INFO CHNL CATGRY VOL iC JG Figure 8 12 XM Radio Page 190 00498 00 Rev A XM Radio Softkeys The following XM Radio softkeys are located below the display and provide control of the GDL 69A RADIO press the RADIO softkey to access the XM Satellite Radio audio functions INFO press the INFO softkey to show XM Infor mation such as Radio IDs Service Class and Weather Products DONE the DONE softkey is used during the acti vation process as described on page 9 7 CHNL press the CHNL softkey to allow selection of radio channels CATGRY press the CATGRY softkey to allow selection of radio categories VOL press the VOL softkey to adjust the audio volume or to mute the audio PRESETS press the PRESETS softkey to access preset channels PS1 PS15 or to set a new preset SET Active Channel Ihe Active Channel field on the XM Radio Page dis plays the curren
155. ased system The movement is depicted by an arrow The update rate is every 12 minutes CELL MOVEMENT DIRECTION SIG AIR pressing the SIG AIR softkey shows SIGMET and AIRMET information to advise the pilot of potentially hazardous weather The advisory covers an area of at least 3 000 square miles at any one time The update rate is every 12 minutes NOTE SIGMETs are broadcast for hazardous weather that is considered of extreme importance to all aircraft SIGMETs acronym for SIGnificant METeorological information warn of the fol lowing weather hazards severe icing severe and extreme turbulence dust storms sandstorms or volcanic ash lowering visibility to less than 3 miles A Convective SIGMET WST is issued for hazardous convective weather such as torna does thunderstorms hail and covers severe or great turbulence severe icing and low level wind shear A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition occurring at a localized geographical position A NOTE AIRMETs are broadcast for weather phenomena that potentially affects all aircraft For pilots of light aircraft AIRMET acronym for AlRman s METeorological information gives valuable information about the following con ditions moderate icing moderate turbulence sustained winds 30 knots or greater at the sur face widespread area with a ceiling of less than 1 000 feet and or visibility less than 3 miles and extensive obscurement of
156. ashing CAUTION annunciator continues to flash until acknowledged by the pilot by pressing the CAUTION softkey Figure 2 77 Caution Softkey Annunciation An advisory provides general information to the pilot that may not need immediate attention A flashing ADVISORY softkey annunciation no aural tone is used to alert the pilot of any message advisories The flashing ADVISORY annunciator continues to flash until acknowledged by the pilot by pressing the ADVISORY softkey ADVISORY Figure 2 78 Advisory Softkey Annunciation 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 4 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY This page intentionally left blank 2 48 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 NAV COM 190 00498 00 Rev A 3 1 OVERVIEW The NAV COM frequency controls and windows are located in the top corners of the Primary Flight Display PFD and Multi Function Display MFD The NAV controls and NAV frequency window are located on the left side the COM controls and COM frequency window are on the right The DME Tuning window is located in the lower right corner on the PFD as shown in the figure below NAV Controls NAV Frequency Window navi 1 18 7S navz 112 40 117 58 HEH i DHE Ne pu NAY 1 Figure 3 1 G1000 NAV COM Interface PFD NAV COM The NAV COM intertace includes e Windows and fields e Radio selec
157. at the initial approach fix IAF The most common application for using the OBS soft key is the missed approach The G1000 suspends au tomatic waypoint sequencing indicated by a SUSP an nunciation placed on the HSI when the missed approach point MAP is crossed This prevents the G1000 from automatically sequencing to the missed approach holding point MAHP During this time the OBS softkey desig nation changes to SUSP Pressing the SUSP softkey reac tivates automatic waypoint sequencing The OBS softkey then resumes its normal functionality WARNING The G1000 does not provide guid ance to the missed approach hold point MAHP Always follow published missed approach proce dures when flying a missed approach 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Why does the G1000 not automatically sequence to the next waypoint The G1000 only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled i e no OBS or SUSP annunciation For automatic sequencing to occur the aircraft must also cross the bisector of the turn being navigated The bisector is a perpendicular line between two flight plan legs which crosses through the waypoint common to both legs How can a waypoint be skipped in an approach a departure or an arrival The G1000 allows the pilot to manually select any ap proach departure or arrival leg as the active leg of the flight plan This procedure is performed on the MFD f
158. ated on the right side of the display bezel the front of the card should be flush with the face of the display bezel To remove an SD card 1 Gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch and eject the card NOTE Please refer to the Pilots Guide Appendices for instructions on updating the aviation database Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 5 SYSTEM POWER UP The G1000 system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical busses The Garmin G1000 PFD MFD and supporting sub systems include both power on and continuous built in test features that exercise the processor RAM ROM external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation While the system begins to initialize test annunciations are displayed to the pilot at power up as shown in the following figure All system annunciations should be cleared within one 1 minute of power up The Audio Panel also annunciates all bezel lights briefly upon power up A NOTE Please see the Aircraft Flight Manual AFM for specific procedures concerning avionics power application and emergency power supply operation On the PFD the AHRS system displays the AHRS ALIGN Keep Wings Level message and begins to initialize The AHRS should display valid attitude and heading fields within one 1 minute of power up The AHRS can align itself both while taxiing and during level flight NOTE
159. ator light are turned off The marker beacon audio output level is adjustable by a Garmin authorized service center Marker Beacon Signal Sensitivity Press the HI SENS key Figure 5 3 for increased marker beacon signal sensitivity The HI SENS function is used to receive an earlier indication of nearing a marker during an approach v v MKR HI MUTE SENS Figure 5 3 Marker Beacon Keys MARKER BEACON VOLUME ADJUSTMENT The level of marker beacon receiver audio can be adjusted by a Garmin authorized service center if desired 190 00498 00 Rev A AUDIO PANEL Audio Frequency Audio Keying Ato fee Lamp Color 400 He 2 dashes per second Middle Marker 1300 Hz 95 dot dash combinations per minute Airway Inner Marker 3000 Hz e 6 dots per second Table 5 1 Marker Beacon Signal Characteristics Inner Marker Middle Marker Outer Marker Figure 5 4 Marker Beacon Signal Indicator Lights on the PFD NAVIGATION RADIOS Pressing NAVI NAV2 or optional DME or ADF selects and deselects the radio source and the annunciator Figure 5 5 Selected audio can be heard over the headset and the speakers All radio keys can be selected independently Disabled on Cessna NAV III When no further navigation radio audio is heard the aircraft amount of background noise is reduced by the Master Avionics Squelch MASQ feature anise gt Navigenon adie keys 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav I
160. avigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Aviation group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the ACTIVE FPL field 4 Turn the large FMS knob to select the desired option 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired text size 6 Press the ENT key to accept the selected text size 7 Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Land Group Options Latitude Longitude LAT LON the LAT LON label size sets the size at which latitude longitude labels appear on the display none small medium and large The zoom range sets the maximum range at which LAT LON waypoints appear on the display off 2000 nm e Highways Roads and Railroads FREEWAY LOCAL HWY LOCAL ROAD RAILROAD The highway and road zoom range sets the maximum range at which high ways roads and railroads appear on the display e FREEWAY off 800 nm e NATIONAL HWY off 80 nm LOCAL HWY off 30 nm e LOCAL ROAD off 15 nm e RAILROAD off 30 nm MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Cities and Towns LARGE CITY MEDIUM CITY SMALL CITY The cities and town label size sets the maximum range at which city and town names appear on the display The zoom range sets the maximum range at which cities and towns appear on the display L
161. ay Replace terrain card If problem persists The G1000 system should be serviced DB MISMATCH Aviation database The PFD and MFD have different aviation database versions installed Crossfill is off version mismatch Xtalk is off Install correct aviation database version in both displays DB MISMATCH Aviation database The PFD and MFD have different aviation database types installed Americas Euro type mismatch Xtalk is off pean etc Crosstill is off Install correct aviation database type in both displays DB MISMATCH Basemap database The PFD and MFD have different basemap database versions installed Crosstill is version mismatch Xtalk is off off Install correct basemap database version in both displays DB MISMATCH Terrain database The PFD and MFD have different terrain database versions installed Crossfill is off version mismatch Xtalk is off Install correct terrain database version in both displays DB MISMATCH Terrain database The PFD and MFD have different terrain database types installed Crossfill is off type mismatch Xtalk is off Install correct terrain database type in both displays DB MISMATCH Obstacle database The PFD and MFD have different obstacle database versions installed Crossfill is off version mismatch Xtalk is off Install correct obstacle database version in both displays DB MISMATCH Airport Terrain The PFD and MFD have different airport terrrain databases installed Crossfill is off dat
162. ay Inset Map See the G1000 PFD Pilots Guide for more information NOTE Temporary Flight Restrictions TFRs are displayed on all pages Radar coverage is always displayed with NEXRAD data Complete weather products include the following Graphical NEXRAD Data NEXRAD Graphical METAR Data METAR e Textual METAR Data e Textual Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts TAF City Forecast Data Graphical Wind Data WIND Graphical Echo Tops ECHO TOP e Graphical Cloud Tops CLD TOP e Graphical Lightning Strikes XM LTNG Graphical Storm Cell Movement CELL MOV e NEXRAD Radar Coverage displayed with NEXRAD data e SIGMETS AIRMETS SIG AIR e Surface Analysis including City Forecasts SFC County Warnings COUNTY Freezing Levels FRZ LVL e Hurricane Track CYCLONE Temporary Flight Restrictions TFR Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Displaying XM Weather Products on the Navigation Map Page The Navigation Map Page displays NEXRAD Cell Movement TFRs and XM Lightning data NOTE XM Weather products are not displayed at zoom scales less than 10 nm MINNEAPOLIS Bou NORTH UP T APPLETON NEXRAD Me AGE 5mi WISCONSIN g e niLa fe NEXRAD I A ub A Storms Legend vx ROCKFORD T SNOW v HET 1 DAVENPORT e IESU NEBRASKA LINCOLN PEORIA YM LTNG 5 1 deme i AGE 5min i i lt ILLINOIS TNDTANA C 8T LOUIS oed i K EOUISV KANSAS urc
163. b to select the point where the new waypoint is to be added If an existing waypoint is highlighted the new waypoint is placed directly in front of this waypoint Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the new waypoint and press the ENT key To delete a waypoint from the flight plan Turn the large FMS knob to select the waypoint to delete and press the CLR key to display a remove waypoint confirmation window With OK highlighted press the ENT key to remove the waypoint To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Once all changes have been made press the FMS knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV Ill Activate Leg Activate Leg selects the highlighted leg as the active leg the flight plan leg which is currently used for navigation guidance To activate a flight plan along a specific leg 1 From the Active Flight Plan Page press the FMS knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired destination waypoint Press the MENU key select the Activate Leg option trom the page menu and press the ENT key A confirmation window is displayed With Activate highlighted press the ENT key A NOTE The leg can also be activated by pressing the ACT LEG softkey K0JC KTAB Course 236 from KOJC to KIAB ACTIVATE D T D a Figure 7 38 Activate Flig
164. be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time Flight plans can also be stored with an approach a departure or an arrival Note that the active flight plan is erased when the system is turned off Also the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is acti vated When storing flight plans with an approach a de parture or an arrival the G1000 uses the waypoint infor Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Es APPENDIX C C 2 mation from the current database to define the waypoints If the database is changed or updated the G1000 system automatically updates the information provided the pro cedure has not been modified Should an approach de parture or arrival procedure no longer be available the flight plan becomes locked until the procedure is deleted from the flight plan Can slant Golf G be filed using the G1000 IG may be filed for a flight plan The G1000 system meets the requirements of TSO C129 Class Al or A2 in stallation Non precision GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database See the approved Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement AFMS as well as the Aeronau tical Information Manual AIM for more information What does the OBS softkey do The OBS softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints Activating OBS mode sets the current ac tive to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequen
165. bstacles Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 39 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 5 TERRAIN AWARENESS amp DISPLAYING TERRAIN ON THE TAWS PAGE 1 7 40 WARNING SYSTEM TAWS DISPLAY OPTIONAL NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 degrees north or 60 degrees south NOTE TAWS operation is only available when the G1000 is configured for a TAWS B installation Turn the large FMS knob to select the Map Page Group Turn the small FMS knob to select the TAWS Page whichever is configured If desired press the VIEW softkey to access the ARC and 360 softkeys When the ARC softkey is pressed a radar like 120 view is displayed Press the 360 softkey to return to the 360 default display Rotate the JOYSTICK clockwise to display a larger area or rotate counter clockwise to display a smaller area Orr 136 975 136 975 a ia c t LI TERRAIN EIE 136 975 118 688 con 136 975 Figure 7 22 TAWS Page ARC View Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Enable Disable Aviation Data PAGE MENU OPTIONS 1 While the TAWS Page is displayed press the MENU key View Arc 2 Turm the small FMS knob to select Show or SMS Sou Hide Aviation Data 3 Press the ENT key Press the FMS CRSR knob to Figure 7 23 TAWS Page Menu Terrain Obstacle Location Alert Level Suggested Pilot Response Terrain
166. by tuning the NAV receiver to the proper To scroll through the available approaches frequency and coupling the NAV receiver to the HSI located on the PFD and transitions 1 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS knob to place the cursor on the APPROACH procedure name field 3 Turn the small FMS knob to display a window of available approaches for the selected airport Continue turning the FMS knob to select the desired approach 4 Press the ENT key The cursor moves to the transitions TRANS field 5 Turn the small FMS knob to display a window of available transitions Continue turning the FMS knob to select the desired transition or select VECTORS for guidance only along the final course segment of the approach Press the ENT key NOTE the cursor moves through the remaining fields but they are not selectable 6 To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob 1 86 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY An approach can be loaded from the Airport Informa PAGE MENU tion Page OPTIONS Lo 3 Retos AMO To load an approach from the Airport RASA NUR i Loud Approach Approach Information Page ood Approuc View Departure Airport 1 Select the desired approach and transition 2 Press MENU to display the Approach Informa View Recent Airport List tion Page Options View Info 3 Turm the large FMS knob to highlight Load V
167. c Map Page displays TIS OPERATING in the status box located in the left corner of the Traffic Map Page the TIS system is in operational mode and available to display traffic on the Traffic or Map Page The pilot can switch between the STANDBY and OPERATE modes to manually override automatic operation using the page menu or softkeys To switch between operating modes 1 Press the STANDBY or OPERATE softkey to switch between modes TIS STANDBY or TIS OPERATING is displayed in the status box located in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page OR MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 2 Press the MENU key The page menu is displayed with Standby Mode or Operate Mode highlighted Press the ENT key on the desired selection TIS Audio Alert A TIS audio alert is generated whenever the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page display increases from one scan to the next The limiting to TAs only reduces the amount of nuisance alerting due to proximate aircraft For example when the first TA is displayed the pilot is alerted audibly So long as a single TA aircraft remains on the TIS display no further audio alert is generated If a second or more TA aircraft appear on the display a new audio alert is sounded If the number of TAs on the TIS display decreases and then increases a new audio alert is sounded The TIS audio alert is also generated whenever TIS service becomes unavailable The volume of the au dio alert in
168. ce the approach clearance is received Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NOTE LOAD will add the procedure to the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance This allows you to continue navigating the original flight plan but keeps the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed ACTIVATE overrides the enroute portion of the active flight plan proceeding directly to the approach portion NOTE You can also load an approach by pressing the APR softkey LOAD OR ACTIVATE Figure 7 55 Activating an Approach Procedure 190 00498 00 Rev A PUBLIC MINETA SAN JOSE INTL SAN JOSE CA 30 0NH 5 NM SUNNE mahp 303 6 5NM HOLD 123 61 00 LOAD OR ACTIVATE Figure 7 56 Selecting an Approach Procedure PUBLIC MINETA SAN JOSE INTL SAN JOSE CA GILRO iaf SJC26 D5 2 303 5 2NM KLIDE 303 4 NM IRONN faf 303 10 2NH RW3GL map 303 5 NM LOAD OR ACTIVATE Figure 7 57 Selecting an Approach Transition 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Not all approaches in the database are approved for GPS use As you select an approach a GPS designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure can be flown using the GPS receiver Some procedures will not have this designation meaning the GPS receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only If the GPS receiver cannot be
169. cing to the next waypoint in a flight plan When OBS mode is cancelled automatic waypoint sequencing is continued and the G1000 auto matically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present active waypoint Normal OBS not activated e Automatic sequencing of waypoints Manual course change on HSI is not possible e Always navigates TO the active waypoint e Must be in this mode for final approach course e Manual sequencing holds on selected waypoint e Manually select course to waypoint from HSI Indicates TO or FROM waypoint e Cannot be set for final approach course or pub lished holding patterns Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill When OBS mode is active the G1000 allows the pilot to set a desired course to from a waypoint using the CRS BARO knob and HSI much like a VOR One application for the OBS softkey is holding pat terns The OBS softkey is used to suspend waypoint se quencing and select the desired course along the waypoint side of the hold For many approach operations setting and resetting of waypoint sequencing is automatic Hold ing patterns that are part of an approach automatically disable waypoint sequencing then re enable waypoint sequencing after one time around the holding pattern To fly the holding pattern a second time press the OBS soft key An example of this operation is an approach which begins with a holding pattern
170. cluding the choice between a male or female voice is configured during installation The following TIS audio alerts are available e Traffic TIS traffic alert is received e Traffic Not Available TIS service is not available or out of range Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III F39 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY TIS Traffic Status e TRFC RMVD the TRFC RMVD banner indicates The MFD indicates the following TIS traffic status to pe tae INO ud a e the pilot to the age of the data being too old to coast for the time period of 12 60 seconds from the last receipt of a TIS message The pilot should be aware that traffic may be present but not shown Traffic Banner e AGE if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 7 36 seconds an age indicator i e AGE 00 06 is displayed in the lower left corner of the display when displaying traffic After another 6 seconds if data is still not received the traffic is removed from the display The pilot should be aware that the quality of displayed traffic is reduced in this condition TRFC COAST the TRFC COAST traffic coasting banner located above the AGE timer indicates that displayed traffic is held even though the data is stale The pilot should be aware that the quality of displayed traffic is reduced in this condition Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III TA OFF the TA OFF scale banner displayed in the lower left corner of
171. craft within the coverage volume The G1000 displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7 5 nautical mile radius from 3 000 feet below to 3 500 feet above the requesting aircraft See Appendix E for a full description of TIS A traffic symbol appears next to the map range in the bottom right corner of the display indicating the presence of traffic data on the map To display traffic on the Navigation Map Page 1 Press the MAP softkey 2 Press the TRAFFIC softkey Press the TRAFFIC softkey again to remove traffic trom the Navigation Map Page NOTE Traffic and terrain data can also be displayed by using the On Off Navigation Map Page option See the Navigation Map Page setup section for details Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY MFD Data Bar The MFD Navigation Status Window displays four user configurable fields which can display the following data Bearing to next waypoint BRG Distance to next waypoint DIS Desired track to next waypoint DTK e En route safe altitude ESA Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Estimated Time Enroute ETE Ground Speed GS Maximum Safe Altitude MSA Track angle error TKE Track angle TRK Vertical speed required VSR e Cross track error XTK Currently selected MFD page title GS XTK ETE ESA MAP NAVIGATION MAP Figure 7 12 MFD Data Bar default NOTE Instructions on changing a data field on t
172. create the new waypoint The first reference waypoint REFERENCE WAYPOINT field is highlighted if you want to change the reference waypoint Otherwise continue turn ing the large FMS knob to highlight the radial RAD or distance DIS field as desired Turn the small and large FMS knobs to change the identifier if desired of the reference waypoint The reference waypoint can be an airport VOR NDB intersection or another user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the selected identifier The cursor moves to the radial RAD field Use the small and large FMS knobs to change the radial from the reference waypoint if desired Press ENT to accept the selected radial The cursor moves to the distance DIS field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to change the distance from the reference waypoint to the new user waypoint if desired Press the ENT key to accept the selected distance Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor 190 00498 00 Rev A USER WAYPOINT INFORMATION PAGE OPTIONS The following User Waypoint Information Page Options are available by pressing the MENU key with the User Waypoint Information Page displayed 190 00498 00 Rev A Delete All User Waypoints View Recent User WPT List Use Present Position Auto Comment Create New user Waypoint Delete User Waypoint Rename User Waypoint PAGE MENU OPTIONS View Recent User WPT List Use Present Position Auto Comment Create New
173. d uct read from left to right When a weather product is active the product symbol is displayed in the lower right of the screen e NEXRAD Cloud Top Echo Top e XM Lightning Cell Movement e SIGMETs AIRMETs e METARs e City Forecast e Surface Analysis Freezing Levels e Winds Aloft County Warnings Cyclone Warnings h Echo Top Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually Exclusive Figure 8 10 Weather Product Symbols Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 21 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Weather Product Age Table 8 2 Expires After Weather Product The times for each of the enabled products are displayed n minutes on the right side of the display Times are based on Zulu SIGMEIARMES 8 times when the data was assembled on the ground not the City Forecasts 8 amp 8 time the data was received by the FIS sensor When the age of a weather product is greater than half of the expiration time the product time will change from cyan to amber in CycloneWarnings 60 color Current weather products use an age stamp Freezing Leves 8 Age _ _ _ in minutes Reported forecasted weather MEAS CY products use a date time stamp Lightning NEXRAD Radar Coverage Cell Movement Surface Analysis o Bo o o Wirasat o 09 o WS o 08 Coudstos o 8 Table 8 2 Weather Product Age 8 22 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI 190 00498 00 Rev A OPTI
174. d MFD e When loading or activating an approach PFD and MFD NOTE Turn the FMS knob to scroll through a list of frequencies Press the ENT hey to load a highlighted frequency into HUE window CLR ENT DFLT de FM S Turn the FMS knob to scroll through a list of frequencies P PUSH CRSR Figure 3 19 Loading Frequencies Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill AUTO TUNING ON THE PFD COM frequencies for the nearest airports may be viewed and automatically loaded from the Nearest Airports Window on the PFD To auto tune a COM frequency for a nearby airport l Press the NRST softkey to open the Nearest Airports Window which displays the list of airport identifiers and COM frequencies Turn either FMS knob to highlight the desired COM frequency Press the ENT key to load the COM frequency into the COM tuning box When the desired frequency is entered in the tuning box it becomes a standby frequency Pressing the Frequency Transfer key places this frequency into the active held NEAREST AIRPORTS 51K 124 68mm VFRI 122 700 RNWY 2440FT P 270 10 214 ILS 123 000 RNWY 5700FT 150 144m ILS 133 000 RNWY 7339FT Pressing the NRST softkey opens the Nearest Airports window Figure 3 20 Nearest Airports Window PFD 190 00498 00 Rev A AUTO TUNING ON THE MFD Frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages WPT Airport Information WPT
175. d waypoints or for any programmed flight plan This option also displays the sunrise sunset times for your destination waypoint for the selected departure date To perform trip planning operations 1 2 Select the AUX TRIP PLANNING page The current page mode is displayed at the top of the page AUTOMATIC or MANUAL To change the page mode press the AUTO or MANUAL softkey For Direct to planning press the WPTS softkey and verify that the from waypoint field indi cates P POS present position If necessary go to the Page Menu and select Set WPT to Present Position to display P POS Press the ENT key and the flashing cursor moves to the to waypoint field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the to waypoint and press the ENT key to accept the waypoint OR 4 For point to point planning turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the from waypoint Once the waypoints identifier is entered press the ENT key to accept the waypoint The flashing cursor moves to the to waypoint Again turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the to waypoint and press the ENT key to accept the waypoint OR 5 For flight plan leg planning press the FPL softkey and turn the small FMS knob to select the desired flight plan already stored in memory by number Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the LEG field and turn the small FMS knob to sel
176. d en route 1 0 nm for ter minal and 0 3 nm for non precision approaches The G1000 system monitors RAIM and issues an alert mes sage when RAIM is not available see Annunciation and APPENDIX C Alerts Pilots Guide Without RAIM GPS position accu racy cannot be monitored If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAE the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure A NOTE If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course the approach does not become active as indicated by the RAIM not available from FAF to MAP message and the INTEG annunciation flagging Why are there not any approaches available for a flight plan Approaches are available for the final destination air port in a flight plan or as a direct to keep in mind that some VOR VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport iden tifers Ifa destination airport does not have a published approach the G1000 indicates NONE for the available procedures What happens when an approach is selected Can a flight plan with an approach a departure or an arrival be stored When an approach departure or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan a set of approach departure or ar rival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line showing the title of the selected instrument procedure The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active unless the instrument procedure is acti vated This may
177. d represents the top to bottom distance covered by the map To change the map range turn the joystick counter clockwise to zoom in turn it clockwise to zoom out Using the Auto Zoom Feature The autozoom feature automatically adjusts the map from an enroute range of 2000 nm through each lower range stopping at a range of 1 5 nm as the aircraft approaches the destination waypoint See the Map Setup section in this MFD Pilots Guide for instructions on enabling disabling the autozoom feature Tous qgrg Je ERNG TERRAIN grs apy eS SUNNKSY 100FT x 160GFT NM Map Range Indicator AY Figure 7 9 Map Range Indicator Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Identifying Aviation Map Data The following aviation data is displayed on the Navigation Map Page Airport Symbols e Non towered airports purple in color Towered airports blue in color e Non serviced airports displayed as solid circle icons See Appendix F for symbology definitions e Serviced airports displayed as circles with pro truding tick marks pointing to the top bottom left and right portions of the screen Classification e Unclassified airports displayed with a question mark character centered within the airport symbol Restricted airports displayed with the letter R centered within the airport symbol e Hard surface public airports displayed with the airports longest runway ori
178. d scale located to the right of the color coded speed range strip The end of the trend vector displays approximately what airspeed will be reached in six seconds if the current rate of acceleration is maintained The trend vector is absent if the speed remains constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Vspeed References Vspeeds are set using the TMR REF softkey Glide Vp Vy and V are shown in the References Window When active ON the Vspeeds are displayed at their respective locations to the right of the airspeed scale refer to the Auxiliary Windows portion of this Flight Instruments section for setting and displaying Vspeeds True Airspeed Box The True Airspeed Box is located below the Airspeed Indicator and displays the true airspeed in knots Vspeed References Actual Airspeed 3 Th Speed Ranges if __ Airspeed Trend ector True ee Figure 2 9 Airspeed Indicator Figure 2 10 Red Pointer at Vye Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 9 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY ATTITUDE INDICATOR a A NOTE Supplemental flight data such as the Inset Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue Map and the Alerts and Annunciation Windows sky and brown ground with a white Horizon Line The disappear from the PFD when pitch exceeds 30 Attitude Indicator displays the following information or 20 or when a 65 b
179. data A NOTE Obstacles 200 and higher are included in the obstacle database It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database G1000 topography terrain and obstacle data is stored on a Supplemental Data Card provided by Garmin The obstacle database update cycle is every 56 days The terrain database is updated less often and on an irregular basis Since these databases are not stored internally in the MFD or PFD Supplemental Data Cards containing identical database versions must be kept in both displays to retain terrain and obstacle data A Supplemental Data Card should be inserted into the bottom card slot of the PFD and MFD A NOTE Ifthe Supplemental Data Card is removed from the display the TOPO and TERRAIN softkeys are not functional and are grayed out on the MFD Map Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Ael APPENDIX A The obstacle and terrain database updates can be After the data has been copied to both data cards obtained by following the instructions detailing in the perform the following steps Aviation Databases section of the Garmin website 1 Insert one card in the bottom card slot of the www garmin com Once the updated files have been MFD and one in the bottom card slot of the downloaded from the website a PC equipped with an PFD appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program the n
180. delete a waypoint from an existing flight plan 1 Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page 2 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the ENT key 4 Turn the large FMS knob to select the waypoint to delete and press the CLR key to display a REMOVE WAYPOINT confirmation window 5 With OK highlighted press the ENT key to remove the waypoint To cancel the delete request turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key 6 Once all changes have been made press the FMS knob to return to the Flight Plan Page Remove KCRQ OK or CANCEL Figure 7 42 Remove Waypoint Confirmation 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Load a Departure To select a departure procedure for the Load Departure allows a published departure departure airport procedure for the departure airport to be loaded into a 1 From the Active Flight Plan Page press the flight plan It also replaces the current departure with a MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan Page new selection When using a Direct to the G1000 uses options the nearest airport as a reference when displaying available 2 Highlight Load Departure from the list and departures A departure can also loaded using the PROC press the ENT key pore ne LD DE soii 3 A window is displayed listing the available depart
181. descent or climb angle At 500 feet above or below for a climb the target altitude an APPR TRG ALT Approaching Target Altitude message is provided The VSR readout on the Navigation Map Page is blanked out at this point ALERTS APPR VPROF BM gr eT man ck prof ile MFD FAN FAIL The cooling fan PFD FAN FAIL The cooling fan for the PFD is inoperative for the MFD is inoperative Figure 7 52 Approaching VNAV Profile Message PFD ALERTS APPR TRG ALT iiri target altitude MFD FAN FAIL The cooling fan for the MFD is inoperative PFD FAN FAIL The cooling fan for the PFD is inoperative Figure 7 53 Approaching Target Altitude Message PFD VNAV Page Menu Options The VNAV messages are not enabled until the VNAV Messages On option is enabled from the VNAV Page Menu Options To display the page menu press the MENU key with the VNAV Page displayed The VNAV Page Options Menu also allows the pilot to restore VNAV page defaults Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill H1 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 8 PROCEDURES To select a departure 1 Press the PROC key to display the Procedures Page Turn the large FMS knob to highlight ARRIVALS AND DEPARTURES Select Departure and press the ENT key Based upon the active flight plan or Direct to 2 The Departure Loading page is displayed with destination the Procedures Page provides direct access to the list of departure options fo
182. dication shown by the G1000 It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect such an occurrence by means of cross checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the cockpit WARNING For safety reasons G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground WARNING The altitude calculated by G1000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters such as the GDC 74A Air Data Computer or other altimeters in aircraft GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation Always use pressure altitude displayed by the G1000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft WARNING The Jeppesen database used in the G1000 system must be updated regularly in order to ensure that its information remains current Updates are released every 28 days A database information packet is included in the G1000 package Pilots using an outdated database do so entirely at their own risk ii Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A WARNINGS amp CAUTIONS WARNING The basemap land and water data must not be used for navigation but rather only for non navigational situational awareness Any basemap indication should be compared with other navigation SOUICES 4 CAUTION The illustrations in this guide are only examples Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate a thunderstorm Both the FAA Advisory Circular
183. digital readout appears beneath the gauge Figure 6 1 Round Dial Gauges Manifold Pressure Gauge and Tachometer Tachometer RPM The tachometer is displayed as a round dial gauge near the top of the page Propeller speed is shown in revolutions per minute RPM Colors along the arc of the gauge represent White low RPM Below normal flight operating range Green Normal flight operating range White high RPM Above normal flight operating range Models 206 and T206 Red Propeller overspeed Manifold Pressure Gauge MAN IN Models 182 T182 206 T206 The Manifold Pressure gauge displays the engine power in inches of mercury in Hg A white tick mark is displayed indicating the cruise manifold pressure Model T182 only Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 6 1 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM Colors along the arc of the gauge represent White low pressures Below normal operating range Green Normal operating range e White high pressures Above normal operating range Red Maximum manifold pressure turbocharged Horizontal Bar Indicators These indicators are color coded and have triangular pointers Pointers appear in white to indicate operation within the acceptable range The pointer color changes to yellow or red when operating outside the normal range The green bands on the horizontal bar indicators represent normal ranges of operation FUEL QTY GAL Fig
184. dios 0 pilot COPILOT OFF FF FF ON ON Selected radios pilot passengers MUSIC 1 Selected radios pilot copilot Selected radios pilot copilot passengers MUSIC 2 Selected radios pilot copilot passengers MUSIC 1 Copilot passengers MUSIC 2 Copilot passengers MUSIC 1 Selected radios pilot passengers MUSIC 2 Copilot Selected radios pilot copilot Passengers MUSIC 2 Table 5 2 ICS Isolation Modes Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A INTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH The MAN SQ key and VOL SQ knob control the volume and squelch of the intercom The MAN SQ key allows either automatic or manual control of the squelch setting The VOL SQ knob controls volume or manual squelch adjustment for the pilot and copilot passenger When the SQ annunciator is not lit auto squelch is on the VOL SQ knob controls only the volume When the SQ annunciator is lit manual squelch the VOL SQ knob controls both volume and squelch Automatic Manual Squelc diis wv PILOT COPLT ICS_ ISOLATION PILOT O PASS Pilot Copilot Volume Squelch Figure 5 7 Volume Squelch Control Intercom Volume Control The intercom volume is controlled with the VOL SQ knob The small knob controls the pilot volume The large knob controls the copilot passenger volume Turning the knob clockwise increases volume turning counterclockwise decreases volume Wh
185. displayed at the top of the map display Elevation at the current position is also displayed 4 To exit the Measure Bearing Distance option push in the joystick or select Stop Measuring from the page menu options 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 31 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Bearing Distance and nud Elevation Longitude Information Reference Pointer f EHEC 1 rate 5 KMEIR A ee as Figure 7 17 Measuring Bearing and Distance 1 32 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Ay CAUTION Use of the Traffic Map to maneuver the airplane to avoid traffic is prohibited The 7 3 TRAFFIC MAP PAGE The Traffic Map Page is the second page in the Map Group and displays the following information Traffic Information System TIS is intended for advisory use only TIS is intended only to e Current aircraft location surrounding Traffic help the pilot to visually locate traffic It is the Information System TIS traffic and range mark responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver ing rings to avoid traffic The current traffic mode OPERATE STANDBY A traffic alert message FAILED DATA FAILED To select the Traffic Map Page NO DATA UNAVAILABLE 1 Select the MAP group of pages Turn the small Traffic display banner AGE 00 TREC COAST FMS knob to the right to select the Traffic Map TA OFF
186. dual VORs including the airport that is nearest to the VOR To load a VOR frequency into the NAV window 1 On the VOR Information Window press the FMS knob to activate the VOR Information window 2 Turn the FMS knob as needed to select the desired VOR and press the ENT key to validate the selection 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the VOR frequency and press the ENT key to load this frequency into the tuning box of the NAV Frequency window o 2000 50 8 ENG 395 3 HRS baa VAC Bnet teal i T SUU HAVEL FUEL CALC FFLOWGFH NN GAL USED a a FUEL QTY G amp L w rut I TE Fa Ei j ELECTRICAL H BUS 24 5 VOLTS 245 H BATT g DA Aans AA ENGINE HEHFHIS NAV COM NOTE If the MENU key is pressed when on the VOR Information Window the View Recent VOR List menu option is displayed for quick access to recently used VORs If no VOR frequencies have been tuned this menu option is grayed out ESA 195 675 VOR WORTH UF INFORMATION HIGH ALTITUDE 1 E FREQUENCY 117 50 NEAREST AIRPORT KMEM 44 Figure 3 24 WPT VOR Information Menu Cessna T206 Shown Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 13 NAV COM 3 14 NRST Nearest Airports Window The Nearest Airports Window displays a list of the nearest airports with runway frequency and approach information In this window any frequency associated with the selected airport can be loaded into t
187. e Cruise Manifold Pressure RPH J 2700 a 1970 FFLOW GPH 00 Hollow Block ERES 1555 Represents Peak APEAK EGT Readout eM DUE For Selected pA 1455 Cylinder lt DERAN N EM co mii ul s 7 MINE S NI Ci a I P Model T182 Gauge lachometer Fuel Flow Temperature Deviation From Peak Exhaust Gas Temperature Bar Graph Cylinder Head Temperature Bar Graph CHT Readout For Selected Cylinder Fuel Quantity Indicator 9E III 2 NH MN mimm c c MEI vi G o D E E m r z l 294556 470 HT F I 3n Model 206 Figure 6 7 Lean Page 182 T182 206 T206 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Turbine Inlet Temperature Indicator Temperature Deviation From Peak RPH Ri e 19358 FFLOW GPH B TIT F 1566 md Darse Eti poer pee pem e E E E E E E E E E E E g E E E E E E E B8 E E B8 B B8 B 8 B E D neum LLL ILI T gd 4 s 6 1565 9E M n s NANN E gt lt Jr Model T206 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 6 4 SYSTEM PAGE The System Page is accessed by pressing the SYSTEM softkey Critical engine fuel and electrical parameters are displayed on the page Fuel calculations are also shown on this page The engine gauge s and Fuel Quantity Indicator remain on the System Page Numeric readouts for oi
188. e center frequency into the COM frequency standby field Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MUTLI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select a Nearest FSS from the Nearest To select and load the Nearest Weather Fre Frequencies Page quency from the Nearest Frequencies Page 1 Select the Nearest Frequencies Page 1 Select the Nearest Frequencies Page 2 Press the FSS softkey and turn the small FMS 2 Pressthe WX softkey and turn the FMS knob to knob to select a Nearest FSS select a Weather Frequency Press the ENT key Tosalactand load the Nearest FSS Ere to load the weather frequency into the COM frequency standby field quency from the Nearest Frequencies Page 1 Select the Nearest Frequencies Page 2 Press the FSS softkey and turn the large FMS knob to select the FSS frequency field Press the ENT key to load the FSS frequency into the COM frequency standby field 1 136 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY NEAREST AIRSPACES PAGE To select the Nearest Airspaces Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to The Nearest Airspaces Page displays the following select the Navigation Map Page information for a maximum of 20 controlled or special use airspaces 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the NRST page group NRST is displayed in the page Map of surrounding area group icon located in the lower right corner e Airspace Alerts Box display
189. e cursor and turn the large FMS knob to scroll through the list 14 MENU Key Displays a context sensitive list of options This list allows the user to access additional features or to make setting changes that relate to certain pages 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 15 PROC Key Selects approaches departures and arrivals from the flight plan Ifa flight plan is used available procedures for the departure and or arrival airport are automatically suggested If a flight plan is not used the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected This key selects IFR departure procedures DPs arrival procedures STARs and approaches IAPs from the database and loads them into the active flight plan 16 ENT Key Accepts a menu selection or data entry This key is used to approve an operation or complete data entry It is also used to confirm selections and information entries 17 Dual ALT Knob Sets the reference altitude in the box located above the Altimeter The large knob selects the thousands while the small knob selects the hundreds NOTE The selected COM displayed in green is controlled by the COM MIC key on the Audio Panel GMA 1347 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 4 SECURE DIGITAL CARDS The GDU 1040 data card slots use Secure Digital SD cards SD cards are used for aviation database updates and terrain database storage To install an SD card 1 Insert the SD card in the SD card slot loc
190. e for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A QUESTIONS amp ANSWERS This Appendix answers common questions regarding G1000 system operational capabilities If a particular subject is not covered in this Appendix the index may be used to find the appropriate section in this manual If a sufficient answer is still not found an authorized Garmin dealer or contact Garmin directly see Copyright page Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and cus tomers What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integ rity Monitoring RAIM is a GPS receiver function that per forms the following functions Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites Eliminates a corrupt satellite from the navigation solution Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase of flight e Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satel lites is sufficient to satisfy requirements For RAIM to work correctly the GPS receiver must track at least five 5 satellites A minimum of six 6 sat ellites is required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single cor rupt satellite from the navigation solution RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navi gation solution calculation within a specified protection limit 2 0 nm for oceanic an
191. e for listening to selected aircraft radios MASQ Master Avionics Squelch processing reduces ambient noise from the avionics inputs Each microphone input has an automatic squelch threshold Manual squelch is available by pressing the MAN SQ key The audio panel provides a digital recorder that can play back up to two and a half minutes of COM audio Recording is automatic when a COM signal is received Playback is controlled by pressing the PLAY key Playback can be stopped by pressing the MKR MUTE key The unit controls marker beacon receiver audio and features marker beacon audio muting As part of the G1000 Integrated Cockpit System the GMA 1347 also controls the display reversionary mode AUDIO PANEL WARNING When the GMA 1347 Audio panel is turned OFF or is inoperative certain autopilots are affected No warning tone is supplied when the autopilot disengages and the middle marker sense signal is not supplied The audio panel features controls for three 3 major function groups e Communication e Navigation Intercom system ICS The controls are labeled to indicate the name of the function The triangular annunciator above each key indicates when the key function is selected The knobs at the bottom of the unit control ICS volume and squelch threshold levels The small knob adjusts the volume squelch level for the pilot The large knob adjusts the volume squelch level for the copilot passenger The red DISPLAY B
192. e menu to select group is selected Test Mode Self test is best accomplished with the range set to 2 and 6 nm and will last approximately 8 seconds The following is displayed when a user initiated test is per 2 Turn the small FMS knob until the Traffic Map page is selected FAILURE RESPONSE Ion e A Traffic Advisory yellow circle appears Errors indicated by a FAILED screen prevent contin at 9 o clock range of 2 miles 200 feet ued use of the KTA 870 interface See the KTA 870 Pilots below and climbing Guide for detailed information on Failure Response e Proximity Traffic solid white diamond appears at 1 o clock range 3 6 miles DESCRIPTION OF TRAFFIC ADVISORY 1000 feet below descending CRITERIA e Non Threat traffic open white diamond appears at 11 o clock range of 3 6 For a description of Traffic Advisory System criteria miles flying level 1000 feet above and display interpretation refer to the KTA 870 Pilots Guide 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 9 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT If the KTA 870 successfully completes self test a synthesized voice announces TAS SYSTEM OK The unit should switch to OPERATE mode at the completion of the test Should a failure be detected during self test the audio message says TAS SYSTEM FAIL The unit should revert back to STANDBY mode if a self test failure is detected TAS VOICE ANNOUNCEMENTS See the KTA 870 Pilots Guide for information o
193. e to the Roll Pointer One Slip Skid Indicator displacement is equal to one ball displacement on Figure 2 13 Attitude Indicator Nose Low a traditional Slip Skid Indicator 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 2 11 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY ALTIMETER The Altimeter displays barometric altitude values in feet on a rolling number gauge using a moving tape The Altimeter displays the following information Altitude values e Altitude Reference Bug Altitude Trend Vector e Altitude Reference Box e Barometric Setting Box e Metric display Altitude Reference Box Altitude Trend Current Altitude Vector Altitude Reference Bug Barometric Setting 3H 051N Box Figure 2 14 Altimeter Altitude Values The numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20 feet The current altitude is displayed in the black pointer 2 12 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Altitude Reference Bug The Altitude Reference Bug is displayed at the reference altitude or the edge of the tape whichever is closer to the current altitude to provide increased altitude awareness To set the Altitude Reference Bug Turn the ALT knobs to set the Altitude Reference Bug The small ALT knob sets the hundreds and the large ALT knob sets the thousands This altitude also appears in the Altitude Reference Box above the Altimeter Altitude Tr
194. e to the nearest Flight Service Station FSS facility By FAA Form 8000 7 Safety Improvement Report Postage paid card can be obtained at FAA FSSs General Aviation District Offices Flight Standards District Offices and General Aviation Fixed Base Operators 190 00498 00 Rev A MAP SYMBOLS BASEMAP AIRPORT Mem Symb Interstate Highway 2 digit drawn inside Zs es aie ee Ga ie ae day am Deseos E mec esr EE Cc Symbol Unknown Airport EN Non towered Non serviced Airport Towered Non serviced Airport Non towered Serviced Airport gt Towered Serviced Airport Restricted Private Airport EN pe poit o National Highway 2 digit drawn inside National Highway 3 digit drawn inside NAVAIDS National Highway 4 digit drawn inside Symbol Y ie National Highway 5 digit drawn inside Small City or Town Medium City US Highway 3 digit drawn inside Intersection LOM compass locator at outer marker NDB Non directional Radio Beacon e VOR VOR DME Bo VOR ILS ommo VORTAC wo TACAN o 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill F 1 APPENDIX F TRAFFIC Traffic Proximate Traffic Traffic Advisory Out of Range Traffic Advisory LIGHTNING STRIKE Mem Symbol Lightning Strike Age is 0 6 Seconds Lightning Strike Age is 6 20 Seconds Lightning Strike Age is 20 60 Seconds Lightning Strike
195. e up to 99 different flight plans with up to 31 waypoints in each flight plan The flight plan FPL page group consists of three pages Active Flight Plan Flight Plan Catalog e Vertical Navigation The Flight Plan Pages are used to create edit and copy flight plans The Vertical Navigation Page is used to create a three dimensional profile which guides the aircraft to a final target altitude at a specified location ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN PAGE Ihe Active Flight Plan Page provides information and editing functions for the flight plan currently in use for navigation Once a Direct to or flight plan has been activated the Active Flight Plan Page shows the following Each waypoint for the flight plan or a single waypoint for a Direct to along with the desired track DTK and distance of each leg DIS e Active leg information with enroute safe altitude ESA for the specified leg e Active FPL information with enroute safe altitude ESA Flight plan information showing remaining leg and remaining total distance and enroute safe altitude for the entire route Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV III The data fields are user selectable and can be changed to display the following Cumulative Distance CUM Distance DIS Desired Track DTK Enroute Safe Altitude ESA Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Estimated Time Enroute ETE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN PAGE OPTIONS The following options are available fo
196. eakers to ensure the GDL 69 694 has power applied Ifa failure still exists review the mes sages listed in Table 8 3 The advisory messages may pro vide insight to a possible failure For troubleshooting purposes the Status Serial Num ber and Software Version numbers for the GDL 69 69A are displayed in the LRU Information Window on the Sys tem Status Page Figure 8 15 Figure 8 15 LRU Information Window To select the System Status Page 1 Turm the large FMS knob to select the AUX Page Group 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select the System Status Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 27 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT CHECK ANTENNA XM Radio Page the active channel is ps Antenna is not connected replaced with this message UPDATING XM Radio Page the active channel is ud Updating encryption code replaced with this message NO SIGNAL XM Radio Page the active channel is replaced with this message also displayed on the Weather once Data Link Page when the signal strength is too low for the receiver LOADING XM Radio Page the active channel is replaced Acquiring channel audio or information with this message XM Radio Page the active channel is replaced with os Missing channel information this message MERITS uis N wand peel No communication with the GDL 69 within the last five minutes Page displayed in the center of the screen in yellow ACTIVATION REQUIRED
197. earing Distance INFORMATION SPANISH FORK SPRINGVI SPANISH FORK UT Airport Name Closest City Elevation RUNWAYS x 12 38 S7ARFT Runway Information FREQUENCIES MULTICOM Airport COM frequencies APPROACHES NONE Approaches Figure 7 83 Nearest Airports Page 7 126 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY E Es DIRECT TO Direct To Page IDENT FACILITY CITY KJAC IACKSON HOLI PA LIV JA ROLUM T1 FFL MRST WAYPOINTS _NORTH UF KJAC DIS ZT1lNHH COURSE ACTIVATE Figure 7 84 Direct to from Nearest Airports Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 127 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Nearest Airports Page The Nearest Airports Page displays the following information for a selected airport Map of surrounding area Airport Identifier Symbol Bearing Distance up to 25 airports within 200 nm of current position Name Closest city Elevation Runway information Airport COM frequencies Approaches To select the Nearest Airports Page 1 To select a nearest airport from the Nearest Airports Page 1 Press the APT softkey located at the bottom of the display The first airport in the nearest airports list is highlighted 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired airport The remaining information on the Nearest Airports Page pertains to the selected airp
198. ect the desired leg of the flight plan or select CUM to apply trip planning calculations to the entire flight plan 6 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the depar ture time DEP TIME field 7 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the departure time Press the ENT key when finished Departure time may be entered in local or UTC time depending upon unit set tings With all variables entered the following information is provided not available at all times e DTK Desired track or desired course e DIS Distance e ETE Estimated time en route e ESA En route sate altitude e ETA Estimated time of arrival Sunrise Sunset times at the destination Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Fuel Planning 5 For flight plan leg fuel planning press the Using fuel flow FF and or fuel totalizer data the AUX FPL softkey a d wur n the small FMS knob i x select the desired flight plan already stored in trip planning page displays current fuel conditions along MED memory by number Turn the large FMS knob the active Direct to or flight plan You may also manually E Ec to highlight the LEG field and turn the small enter fuel flow ground speed GS and fuel on board 5 FMS knob to select the desired leg of the flight gures for planning purposes Fuel planning figures can i a plan or select CUM to apply fuel planning
199. ector keys NAVI NAV2 ADE DME Intercom manual squelch key MAN SQ Digital recording playback key PLAY Intercom system ICS isolation keys PILOT COPIT Volume squelch knob VOL SQ Reversionary mode button DISPLAY BACKUP 190 00498 00 Rev A Transmitters Not recommended for use in Cessna NAV III aircraft Passenger Address Marker Beacon Mute DMEandADF Audio Disabled on Cessna NAV III aircraft Manual Squelch VOLISQ VOL Annunciation B AUDIO PANEL Transceiver Audio Disabled on Cessna NAV III Aircraft Speaker Marker Beacon Signal Sensitivity Navigation Radio Audio MAN SO PLAY Digital Recording Playbach CREW PILOT COPLT ICS Isolation ICS ISOLATION PILOT O PASS 0 Annunciation Reversionary Mode Control DISPLAY BACKLIP Figure 5 1 Front Panel Controls 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Do AUDIO PANEL 5 4 5 2 OPERATION POWER UP AND FAIL SAFE OPERATION Power up The audio panel performs a self test during power up All panel annunciator lights illuminate for approximately two seconds Once the self test is completed most settings are restored to the ones in use before the unit was last turned off The exceptions are the speaker and intercom which are always selected during power up
200. ed Warning minimum and maximum Ammeter AMPS The Ammeter displays the main and standby battery load in amperes e White Normal Yellow Caution 6 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Fuel Flow m Dre Indicator O Fu Fou OIL PRES Y Oil Pressure Indicator Oil Temperature J d Indicator EGT Exhaust Gas eee AE Temperature Indicator Vacuum VAC Pressure eR ae Indicator FUEL QTY GAL Fuel Quantity A Indicator B 18 H F Engine Hours mss ER 5n 9 6 A eo Tach ELECTRICAL H BUS E Ero TS O O 3 Voltmeter Ammeter Figure 6 4 Engine Page 172 190 00498 00 Rev A FFLOW GPH i paa OIL PRES Ls CP OIL TEMP MEE EE CHT _ FUEL TY GAL me 8 18 276 3B F ELECTRICAL M 38 7 WOLTE M BATT 0 0 aMPs 6 6 Model 182 190 00498 00 Rev A Cruise Manifold Pressure Cruise Fuel Flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Indicator RPM n a 2030 FFLOW Ros 2b OIL PRES y i OIL TEMP y CHT LO ma TIT MET a FUEL QTY GAL UR H 16 26 3H F ELECTRICAL H BUS E 245 VOLTS 24 5 M BATT 5 amp 4 4 AMPS 4 4 Model T182 me Manifold Pressure gt Gauge Tachometer Fuel Flow Indicator __ Oil Pressure Indicator Oil Temperature Indicator Cylinder Head erature ndicator Fuel Quantity__ Indicator Voltmeter Ammeter
201. ed runway then press the ENT key NOTE The runway window is not displayed for every arrival ALL may appear in the runway field indicating that the arrival procedure applies to all runways For airports with parallel runways B may appear at the end of the runway designation to indicate that the arrival procedure applies to both runways With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 39 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Load Approach 2 40 Load Approach allows the pilot to select a published instrument approach for the destination airport or replace the current approach with a new selection To select an approach for a direct to or flight plan destination airport Jm From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Load Approach then press the ENT key A window appears list ing the available approaches for the destina tion airport Turn the FMS knob to select the desired approach then press the ENT key A window appears listing the available transitions for the approach Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transi tion or vectors then press the ENT key NOTE The Vectors option assumes that the pilot will receive vectors from ATC to the final course segment of the approach With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key to load the approach To activate the approach turn the lar
202. ed out To select the Checklist Page 1 From any page press the CHKLIST softkey Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Selecting a Procedure Group Depending on the specific airframe there are a certain number of groups of procedures with their respective checklists available to the pilot To select a procedure group 1 Press the CHKLIST softkey 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the GROUP field 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT key Selecting a Checklist within the Procedure Group 1 Turn the large FMS knob to select the Checklist field 2 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Selecting a Checklist Item Two methods are available to select a checklist item 1 pressing the ENT key or 2 pressing the DONE softkey 1 Pressing the ENT key With the desired checklist displayed turn the FMS knob to move up and down the checklist and highlight an item with a hollow white rectangle The default color for non selected checklist items is blue and once the item is highlighted the color turns white To select a checklist item that is highlighted press the ENT key The selected item turns green in color again for ease of identification and then a check mark is placed in the box next to the item Asan item is selected the next item is automatically highlighted for selection 2
203. em during flight The displays communicate with each other through a High Speed Data Bus HSDB Ethernet connection Each display is also paired via an Ethernet connection with a GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Unit GMA 1347 The GMA 1347 Audio Panel integrates NAV COM digital audio intercom system and marker beacon controls The GMA 1347 also controls manual display reversionary mode red DISPLAY BACKUP button and is installed between the MFD and the PFD The GMA 1347 communicates with both GIA 63s using an RS 232 digital interface 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill SYSTEM OVERVIEW GIA 63 The GIA 63 is the central Integrated Avionics Unit IAU of the G1000 system The GIA 63 functions as a main communication hub linking all LRUs with the PFD and the MFD displays Each GIA 63 contains a GPS receiver VHF COM NAV GS receivers and system integration microprocessors Each GIA 63 is paired with a respective GDU 1040 display through Ethernet The GIAs are not paired together and do not communicate with each other directly y GRS 77 The GRS 77 is an Attitude and Heading Reference System AHRS that provides aircraft attitude and heading information to both the G1000 displays and the GIA 63s The unit contains advanced sensors accelerometers and rate sensors n addition the GRS 77 interfaces with both the GDC 74A Air Data Computer and the GMU 44 Magnetometer The GRS 77 also utilizes
204. emory blocks starting from the oldest block Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks v v MAN SQ PLAY Figure 5 8 Playback Key The PLAY key controls the playback function Pressing PLAY once plays back the latest recorded memory block then returns to normal operation Pressing PLAY during playback of a memory block halts the playback of this block and plays back the preceding recorded block The PLAY key can be used to backtrack through the recorded memory blocks to reach and play back any desired block NOTE Pressing the MKR MUTE key during playback halts playback and returns the recorder playback to normal operation AUDIO PANEL During playback the PLAY annunciator light blinks approximately once per second If a COM input signal is detected during playback playback is halted and the new COM audio is recorded as the latest block NOTE The recorder can be permanently disabled by a Garmin authorized service center NOTE If the COM muting on receive option is enabled only the primary COM radio audio reception is recorded by the digital clearance recorder REVERSIONARY MODE Ihe red DISPLAY BACKUP button selects the reversionary mode for the displays Reversionary mode operation displays important flight and engine information on both the PFD and MFD in case of display failure DISPLAY BACKUP Figure 5 9 Reversionary Mode Button Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna
205. en degraded and RAIM is not available A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and or GPS2 receiver The receiver is unavailable The G1000 system should be serviced 9 12 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GIA 63 Message Advisories Cont Alerts Window Message Comments GPS1 SERVICE GPS1 needs service Return unit for repair A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and or GPS2 receiver The receiver may still GPS2 SERVICE GPS needs service be available The G1000 system should be serviced Return unit for repair NAV1 SERVICE NAV1 needs service Return unit for repair A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and or NAV2 receiver The receiver may still NAV2 SERVICE NAV2 needs service be available The G1000 system should be serviced Return unit for repair NAV1 RMT XFR NAV remote s transfer key is stuck The remote NAV1 and or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled or pressed state Press the transfer switch again to cyde its operation If the problem persists NAV RMT XFR NAV2 remote the G1000 system should be serviced transfer key is stuck G 51 FAIL G 51 is inoperative A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and or receiver 2 The G1000 G S2 FAIL G S2 is inoperative system should be serviced G S1 SERVICE G S1 needs service Return unit for repair A failure has been detected in
206. en squelch is automatic MAN SQ annunciator is not lit and the VOL annunciator at the bottom of the unit is lit intercom volume may be adjusted AUDIO PANEL NOTE When the MAN SQ key is not lit auto squelch is active pressing the VOL SQ knob has no effect on the VOL SQ selection Intercom Manual Squelch Control The intercom squelch function has the ability to quiet the ambient cockpit noise when no person is talking Each microphone input has an automatic squelch threshold Manual squelch adjustment is also available if desired Pressing the MAN SQ key toggles between the automatic and manual squelch mode When in manual squelch the MAN SQ annunciator is lit In manual squelch mode the VOL SQ knob adjusts either the volume or squelch threshold level Pressing the VOL SQ knob toggles between volume and squelch adjustment The annunciator at the bottom of the unit indicates which function the knob is controlling In manual squelch mode the small VOL SQ knob controls pilot squelch threshold The large VOL SQ knob controls copilot passenger squelch threshold Turning either knob clockwise increases squelch level counterclockwise decreases squelch ENTERTAINMENT INPUTS Ihe GMA 1347 provides two stereo auxiliary entertainment inputs MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2 These inputs are compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as MP3 and CD players Two 3 5 mm stereo phone jacks are installed in convenient locations for
207. ence must be pressed within 10 seconds or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code Five seconds after the fourth digit has been entered the transponder code becomes active 645m LCL When the transponder sends replies to interrogations an R indication appears momentarily in the reply status field of the Transponder Status bar ENT EKSP BACK ADVISORY Figure 4 9 Entering a Code Figure 4 8 Reply Indication NOTE When entering a code press the BKSP backspace softkey to back up and change code digits 4 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A TRANSPONDER VFR Code IDENT FUNCTION The VER code can be entered either manually each Pressing the IDENT softkey sends an ID indication to digit at a time or by pressing the XPDR softkey then the Air Traffic Control ATC The ID return distinguishes your VER softkey When the VER softkey is pressed the pre transponder from all others on the air traffic controllers programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the padar screen code field of the Transponder Status bar The IDENT softkey appears in all levels of transponder Pressing the VFR softkey again restores the previous softkeys When the IDENT softkey is pressed a green identification code IDENT indication is displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Status bar for a duration of 18 seconds NOTE The pre programmed VFR code is set at the factory to 12
208. ency window the active frequency e NAV2 selected l ith VOR is on the left side the standby frequency is on the A E eee NO or LOC displayed on the HSI right Both active NAV frequencies displayed in white indicate that GPS is in use Standby NAV Selected NAV Selected COM Standby COM Frequency Field Radio Navigation Status Bar Radio Frequency Field THEE o 118 500 com nav2 114 60 118 68 CkV WPT VOR INFORMATION 118 408 121 488 comz Tuning Box Active NAV l Active COM Tuning Box Frequency Field Figure 3 2 Frequency Fields Frequency Field 3 2 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A NAV COM CONTROLS The COM controls Ihe NAV Frequency window is controlled by knobs VOL PUSH SQ knob and keys on the left the COM Frequency window by Turn to adjust the COM radio volume knobs and keys on the right Press to turn automatic squelch ON and OFF The NAV controls Frequency Transfer key VOL PUSH ID knob Press to transfer the COM frequencies between the active and standby fields Turn to adjust the NAV radio volume level Press and hold for two seconds to tune the Press to turn the Morse code ID ON and OFE emergency frequency 121 500 MHZ in the Frequency Transfer key active COM field Press to transfer the NAV frequencies between the active and standby fields Dual COM tuning knob Turn to tune a COM frequency in the COM Dual NAV tuning knob tun
209. end Vector This vertical magenta line extends up or down the altitude scale located left of the numeric labels The end of the trend vector displays approximately what altitude will be reached in six seconds if the current rate of vertical speed is maintained The trend vector is absent if altitude remains constant or if any data needed to calculate it is not available due to a system failure Altitude Reference Box The Altitude Reference Box displays the reference altitude in feet The metric value when selected is displayed on top of the Altitude Reference Box NOTE The Altitude Reference Box is not part of the autopilot altitude preselect system and is used to aid the pilot in altitude control Barometric Setting Box The Barometric Setting Box displays the barometric pressure in inches of mercury in Hg or hectopascals hPa To select barometric pressure Turn the large BARO outer knob to select the desired setting 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Metric Display Vertical Deviation Glideslope Indicator Reference and current altitude can be displayed in The Vertical Deviation Glideslope Indicator is a meters The barometric pressure may also be displayed window on the left side of the Altimeter The window in hectopascals appears when an ILS is tuned in the active NAV field and selected on the audio panel A green diamond appears To display altitude in meters and barometric and acts as the vertical d
210. ented according to the direction in which it runs centered within the airport symbol e Heliports displayed with the letter H centered within the heliport symbol e Soft surface public airports displayed with a hollow circle in the center of the airport symbol Airspace The Navigation Map Page displays airspace as one of the following colors e Blue ICAO control area Class B Alert area Caution area Danger area Prohibited area Restricted area Training area Unknown area Warning area Terminal Zone Airspace ATZ Class D Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Purple Class C ICAO terminal control area Terminal radar service area TRSA Mode C area Military operations area MOA Mode C Class A Class E Line Style The Navigation Map Page displays airspace as one of the following line styles Solid line Class C ICAO control area ICAO terminal control area Class B Terminal radar service area Mode C Class A Dashed line Mode C tower area Class D Class E Consecutive parallel lines forming a boundary defining the airspace Military operations area MOA Warning area Alert area Caution area Danger area Prohibited area Restricted area Training area Unknown area Terminal Zone Airspace ATZ NOTE See Appendix F for a complete descrip tion of the aviation map symbology used on the Navigation Map Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Decluttering the Map The Navigation Map Page c
211. er training caution danger warning and alert areas air space boundaries are displayed RESTRICTED off 500 nm e MOA MILITARY off 500 nm OTHER AIRSPACE off 500 nm TFR only present when GDL 69 is installed off 2000 nm MAP SETUP r GROUP TEXT RNG ACTIVE FPL ZUUUNM ACTIVE FPL WPT Med 200UNM LARGE APT Lrg ZO NM MEDIUM APT Med 15 NM SMALL APT Med S NM RWY EXTENSION OFF INT WAYPOINT Me 15NH NDB WAYPOINT Me 15NH VOR WAYPOINT 4e 15 NM CLASS B TMA 2 ANM CLASS C TCA 2U0NM CLASS D 15 NM RESTRICTED ET MOA MILITARY 200NM OTHER AIRSPACE 20BNH TFR SOGNH Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bose pugg Figure 7 15 Aviation Group Options Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill To select an aviation group item range 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Aviation group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the ACTIVE FPL field Turn the large FMS knob to select the desired option Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired range Press the ENT key to accept the selected option Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A To select an aviation group item text size 1 With the N
212. er Garmin Display Unit Garmin Engine Airframe Unit Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit Gallon s Garmin Magnetometer Unit Ground Gallons per Hour Global Positioning System Garmin Reference System Ground Speed Garmin Transponder Hold Terminating at Altitude Heading Hold Terminating at Fix Mercury High High Sensitivity Hold with Manual Termination Hectopascal Hour Horizontal Situation Indicator Horizontal Uncertainty Level Hertz Inner Marker Initial Approach Fix Indicated Air Temperature Integrated Avionics Unit International Civil Aviation Organization Intercom System Identification Morse Code Identifier Identification Initial Fix Instrument Flight Rules Imperial Gallon Instrument Landing System Instrument Meteorological Conditions Inactive Abbreviation or Acronym INC FUEL IND INT IrDA IRDA KEYSTK KG KHz KM KT L LAT LBL LB LCD LCL LED LIFR LO LOC LON LRU LING LVL M MAG VAR MAHP MAN IN MAN SQ MAP MASQ MAX METAR MFD MGRS MIC MIN MKR MOA MOV MPM MSA MSL MT mV MVFR NAV NAVAID Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Definition Increase Fuel Indicated Intersection s Infrared Data Association Key Stuck Kilogram Kilohertz Kilometer Knot Left Latitude Label Pound Liquid Crystal Display Local Light Emitting Diode Low Instrument Flight Rules Low Localizer Longitude Line Replacement Unit Lightning Level Middle M
213. er avoidance not penetration CAUTION NEXRAD weather data is to be used for long range planning purposes only Due to inherent delays and relative age of the data that can be experienced NEXRAD weather data should not be used for short range avoidance of weather NOTE The information contained in this section must be supplemented with detailed information contained in the G1000 Multi Function Display section This document assumes the user has experience operating the G1000 MFD and is also familiar with the applicable optional equipment User s Guide OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT This document is divided into four sections 8 1 In troduction 8 2 WX 500 Stormscope 8 3 KTA 870 and 8 4 Garmin GDL 69 694 8 2 WX 500 STORMSCOPE NOTE Refer to the WX 500 User s Guide for a detailed description of Stormscope operation DISPLAYING STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DATA ON THE NAVIGATION MAP PAGE A NOTE The Stormscope has to be receiving valid heading information in order for Stormscope lightning data to be displayed on the G1000 A NOTE If heading is lost strikes and or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn This is to ensure that the strike and or cell positions are displayed accurately in relation to the node of the aircraft The Navigation Map Page Figure 8 1 displays cell or strike data using the yellow lightning strike symbology shown in Table 8 1 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill
214. er usage The PFD and or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming MFD1 COOLING MFD1 has poor the display If problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced cooling Reducing power usage PFD1 KEY KEYSTK Key is stuck A key is stuck on the PFD and or MFD bezel Attempt to free the stuck key by press MFD1 KEY KEYSTK Key is stuck ing it several times The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists CNFG MODULE PFD1 configuration The PFD configuration module backup memory has failed The G1000 system should module is inoperative be serviced 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 9 9 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Database Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 aviation database error exists The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the aviation database Attempt to reload PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 aviation the aviation database If problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced database error exists MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 basemap database error exists PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 basemap database error exists MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 terrain database error exists PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 terrain database error exists The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database Ensure that the ter rain card is properly inserted in displ
215. erate a TA Traffic Advisory TA this symbol is generated when traffic meets the advisory criteria described previously Traffic Ground Track is indicated on the Traffic Map Page by a target track vector The track vector line is projected from the traffic advisory symbol and is drawn at any angle necessary to represent the current track of the traffic advisory data NOTE Traffic Information Service TIS is not available in all areas NOTE See Appendix F for traffic symbol descrip tions Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill TRAFFIC MAP PAGE OPERATIONS Power Up Test The TIS interface performs an automatic test during power up lf the system passes the power up test the standby screen is displayed on the Traffic Map Page If the system passes the power up test and the aircraft is airborne traffic is displayed on the Traffic Page in the operating mode It the system fails the power up test the NO DATA DATA FAILED or FAILED message is displayed Contact your Cessna service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action if the DATA FAILED or FAILED message is displayed The FAILED message indicates the GTX 33 transponder has failed The DATA FAILED message indicates data is being received from the GTX 33 but a failure was detected in the data stream The NO DATA message indicates that data is not being received from the GTX 33 Changing the Map Range To c
216. eset All Resets all trip statistics readouts 2 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired reset option and press the ENT key Scheduler The scheduler feature displays reminder messages such as Change oil Switch fuel tanks Overhaul etc One time periodic and event based messages are allowed One time messages appear once the timer expires and reappear each time the G1000 is powered on until the message is deleted Periodic messages automatically reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed Event based messages do not use a timer but rather a specific date and time e Name Type event one time periodic e Date e ime e REM remainder MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To enter a name 1 2 Select the AUX UTILITY Page Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the flight scheduler name field Turn the FMS knobs to enter the desired name and press the ENT key To enter a type event one time periodic 1 2 Select the AUX UTILITY Page Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the scheduler type field Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired type and press the ENT key To enter a time 1 2 Select the AUX Utility Page Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the scheduler time field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the desired time and press the E
217. ess the DELETE softkey Turn the large FMS knob to select Delete User Waypoint and press the ENT key The message Would you like to delete the user waypoint is displayed Press YES to delete the waypoint Rename User Waypoint allows the pilot to rename a user waypoint To rename a user waypoint 1 Select the User Waypoint Information Page and press MENU to display the User Waypoint Information Page Options or press the RENAME softkey Turn the large FMS knob to select Rename User Waypoint and press the ENT key The user waypoint field is highlighted Turn the small and large FMS knobs to rename the user waypoint Press the ENT key The message Would you like to rename the user waypoint is displayed Press YES to rename the new user waypoint Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY This page intentionally left blank 7 104 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 10 AUXILIARY PAGE GROUP To quickly select an Aux page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to The Auxiliary Page Group AUX provides detailed trip select the Navigation Map Page planning information satellite status RAIM prediction 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the AUX system settings LRU status and database information page group The AUX Group page names are as follows 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the des
218. ess the Direct to key then turn the large FMS knob to highlight the FPL field 2 Turn the small FMS knob to display a selection window showing all waypoints in the active flight plan 3 Turn the FMS knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired waypoint then press the ENT key 4 Press the ENT key again to activate the direct to PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY To select a Direct to from the Nearest Air ports list 1 Press the Direct to key then turn the large FMS knob to highlight the NRST field 2 Turn the small FMS knob to display a selection window showing the 25 nearest airports 3 Turn the FMS knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired airport then press the ENT key 4 Press the ENT key again to activate the direct to To select a specific course to a waypoint 1 Press the Direct to key then turn the FMS knobs to select the desired destination waypoint then press the ENT key 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the CRS field Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired course and press the ENT key 3 Pressthe ENT key to activate the direct to using the selected course to the destination To cancel a Direct to 1 Press the Direct to key then press the MENU key to display the Direct to Options menu 2 Pressthe ENT key to cancel direct to navigation If a flight plan is still active the G1000 resumes navigating the flight plan along the closest leg PAGE MENU OPTI
219. essna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Utility Page The Utility Page displays timers trip statistics and scheduler information for flight planning purposes UP STOP 00 00 08 IN AIR 00 13 37 DEPARTURE TIME PWR ON 62 28LCL ODOMETER TRIP ODOMETER TRIP AVERAGE GS MAXIMUM GS Figure 7 75 Utility Page PAGE MENU OPTIONS Reset Flight Timer Reset Departure Time Reset Trip ODOM AVG GS Reset Odometer Reset Maximum Speed Reset All Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base puge Figure 7 76 Utility Page Menu 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 109 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Utility Page Operations To set the generic timer direction up down 1 Select the AUX UTILITY Page 2 Pressthe FMS knob The GENERIC timer field is highlighted 3 Turn the small FMS knob to display the UP DOWN window 4 Turn the FMS knob to select UP or DOWN and press the ENT key To start stop or reset the generic timer 1 Select the AUX UTILITY Page 2 Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the START Field 3 Press the ENT key to start stop or reset the timer To set the generic timer value 1 Select the AUX UTILITY Page 2 Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the time field hh mm ss 3 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to set the desired time and press the ENT key To set the fligh
220. essna Nav Ill Figure 2 75 Alerts Softkey ANNUNCIATION WINDOW Ihe Annunciation Window appears to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator and displays abbreviated annunciation text Text color is based on alert level New alerts regardless of priority are displayed at the top of the Annunciation Window separated by a white line from acknowledged alerts Once acknowledged they are sequenced based on priority SOFTKEY ANNUNCIATIONS Ihe ALERTS softkey label changes to display the appropriate annunciation when an alert is issued The annunciation flashes and the appropriate aural alert sounds until acknowledged by depressing the softkey The softkey then reverts to the ALERTS label and when pressed again displays a description of the annunciation in the Alerts Window Warnings are time critical and require immediate pilot attention A flashing WARNING softkey annunciation and an aural tone single chime every two seconds are used to alert the pilot of any warnings The aural tone and flashing WARNING annunciator continue until acknowledged by the pilot by pressing the WARNING softkey Figure 2 76 Warning Softkey Annunciation 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Caution indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require pilot intervention A flashing CAUTION softkey annunciation and a single aural tone one chime are used to alert the pilot of any cautions The fl
221. ets the maximum range at which active flight plan waypoints appear on the display off 2000 nm MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Large Medium and Small Airports LARGE APT MEDIUM APT SMALL APT The airport label size sets the size at which the large medium or small airport names size appear on the display The zoom range sets the maximum range at which the airports appear on the display arge off 500 nm e Medium off 300 nm Small off 100 nm e Intersection Non Directional Beacon and VOR Waypoints INT WAYPOINT NDB WAYPOINT VOR WAYPOINT The INT NDB and VOR label size sets the maximum range at which the navaids names appear on the display The zoom range sets the maximum range at which the navaids appear on the display INT off 30 nm e NDB off 30 nm e VOR off 300 nm Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 21 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 1 28 Airspace Boundaries CLASS B TMA CLASS C TCA and CLASS D The airspace zoom range sets the maximum range at which the three classes of airspace appear on the display The zoom range sets the maximum range at which the airspace boundaries appear on the display e CLASS B off 500 nm e CLASS C off 500 nm CLASS D off 300 nm Other Airspace Boundaries RESTRICTED MOA Military OTHER AIRSPACE nad TFR temporary flight restrictions the other airspace boundary zoom range sets the maximum range at which restricted MOA and oth
222. ettings for time format local or UTC 12 or 24 hour and time offset The time SYSTEM SETUP PAGE offset is used to define current local time UTC also called The System Setup Page is the fourth AUX Page and GMI or Zulu date and time are calculated directly provides access via a list of menu options to manage the from the GPS satellites signals and cannot be changed If following system parameters you prefer to use local time simply designate the offset by EM adding or subtracting the correct number of hours Local or UTC time display Units of measure settings display units Position Formats Map Datums e Airspace Alerts e Arrival Alert DEFAULT PROFILE CREATE 25 MAP DATUM WGS 84 AIRSPACE ALERTS ALTITUDE BUFFER 200FT CLASS B TMA OFF CLASS C TCA OFF 02 58 3LCL TIME FORMAT LOCAL 24hr TIME OFFSET 00 00 NAV ANGLE CLASS D OFF SELECTED MAG VAR 1 E RESTRICTED OFF SYSTEM CDI DIS SPD NAUTICAL NM KT MOA MILITARY OFF ILS CDI CAPTURE ALT VS FEET FT FPM OTHER AIRSPACE COM CONFIG INCHESCIN CHANNEL SPACING 25 0 kHz TEMP CELSIUSCC FUEL GALLONS GL GL HR NEAREST APT ARRIVAL ALERT POSITION HDDD MM MM yes ae RNWY SURFACE HARD SOFT j MIN LENGTH FT AUDIO ALERT VOICE FEMALE Figure 7 81 System Setup Page AUX 7 116 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A The Date Time section of the System Setup page dis plays the followi
223. ev A GARMIN At a 1 lt 2005 Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries Garmin International Inc 1200 East 151st Street Olathe KS 66062 U S A p 913 397 8200 f 913 397 8282 Garmin AT Inc 2345 Turner Road SE Salem OR 97302 U S A p 503 391 3411 f 503 364 2138 Garmin Europe Ltd Unit 5 The Quadrangle Abbey Park Industrial Estate Romsey S051 9DL U K p 44 0870 8501241 f 44 0870 8501251 Garmin Corporation No 68 Jangshu 2nd Road Shijr Taipei County Taiwan p 886 2 2642 9199 f 886 2 2642 9099 www garmin com 190 00498 00 Rev A
224. eviation indication just like a pressure in hectopascals glideslope needle on a conventional indicator 1 Press the PFD softkey to display the second level softkeys 2 Press the METRIC softkey to display altitude in Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD meters and barometric pressure in hectopascals to the left of the Altitude Reference Box Outer marker Press the BACK softkey to return to the top level reception is indicated by a blue light middle by amber softkeys and inner by white refer to the Audio Panel section for more information Marker Beacon Annunciations Marker Beacon Annunciation Vertical Deviation Glideslope Indicator 1019HP Figure 2 16 Marker Beacon and Vertical Deviation Figure 2 15 Altimeter Metric 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 13 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 14 VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR The Vertical Speed Indicator displays the aircraft vertical speed with numeric labels and tick marks at 1 000 and 2 000 feet in each direction on the non moving tape Minor tick marks are at intervals of 500 ft Vertical Speed Pointer The Vertical Speed Pointer displays the current vertical speed and points to that speed on the non moving tape If the rate of ascent exceeds 2 000 feet per minute the pointer appears at the top edge of the non moving tape and the rate in fpm appears inside the pointer If the rate of descent exceeds 2 000 fpm a negat
225. ew databases onto the existing Supplemental Data Cards Equipment required to perform the update is as 2 Apply power to the G1000 system View the MFD Power up Page Check that the Terrain and Obstacle databases are initialized and displayed follows on the scrolling window of the Power up Page Windows compatible PC computer Windows as shown in the following figure 2000 or XP recommended 3 Acknowledge the Power up Page agreement by SanDisk SD Card Reader P Ns SDDR 93 or SDDR pressing the ENT key or the rightmost softkey 99 or equivalent card reader At the MAP NAVIGATION MAP page press Updated database obtained from the Garmin the MAP softkey and check to make sure that website the TOPO and TERRAIN softkeys are functional e Existing 010 00330 41 Supplemental Database SD not grayed out Cards from both PFD and MFD 4 Power down the G1000 erfololroa Lesung PAGH System H373 1H i c CARES bornini Ltd or abs US Obstacle Database Version 2 86 Copyright 2805 Gornin Ltd or its subsidiaries Cycle B5B4 Effective 7 JUL 2885 bstacle data is provided onlv as an aid to situational awareness Worldwide Aviation Database Copyright 7005 Jeppesen Sanderson Inc Cycle B51H Effective 29 SEP 2005 Expires 27 OCT 2005 Bu or minec on Press EHT ar rightmost softkey to continue 1 Figure A 1 MFD Power up Screen A 2 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Abbrev
226. ffering Mode A Mode C and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities This pilots guide provides a description of the transponder operation and information on Mode S capability Ihe transponder controls are located on the G1000 Primary Flight Display PFD on the lower portion of the screen see figures below TRANSPONDER SOFTKEYS The transponder function spans three levels of softkeys the Top level the Mode Selection and the Code Selection softkeys When the Top level XPDR softkey is pressed the following softkeys appear in the softkey bar Figure 4 2 STBY ON ALT VFR CODE IDENT BACK Arc TRANSPONDER When the CODE softkey is pressed the number softkeys appear in the softkey bar Figure 4 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 IDENT BKSP BACK The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry Pressing the BKSP softkey backs up code selection to the previous digit Pressing the BACK softkey during code selection reverts to the MODE Selection softkeys Figure 4 2 Pressing the BACK softkey during Mode Selection reverts to the Top level softkeys Figure 4 1 NOTE After 45 seconds of transponder softkey inactivity the system reverts back to the Top level softkeys Figure 4 1 TRANSPONDER STATUS BAR The Transponder Status bar is located to the left of the System Time box and contains a four digit code field a mode field and a reply status indicator In Standby mode both the code field and the mode field appear in wh
227. field 7 Turn the small FMS knob to display a window of available runways Continue turning the FMS knob to select the desired runway 8 Press the ENT key To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NOTE ALL may appear in the runway field indicating the arrival procedure applies to all runways For airports with parallel runways B may appear at the end of the runway designation to indicate the arrival procedure applies to both runways PAGE MENU OPTIONS Load Arrival View Departure Airport View Recent Airport List View Info View Departure Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 7 64 Arrival Page Menu 190 00498 00 Rev A An arrival can be loaded from the Arrival Information Page To load an arrival procedure from the Arrival Information Page 1 190 00498 00 Rev A Select the desired arrival transition and runway using the steps described previously Press MENU to display the Arrival Information Page Options Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Load Arrival and press the ENT key The Active Flight Plan Page is displayed Press FPL to return to the Airport Arrival information Page MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Loading an arrival procedure into the active flight plan does NOT automatically alter the active flight plan leg or Direct to navigation Once loaded the arrival is simply placed at the end of the fl
228. fig service req d GIA1 COOLING GIA1 temperature too low The GIA1 and or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly Allow units to GIA2 COOLING GIA2 temperature Warm up to operating temperature too low GIA1 COOLING GIA1 over temperature The GIA and or GIA2 temperature is too high If problem persists the G1000 GIA2 COOLING GIA2 over system should be serviced temperature GIA1 SERVICE GIA1 needs service Return the unit for repair The GIA1 and or GIA2 self test has detected a problem in the unit The G1000 GIA2 SERVICE GIA2 needs service System should be serviced Return the unit for repair 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 9 11 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GIA 63 Message Advisories Cont Alerts Window Message MANIFEST GIA1 software mismatch Communication halted MANIFEST GIA2 software mismatch Communication halted COM1 TEMP COM over temp Reducing transmitter power COM2 TEMP COM2 over temp Reducing transmitter power COM1 SERVICE COM1 needs service Return unit for repair COM2 SERVICE COM2 needs service Return unit for repair COM1 PTT COM push to talk key Is stuck COM2 PTT COM2 push to talk key is stuck COM1 RMT XFR COM1 remote transfer key is stuck COM2 RMT XFR COM remote transfer key is stuck RAIM UNAVAIL RAIM is not available from FAF to MAP waypoints RAIM UNAVAIL RAIM is not avai
229. for Cessna Nav Ill Cessna 172R WORLD 1 01 Worldwide 0403 18 MAR 04 15 APR 04 WORLD 2 00 USA 2 00 Not Available OOOO 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 7 11 NEAREST PAGE GROUP The nearest NRST page group is the fourth page group which consists of the following pages e Nearest Airports e Nearest Intersections e Nearest NDB e Nearest VOR e Nearest User WPTS e Nearest Frequencies e Nearest Airspaces To quickly select a NRST page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page 2 um the large FMS knob to select the NRST page group NRST is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired NRST Page MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Not all 25 nearest airports VORs NDBs intersections or user waypoints can be displayed on the corresponding NRST page at one time The Nearest Airports Page displays detailed information for five nearest airports with a scroll bar along the right hand side of the page indicating the part of the list that is currently being viewed The Nearest Airspaces Page displays detailed information for up to three special use or controlled airspace alerts The NRST pages for VORs NDBs intersections and user waypoints display nine waypoints at a time The flashing cursor and large FMS knob are used to scroll and view the rest of the waypoints or airspaces in
230. frequency channel spacing NOTE 8 33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States Select the 25 0 kHz channel spac ing option for use in the United States 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A To change COM channel spacing 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the CHANNEL SPACING field 4 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired spacing and press the ENT key Nearest APT Nearest Airport defines the minimum runway length and surtace type used when determining the nine nearest airports to display on the Nearest Airport Page A minimum runway length and or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are not of appropriate surface from being displayed The default settings are O feet or meters for runway length and any for runway surface type The Nearest Airport section of the System Setup page displays the following data e Nearest airport surface matching criteria any hard only hard soft water e Nearest airport minimum length matching criteria To select Nearest airport surface matching criteria any hard only hard soft water 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight RNWY SURFACE field in the
231. g a flight plan 1 Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Delete Flight Plan and press the ENT key A Delete Flight Plan contirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT key to delete the flight plan To cancel the flight plan dele tion turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 65 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Invert and Activate a Flight Plan 7 66 Invert amp Activate FPL allows the active flight plan to be inverted and activated for navigation To invert and activate a flight plan 1 Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Invert amp Acti vate FPL and press the ENT key An Invert and activate stored flight plan con firmation window is displayed With OK high lighted press the ENT key to invert and activate the flight plan To cancel the operation tu
232. ge FMS knob to highlight ACTIVATE then press the ENT key NOTE LOAD adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the approach for navigation guidance This allows the pilot to continue navigating the original flight plan until cleared for the approach but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed ACTIVATE adds the approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Remove Departure Arrival or Approach Remove Departure Arrival or Approach deletes the current standard instrument departure SID terminal arrival route STAR or selected approach from the active flight plan To remove a departure an arrival or an approach from a direct to or active flight plan 1 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Remove Depar ture Remove Arrival or Remove Approach then press the ENT key A confirmation window appears listing the procedure that is about to be removed with OK highlighted Press the ENT key to remove the procedure To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL then press the ENT key Closest Point of FPL Closest Point of FPL calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes from a reference waypoint It may also be used to create a new user waypoint along the flight plan a
233. ght Plan Page 1 190 00498 00 Rev A With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan Page options window Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Restore Defaults and press the ENT key MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Shortcuts A number of shortcuts are available to save time when using the Active Flight Plan Page These shortcuts speed the process of removing approaches departures and arrivals and aid in selecting a specific flight plan leg for navigation guidance On the preceding page options to remove approaches departures and arrivals were introduced This process may also be completed using the CLR key as described below To remove an approach departure or arrival using the CLR key 1 With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed press the small FMS knob to activate the Cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the title for the approach departure or arrival you wish to delete Titles appear in white directly above the procedure s waypoints Press the CLR key to display a confirmation window With OK highlighted press the ENT key to remove the selected procedure This same process may also be used to remove individual waypoints from the active flight plan To remove a waypoint using the CLR key 1 With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed press the small FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the iden tifier
234. ging the Map Scale 7 34 ChannelList 8 24 Channels 8 25 CHNL softkey 8 25 City Forecast Data 8 11 CLEAR softkey 8 6 Closest point of flight plan 7 62 Closest Point of FPL 2 40 2 41 CLR key 2 30 Code Transponder 2 23 Code selection softkeys 4 1 4 4 CODE softkey 2 6 2 8 2 23 4 1 Communication COM Frequency Window 2 2 2 21 COM channel spacing 3 6 7 123 COM Configuration 7 122 COM frequency window 3 1 COM tuning knob 3 3 3 4 3 5 COM volume squelch knob 3 3 3 6 Controls 3 1 Controls display bezel 1 7 Convective SIGMET 8 18 Copy a flight plan 7 66 COUNTY softkey 8 20 County Warnings 8 11 Course Deviation Indicator CDI 2 15 2 17 Course Pointer 2 15 2 17 Create a new flight plan 7 66 Create a new waypoint 7 103 Customized Display 8 3 CYCLONE softkey 8 20 Cylinder Head Temperature CHT 6 3 Cylinder Select 6 6 CYL SLCT softkey 6 6 D Database 1 11 Database A 1 Data link 1 1 Date Time box 7 116 dBZ 8 16 DCLTR softkey 2 5 2 7 2 28 Declutter 2 5 2 28 Decluttering 7 13 Default power on settings 5 4 Delete all flight plans 7 68 Delete all user waypoints 7 101 Delete a flight plan 7 67 Delete a user waypoint 7 103 Delete a waypoint 7 58 Density Altitude 7 108 Departure Load 2 38 Remove 2 40 Select 2 38 2 39 2 44 Departure Procedures 7 83 Departure timer 7 110 DFLTS softkey 2 5 2 7 Digital Audio entertainment 8 23 Digital audio entertainment 1 3 Dilution of Precision
235. glideslope receiver 1 and or receiver 2 The receiver G S2 SERVICE G S2 needs service may still be available The G1000 system should be serviced when possible Return unit for repair GEA 71 Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments GEA1 CONFIG GEA1 configuration The GEA 71 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration error Config service req d memory The G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GEA1 software mismatch Communication halted BACKUP PATH EIS using backup The GEA 71 is using a backup communication path The G1000 system should be data path serviced when possible The GEA 71 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be serviced 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI 9 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GTX 33 Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments O XPDR1 CONFIG XPDR1 contig error Config service req d MANIFEST GTX1 software mismatch Communication halted BACKUP PATH XPDR1 using backup data path GRS 77 Message Advisories The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory The G1000 system should be serviced The transponder has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be serviced The 1 transponder is using a backup communications path The G1000 system should be serviced
236. guration COM channel spacing is configured through the MFD on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page group AUTOMATIC SQUELCH Automatic squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received while still providing reasonable sensitivity to weak COM signals To disable auto squelch press the VOL PUSH SQ knob When automatic squelch is disabled COM audio reception is always on Continuous static noise is heard over the speaker and phones and an RX indication appears on the display 135 188 RX 126 058 com UB RX 12 1 900 cor Figure 3 11 Overriding Automatic Squelch To enable automatic squelch press the VOL PUSH SQ knob again 3 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill SELECTING A COM RADIO The desired COM radio is selected by pressing the COM MIC keys on the audio panel When the COM MIC key is annunciated the associated active COM frequency is displayed in green in the COM Frequency window Top section of the audio panel 126 050 com 8 588 o 121 988 cou This COM radio is selected on the audio panel 135 189 Figure 3 12 Selecting a COM Radio A NOTE When PA mode is selected on the audio panel the COM MIC annunciator is no longer lit and the active COM frequency changes to white indicating that there is no COM activity NOTE Refer to the Audio Panel section for more details on transceiver selection 190 00498 00 Rev A EMERGENCY FREQUENCY 121 500 MHZ In case
237. h receiver Select the correct frequency for the approach SLCT NAV Select NAV on CDI for The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver Set the CDI approach to the correct NAV receiver Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position oo Pelee cee es The traffic information system TIS has failed The G1000 system should be serviced ia PIE Sone Stormscope has failed The G1000 system should be serviced BACKUP PATH Stormscope using Stormscope is using the backup communication path The G1000 system should be backup path serviced when possible NO WGS84 WPT Non WGS 84 The selected waypoint xxxx does not use the WGS 84 datum Cross check position waypoint for navigation Xxxx with alternate navigation sources 9 18 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Appendices 190 00498 00 Rev A SD CARD USE The G1000 system uses Secure Digital SD cards to load and store various types of data For basic flight operations SD cards are required for terrain database storage as well as aviation database updates AVIATION DATABASE Jeppesen aviation databases are released every 28 days and are provided directly to the pilot by Jeppesen Updates must be loaded to both the MFD and PFD using an aviation database update SD card provided by Jeppesen The card reader downloads the aviation database files and stores them in the PFD and MFD i
238. h the MED on the High Speed Data Bus A subscription to the XM Satellite Radio service is required for the GDL 69 694 to be used e GTX 33 The GTX 33 is a solid state Mode S transponder that provides Modes A C and S operation The GTX 33 is controlled through the PFD and communicates with both GIA 63s through an RS 222 digital interface TU 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III SYSTEM OVERVIEW High Speed Data Bus Ethernet GMA 1347 PFD Audio Panel GDU 1040 GDU 1040 MFD Reversionary Control Reversionary Control GDC 74A Air Data Computer No 1 GIA 63 OAT No 2 GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Unit UE Integrated Avionics Unit Vertical Speed System Inegration Processors I O Processors VHF COM System Integration Processors I O Processors VHF COM VHF NAV LOC VHF NAV LOC GPS penal GPS Glideslope Glideslope Attitude GPS Output Rate of Turn GPS Output Slip Skid GMU 44 Magnetometer ecg Honeywell KAP 140 Autopilot If equipped GEA 71 Engine Airframe Unit Figure 1 1 Basic G1000 System 1 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A SYSTEM OVERVIEW High Speed Data Bus Ethernet No 2 GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Unit GDL 69 69A System Integration Processors Data Link niece Real time Weather VHF NAV LOC Digital Audio Entertainment GPS Glideslope 2e E Hone
239. hange the map range 1 Turn the joystick clockwise to zoom out or turn the Joystick counter clockwise to zoom in Map ranges are 2 nm 6 nm and 12 nm NOTE Traffic Advisory System TAS data and Traffic Information System TIS data are mutually exclusive IfTAS is configured optional its traffic data is used If TIS is configured its traffic data is displayed 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Operating Mode Once the aircraft is airborne determined by system configuration at the time of installation the system switches from standby mode to operating mode The G1000 displays TIS OPERATING in the upper left hand corner of the display and begins to display traffic on the Traffic or Map Page The TIS Traffic Advisory TA should alert the crew to use additional vigilance to identify the intruding aircraft Any time the traffic symbol becomes a yellow circle or a voice warning is announced conduct a visual search for the intruder Maintain visual contact to ensure safe operation Once the aircraft is on the ground determined by system configuration at the time of installation the system switches from operating mode to standby mode The Traffic Map Page displays TIS STANDBY e STANDBY when the Traffic Map Page displays TIS STANDBY in the status box located in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page the TIS system is in standby mode and cannot display traffic data OPERATE when the Traffi
240. has no information about storms directly over the site The resolution of displayed NEXRAD data is 2 kilo meters Therefore when zoomed in on the display each square block is 2 kilometers The intensity level reflected by the square will be the highest level sampled within the 2 kilometer square area NEXRAD Intensity Colors are used to identify the different NEXRAD echo intensities reflectivity measured in dBZ decibels of Z Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver Reflectivity designated by the letter Z covers a wide range of signals from very weak to very strong So a more convenient number for calculations and compari son a decibel or logarithmic scale dBZ is used The dBZ values increase as the strength of the signal returned to the radar increases 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A ECHO TOP press the ECHO TOP softkey to show the location elevation and direction of the high est radar echo This may not indicate the top of a storm or clouds only the highest radar return echo The information is derived from NEXRAD information and indicates the highest altitude at which precipitation is falling ECHO TOPS and Radar coverage are activated at the same time ECHO TOPS are mutually exclusive from both NEXRAD and CLOUD TOPS that is when ECHO TOPS is activated NEXRAD and CLOUD TOPS are removed Refer to the Legend for a descrip tion of the ECHO TOPS coding
241. he ENT key Figure 2 31 DME Selection Window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 19 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Navigation Source To enable disable OBS mode while navigating with GPS NOTE OBS is only available with the active flight 1 Press the OBS softkey to select OBS Mode plan leg when navigating under GPS 2 Turnthe small CRS knob to select the desired course TO FROM the waypoint The HSI can display two sources of navigation GPS or NAV VOR localizer and glideslope In GPS mode the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically Enabling OBS mode suspends auto sequencing of waypoints but retains the current active to waypoint as the navigation reference even after the waypoint is passed When OBS is disabled the GPS returns to normal operation with automatic sequencing of waypoints OBS mode also allows the pilot to set the desired course TO FROM a waypoint 3 Press the OBS softkey again to return to normal operation Color indicates the current navigation source magenta GPS or green VOR and LOC As the user crosses the MAP SUSP appears on the HSI in place of OBS and the OBS softkey now reads SUSP indicating that automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended at the MAP The following yellow annunciations may appear on the HSI e INTEG RAIM not available WARN GPS detects position error To change between navigation sources 1 Press the CDI softkey to ch
242. he Frequency box and press the ENT key to load the frequency into the tuning box of the NAV Frequency window Figure 3 26 NRST Nearest VOR Window 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 15 NAV COM NRST Nearest Frequencies Windows To view a nearest WX frequency and load it The Nearest Frequencies window displays a list of into the standby frequency field nearest ARTCC FSS and WX frequencies For frequency 1 Press the WX softkey to activate the selection selection the cursor can be activated on the ARTCC FSS cursor in the Nearest WX window or WX windows by using the ARTCC FSS and WX 2 Turn the FMS knob to highlight the desired softkeys frequency The Nearest ARTCC and FSS frequency windows 3 Pressthe ENT key to load the desired frequency contain a numbered list of names as well as bearing and into the tuning box distance information from the transmitting antenna To view a nearest ARTCC or FSS frequency and load it into the standby frequency field 1 Press the ARTCC or the FSS softkey to activate NEAREST ARTCC 5 ATLANTA LOW ARTCC the selection cursor in the Nearest window ERG 7143 ors 52MH 2 Turn the small FMS knob to scroll through 123 960 the list of names then the large FMS knob to avrg highlight the desired trequency A TEE 3 Pressthe ENT key to load the desired frequency mo 28 ors 16 into the COM tuning box pees NEAREST WX KFFC KRYY KRYY KCCO KLZU KVPC
243. he MFD Data Bar is given in the System Setup Section Navigation Map Page Options Menu The Navigation Map Page can be customized using op tions listed in the Navigation Map Page menu To display the menu press the MENU key with the Navigation Map Page displayed Two options are available Map Setup and Measure Bearing Distance Map Setup The first option is Map Setup which is used to config ure the Navigation Map Page including map orientation land data enable disable Jeppesen data enable disable automatic zoom airspace boundaries and text size Map Group Options MAP SETUP rJ ORIENTATION Northup AUTO ZOOM On LAND DATA 4 On TRACK VECTOR Off gt WIND VECTOR Off NAY RANGE RING Off TOPO DATA On 150 NH TOPO SCALE OFF gt TERRAIN DATA 4 n 158NH OBSTACLE DATA 4 n 15NH FUEL RNG RSW OFF 0045 Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bese poge Figure 7 13 Map Group Setup Options Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Orientation To change the map orientation There are four map orientation selections North up 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press Track up DTK up and HDG up the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map North up fixes the top of the map to a north head Setup option ing Track up adjusts the top of the map display to the 2 Press
244. he NAV or COM Frequency window To display the entire list of frequencies for a nearby airport and load a frequency from NEAREST AIRPORTS CAD 1 5 7 INFORMATION EACH STAI that list 1 On the Nearest Airports Window press the FMS knob to activate the cursor in the Nearest Airports Window 2 Turn the FMS knob to scroll through the list of nearest airport identifiers until the desired airport is highlighted 3 Pressthe FREQ softkey to activate the selection cursor in the Frequencies box 4 Turn the FMS knob to scroll through the list of frequencies for the selected airport 5 When the desired frequency is highlighted press the ENT key to load this frequency into the tuning box of the NAV or COM Frequency window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill RUNWAYS 1 TURF SURFAC s wi us 2815FT FREQUENCIES ICOM Figure 3 25 NRST Nearest Airport Window 190 00498 00 Rev A NAV COM NRST Nearest VOR Window The Nearest VOR window displays a list of VORs IE e together with related information including the VOR BE o frequency Pk To load a VOR frequency into the NAV window iind SENN o 1 On the Nearest VOR Window press the FMS WF s knob to activate the Nearest VOR window area 2 Turn the FMS knob to scroll through the list Kcti ee of nearest VORs until the desired VOR is V 36 08 22 highlighted FREQUENCY 114 18 3 Pressthe FREQ softkey to activate the selection cursor in t
245. he Quadrangle Abbey Park Industrial Estate Romsey Hampshire 051 9DL U K Tel 44 0870 8501241 Fax 44 0870 8501251 Garmin Corporation No 68 Jangshu 2nd Road Shijr Taipei County Taiwan Tel 886 02 2642 9199 Fax 886 02 2642 9099 Web Site Address www garmin com Except as expressly provided herein no part of this manual may be reproduced copied transmitted disseminated downloaded or stored in any storage medium for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin Garmin hereby grants permission to download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited Garmin is a registered trademark of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries and G1000 is a trademark of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin Bendix King and Honeywell are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc Silver Crown Plus is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc NavData is a registered trademark of Jeppesen Inc Stormscope and Skywatch are registered trademarks of L 3 Communications TCAD is a registered trademark
246. he appropriate flight ID on the PFD After the correct Flight ID is entered the aircraft identification reported in response to ATC radar interrogations is properly correlated with the associated call sign for voice communication The flight ID is not to exceed seven 7 characters No space is needed when entering Flight ID When a Flight ID contains a space the system automatically removes it upon completion of Flight ID entry See ICAO documents 8168 4444 and 8585 for further details If the Flight ID is set to SAME AS TAIL no entry is required In this configuration the transponder then reports the aircraft registration number to ATC Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Acquisition Squitter Acquisition squitter or short squitter is the transponder 24 bit identification address The transmission is sent periodically regardless of the presence of interrogations The purpose of acquisition squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and Traffic Collision Avoidance System ICAS equipped aircraft to recognize the presence of Mode S equipped aircraft for selective interrogation TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE TIS Mode S provides a data link for Traffic Information Service TIS TIS is a ground based service that sends out location direction altitude and climb descent information relative to all transponder equipped aircraft within a radius of 55 miles from select sites For aircraft not equipped with TCAS or
247. he desired NEL approach is already loaded ACTIVATE VECTOR 10 FINAL 1 Press the PROC key to open the Procedures ev NE window m eid 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the me ACTIVATE APPROACH menu option and AR UTE press the ENT key The approach primary NAV ARRIVAL frequency becomes automatically loaded into the standby field of the selected NAV radio When loading or activating an approach the primary NAV frequency may be loaded into the NAV tuning box by highlighting the frequency in the Select Approach window using the FMS knob then pressing the ENT key Press the PROC key to view the previous poge If the system is in GPS mode when a VOR ILS approach is loaded or activated the approach primary Figure 4 30 Activating an Approach NAV frequency is automatically loaded into the active ce NOTE When a VOR ILS approach has been The NAV frequency is automatically loaded upon activated in GPS mode and the ILS CDI Capture vector to final activation An approach can also be option is set to AUTO the system switches to activated with the MENU key when the Flight Plan NAV mode as the final approach course is window is open intercepted within 15 nm from the FAF See the Multi Function Display section for details 3 18 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Transponder 4 1 TRANSPONDER DESCRIPTION The GTX 33 transponder is integrated into the G1000 system o
248. he flashing cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired ARRIVAL ALERT distance field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Audio Alerts The Audio Alert section of the System Setup Page gives you the option of selecting a male or female voice for au dio alerts To change the audio alert voice 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired VOICE field in the AUDIO ALERT Dox 4 Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list for the voice 5 Turn the FMS knob to highlight male or female 6 Press the ENT key MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY MFD Data Bar Fields The MFD Nav Data Bar Fields section of the System Setup Page displays the current configuration of the Nav data MFD bar fields The Nav Data Bar Fields section of the System Setup Page allows you to configure the four Nav data bar fields to the following values Bearing BRG Distance DIS Desired Track DTK En Route Safe Altitude ESA Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Estimated Time En Route ETE Ground Speed GS Minimum Safe Altitude MSA Track Angle Error TKE Track TRK Vertical Speed Required VSR e Crosstrack Error XTK The detault settings are Field 1 Ground speed GS Field 2
249. he graphical flight planning feature is activated using the Navigation Map Page and the Active Flight Plan Page To create a Point n Shoot flight plan ia 2 190 00498 00 Rev A Push the Joystick to turn the map cursor on Select the Active Flight Plan Page and press the FMS knob to highlight the list of waypoints Waypoints are inserted ABOVE the highlighted row if the cursor is on Waypoints are inserted at the END of the flight plan if the cursor is off To insert waypoints use the map cursor to point at the desired waypoint it will become visually enhanced when it is properly pointed to and press the LD WPT softkey Existing user waypoints are inserted in the same manner MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY If the selected waypoint is not a Jeppesen waypoint Airport or Navaid or user waypoint the G1000 creates a user waypoint beginning with USR0O0 at the point and inserts it into the flight plan The pilot can also create and insert a user waypoint by pointing at a blank spot on the nav map and pressing LD WPT This creates a user waypoint at the map cursor and inserts it into the flight plan Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 69 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY VERTICAL NAVIGATION VNAV PAGE a NOTE An active flight plan or Direct to must be The Vertical Navigation Page allows the creation of a entered in order to utilize VNAV three dimensional profile which guides the aircraft from its present posit
250. he large FMS knob to highlight the flight ID field Turn the FMS knobs to enter the desired flight ID Press the ENT key to update the flight ID Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Vspeeds and Vspeed Bug Status NOTE Default settings are automatically restored when power is cycled Vspeed values for the aircraft can be found in the Aircraft Flight Manual AFM The Vspeeds can be changed and the Vspeed bug can be turned ON or OFF To change Vspeeds and turn the Vspeed bug ON or OFF 1 Press the TMR REF softkey then turn the large FMS knob to highlight the field of the Vspeed to be changed Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired speed and press the ENT key when a speed has been changed an asterisk appears next to the speed The ON OFF field is now highlighted To change each setting individually turn the small FMS knob in the direction of the green arrowhead All Vspeed references can be changed simulta neously by pressing the MENU key and selecting All References ON or All References OFF then by pressing the ENT key To restore all defaults 1 From the Timer References Window press the MENU key Turn the FMS knob to highlight Restore Defaults and press the ENT key Press the TMR REF softkey to remove the window 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Nearest Airports Window To view information about an airport Pressing the NRST softkey enables d
251. he system can store up to 99 flight plans with up to 31 waypoints in each flight plan To create a new flight plan 1 Press the FPL key then press the FMS knob to activate the cursor The waypoint field is now highlighted 2 Turn the small FMS knob to activate the Waypoint Information Window 3 Turn the FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the airport waypoint and press the ENT key The system returns to the Flight Plan Window with the cursor flashing on the next waypoint field 4 Repeat step 3 above to enter the identifier for each additional waypoint 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Activate Leg Activate leg selects the highlighted leg as the active leg the flight plan leg which is currently used for navigation guidance To activate a flight plan along a specific leg 1 From the active Flight Plan Window press the FMS knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired desti nation waypoint 2 Pressthe MENU key highlight Activate Leg and press the ENT key A confirmation window is displayed with ACTIVATE highlighted Press the ENT key KLWC TOP Course 292 from KLWC to TOP ACTIVATEB N02 8 Figure 2 54 Activate Leg Confirmation Window Store Flight Plan NOTE The active flight plan is erased when the unit is turned off and when another flight plan is activated When storing flight plans with an approach departure or arrival the G1
252. he top of the display From here the pilot can designate the waypoint as the Direct to destination When the panning arrow crosses an airspace boundary the boundary is highlighted and airspace infor mation is displayed at the top of the display To remove the panning arrow and return to the present position push in the joystick 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Distance bearing and elevation Latitude and longitude position of pointer ELEV rr wHAX 10429 TERRATH Panning Arrow as EMIT ou 2 E AHAB HE rol Er rS ESU gt B rr 1888rr 15ilHH TU HA Figure 7 10 Map Panning 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 15 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Displaying Topographic Data on the Navigation To display topographic data on the Naviga Map Page tion Map Page 1 Press the MAP softkey The Navigation Map Page displays various shades of topography land colors representing the rise and fall of 2 land elevation similar to aviation sectional charts The Navigation Map Page can display a topographic scale representing various key points of terrain elevation colors with their associated elevation value labeled ELEV FT MAX 990 MIN __ 84 Press the TOPO softkey Topo data can also be displayed on the Navigation Map Page by using the On Off topo data map setup feature See the Navigation Map Page setup menu sec tion On screen map max
253. he unit is turned off To cancel a Direct to 1 Press the Direct to key to display the Direct to Page 2 Press the MENU key to display the Direct to options menu 3 With Cancel Direct To NAV highlighted press the ENT key If a flight plan is still active the G1000 resumes navigating the flight plan along the closest leg PAGE MENU OPTIONS Cancel Direct To N V Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 7 34 Canceling Direct to Navigation MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Specifying a Course to a Waypoint During a Direct to the G1000 sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination The course to the destination using the course field on the Direct to Page can be manually defined To manually define the Direct to course 1 Press the Direct to key 2 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to select the destination waypoint 3 Press the ENT key to confirm the selected waypoint then turn the large FMS knob to highlight the course field 4 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to select the desired course and press the ENT key 5 Press the ENT key again to begin navigation using the selected destination and course DIRECT TO IDENT FACILITY CITY ATR WATERLOO WATERLOO DE FPL NRST WAYPOINTS LE COURSE Figure 7 35 Manual Course Direct to 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 53 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 7 FLIGHT PLANS The G1000 can creat
254. hen press the ENT key SELECT DEPARTURE KSEA 4 SEATTLE M SEATTLE TACOMA TNTL DEPARTURE RUNWAY TRANSITION LOAD Figure 2 61 Departure Transition With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key SELECT DEPARTURE KSEA P SEATTLE WA SEATTLE TACOMA INTL DEPARTURE SUMMA6 RW16B RUNWAY TRANSITION BKE Figure 2 62 Select Departure Window PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Load Arrival Load Arrival allows the pilot to select a published standard terminal arrival route STAR for the destination airport or replace a current arrival with a new selection NOTE The PROC key can also be used to load a departure an approach or an arrival NOTE When adding an arrival to an active flight plan the pilot may need to remove a duplicate destination waypoint from the flight plan list To select an arrival for a direct to or flight plan destination airport 1 6 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Load Arrival then press the ENT key A window appears listing the available arrivals for the destination airport Turn the FMS knob to select the desired arrival then press the ENT key A window appears listing available transitions for the arrival Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transi tion waypoint then press the ENT key A window may appear listing runways for the arrival Turn the FMS knob to select the desir
255. hey can be used in conjunction with the G1000 PC training simulator software for practice in learning what types of approaches the G1000 supports 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 7 9 WAYPOINT PAGE GROUP Page Selection The Airport Information Page can be selected by pressing the INFO softkey or by the procedure given tion for thousands of airports VORs NDBs intersections below The Departure Arrival and Approach pages must runways frequencies and procedures In addition a user be selected from the Airport Information Page using their waypoint information page displays information for up to corresponding softkeys DP STAR APR To select any 1 000 user created waypoints The Waypoint Group con remaining page sists of the following pages The Waypoint Page Group WPT provides informa 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the WPT page group WPT appears in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired WPT page Airport Information Page INFO Departure Information Page DP Arrival Information Page STAR Approach Information Page APR ntersection Information Page NDB Information Page VOR Information Page User Waypoint Information Page NORTH UP AIRPORT LONG EAKE Waypoint Identifier RUNWAYS ee Airpor
256. ht Plan Leg Confirmation 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Store Flight Plan Whenever an approach departure or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan a set of approach departure or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument procedure the pilot selected The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active unless an instrument procedure is activated which may be done when the procedure is loaded or at a later time Flight plans can also be stored with an approach departure or arrival The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned off and overwrit ten when another flight plan is activated When storing flight plans with an approach departure or arrival the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints If the da tabase is changed or updated the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been modified If an approach departure or arrival procedure is no longer available the procedure is deleted from the flight plan and an alert is displayed MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To store an existing flight plan 1 From the Flight Plan Page press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Page options Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Store Flight Plan and
257. ht plan 7 27 7 51 Active Flight Plan Page 7 54 Active Flight Plan Page options 7 54 Active trequency 3 2 ADF Radio 2 18 Advisory 2 24 2 46 2 47 ADVISORY softkey 2 47 Age stamp 8 22 AHRS 1 2 1 14 9 14 Aircraft alerts 9 3 Aircratt heading data 8 7 AIRMET 8 18 Airport frequency 7 129 Airport Frequency Information field 7 79 Airport Information Page 8 11 8 14 Airport Information Window 2 33 2 34 Airport Runway Information Field 7 80 Airport Symbols 7 12 Airspace 7 12 Airspace boundaries 7 28 Airspace messages 139 Airspeed Indicator 2 2 2 9 Airspeed Trend Vector 2 9 Air Data Computer 1 1 1 2 Alerting system 9 1 Alerts 9 1 ALERTS softkey 2 5 2 8 2 46 2 47 Alerts Window 2 3 2 46 Alert levels 9 2 Alert Pop Up 7 46 7 47 7 48 Altimeter 2 2 2 12 2 13 Altitude butter 7 120 Altitude Display Mode 8 10 Altitude Reference Box 2 2 2 12 Altitude Reference Bug 2 12 Altitude Trend Vector 2 12 190 00498 00 Rev A ALT softkey 2 6 2 8 2 23 4 3 Ammeter 6 4 Annunciation Window 2 3 2 46 Annunciator lights 5 4 Approach Activate 2 44 2 45 Load 2 40 Remove 2 40 Select 2 40 2 42 Approach C 1 C 4 Approach es 7 72 Approach Information Page 7 81 Approach markers Outer Middle Inner 5 6 Signal sense marker 5 6 Approach Page menu 7 87 APR softkey 7 86 ARINC 429 1 2 ARINC leg types 7 73 Arrival Load 2 39 Remove 2 40 Select 2 39 2 43 Arrivals and departures 7 72 Arri
258. iation or Acronym Definition ADF AF AFM AFMS AGL AHRS AIM AIRMET ALT AMPS ANNUNC APPR APR APT ARINC ARSPC ARTCC ARV AS ASB AIC ATCRBS AUTOSEQ AUX B ALT BARO BKSP BRG C CA CALC CD CDI CDU CF CHT CHKLIST CHNL CI CLD CLR COM CONFIG COPLT CR CRG CRNT CRS CRSR 190 00498 00 Rev A Automatic Direction Finder Arc to fix Aircraft Flight Manual Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement Above Ground Level Attitude and Heading Reference System Airman s Information Manual Airman s Meteorological Information Altitude Amperes Annunciation Approach Approach Airport Aeronautical Radio Incorporated Airspace Air Route Traffic Control Center Arrival Airspeed Aviation Support Branch Air Traffic Control ATC Radar Beacon System Automatic Sequence Auxiliary Barometric Altitude Barometer Backspace Bearing Celsius Course to Altitude Calculator Course to DME distance Course Deviation Indicator Control Display Unit Course to Fix Cylinder Head Temperature Checklist Channel Course to Intercept Cloud Clear Communication Radio Configuration Co pilot Course to Radial Cockpit Reference Guide Current Course Cursor APPENDIX B Abbreviation or Acronym Definition CTRL CVR CVRG CYL D ALT DB DBASE DBZ DEC FUEL DECLIR DEP DF DFLT DFLIS DIS DME DOP DP DSBL DIK ECU EGT EIS ELEV EMI ENDUR ENGD ENR ENT EPE ERR ESA ETA ETE EXPIRD FA FAA
259. iations of the system perform the following steps 1 While the TAWS Page is displayed press the MENU key 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select Test TAWS 3 Press the ENT key During the test TAWSTEST is displayed in the center of the TAWS Page When all is in working order TAWS System Test OK will be heard Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance FLTA The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance alert is composed of two sub functions Reduced Required Terrain Clearance RTC and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance ROC This provides alerts when the aircraft flight path is above terrain and or obstacles yet is projected to come within minimum clearance values outlined in the following table When an RTC or ROC alert is issued a potential impact point is displayed on the TAWS Page as a yellow or red X Imminent Terrain Impact ITI and Imminent Obstacle Impact 101 This provides alerts when the current aircratt altitude is below the elevation of terrain in the aircrafts projected path and the vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearence values outlined in the following table ITI and IOI alerts are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS Page as a yellow or red X Phase of Flight Level Flight Descending ot 350 ft 300 f Approach 150 ft 100 ft mi w During the final approach phase of flight RTC ROC ITI I
260. icator 3 3 3 5 3 8 IFR conditions 8 18 Imminent Terrain Impact 7 42 Impact point 7 42 INFO softkey 3 11 8 25 Inhibit 7 42 Inhibit TAWS 7 42 Initialization system 1 10 Inset Map 2 3 2 5 2 27 2 29 INSET softkey 2 5 2 7 2 27 2 29 INTEG Annunciation 2 20 Intercom system ICS 5 8 5 9 Intruder aircraft 8 10 Invert and activate a flight plan 7 66 Invert flight plan 7 58 IOI 7 42 7 47 9 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III INDEX ITI 7 42 J Jeppesen A 1 Joystick bezel 1 7 K Key s 1 8 1 9 CLR 1 7 COM Frequency Toggle 1 7 Direct to 1 7 ENT 1 7 FPL 1 7 MENU 1 7 NAV Frequency Toggle 1 7 PROC 1 7 Knob s ALT 1 7 COM 1 7 COM VOL SQ 1 7 CRS BARO 1 7 FMS 1 7 HDG 1 7 NAV 1 7 NAV VOLIID 1 7 L Land data 7 20 Land group options 7 29 Lateral Deviation Scale 2 15 Leaning Engine 6 6 Lean Page 6 6 6 8 LEAN softkey 6 6 LEGEND 8 19 LEGEND softkey 8 19 Lighted obstacle 7 45 Lightning Information 2 5 2 29 Liquid crystal displays 7 1 Loading Departure options 7 59 Load an Arrival 7 60 Load approach 7 61 Load departure 7 59 INDEX Localized SIGMET 8 18 Long range planning 8 1 LRU s 1 1 LRU Information Window 8 27 Lubber Line 2 15 Magnetic Variation 7 93 Magnetometer 1 1 1 2 1 14 Manitold Pressure 6 1 Manual sequencing C 2 Manual squelch MAN SQ 5 9 Manual tuning 3 4 MAN IN 6 1 Map Datums 7 118 Map datums D 1 Map group options 7 18 Map Orientation
261. identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT key The G1000 displays the location lat lon bear ing BRG and distance DIST to the closest point along the flight plan from the selected reference waypoint To create a user waypoint at this location and add it to the flight plan highlight LOAD and press the ENT key The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference waypoint Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Change Fields Change Fields allows for the default fields of DTK distan followi ce and DIS distance to be changed to one of the ng CUM cumulative distance DIS distance DTK desired track ESA estimated sate altitude ETA estimated time of arrival ETE estimated time enroute To change either the DTK or the DIS field 1 With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan Page options window 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Change Fields and press the ENT key 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the DIS or the DTK field 4 Turn the FMS knob to display a list of options 5 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired item and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to remove the cursor Restore Defaults Restore Defaults returns the DTK and DIS fields to DTK and DIS To restore the DTK and DIS fields on the Active Fli
262. iew Departure Approach and press the ENT key View Arrival 4 The Active Flight Plan Page is displayed Press Press the FMS CRSR knob to the FPL key to return to the Airport Information return to buse page Approach Page 5 Load and Activate Approach allows you to Figure 7 65 Approach Page Menu load the selected approach into the active flight plan and activate navigation guidance to the approach transition NOTE To load and activate an approach from the Approach Information page follow the steps above but select Load and Activate in step 3 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 87 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY INTERSECTION INFORMATION PAGE ee NOTE The VOR displayed on the Intersection The Intersection Information Page displays the Information Page is the nearest VOR not neces following information for a selected intersection sarily the VOR used to define the intersection Map of surrounding area Intersection Identifier and Symbol e Name General location e atitude longitude degrees minutes or degrees minutes seconds MGRS or UTM UPS e Nearest VOR VORTAC VOR DME identifier symbol bearing distance NORTH UP aus Bre Intersection Name and Symbol INFORMATION GR LKS USA General Location N 43 04 13 W 82 36 90 oo Nearest VOR identifier symbol bearing distance Selected ke Intersection NT 24 SNANTE KRAN A bud 563 ST CLATR 4 ST C
263. ight plan To manually transition to a loaded arrival see the procedure below an alternative method would be to remove the first occurrence of the destination airport identifier To manually transition to a loaded arrival procedure 1 From the Active Flight Plan Page press the FMS knob to activate the cursor and scroll down through the list of loaded arrival waypoints When the desired loaded arrival waypoint is highlighted press the Direct to key then press ENT to highlight the Activate prompt note that any loaded arrival waypoint may be selected Press ENT again to confirm activate Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 85 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY APPROACH INFORMATION PAGE ee A NOTE Not all approaches in the database are approved for GPS use As you select an approach a GPS designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure can be flown using the GPS receiver Some procedures do not have this designation meaning the GPS receiver may be used for supplemental navigation guidance The Approach Information page shows the available approach procedures for a selected airport Where multiple initial approach fixes IAFs and feeder routes are available that information may also be displayed A map image provides a layout diagram for each approach and transition To display the Airport Approach Information only VOR approaches for example must be Page press the APR softkey flown
264. ight plan leg will The approaching flight plan waypoints are too close to allow for smooth turns not be smooth Prepare for steep turns ahead and expect noticeable course deviations APPR INACTV Approach is not The system notities the pilot that the loaded approach is not active Activate ap active proach when required Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position SLCT AUTOSEQ Select auto The system notifies the pilot to select auto sequence mode Press the OBS softkey to sequence mode deactivate the OBS mode SLCT FREQ Select appropriate The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV frequency for approach receiver Select the correct frequency for the approach SLCT NAV Select NAV on CDI for The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver Set the CDI approach to the correct NAV receiver NO WGS84 WPT Non WGS 84 The selected waypoint xxxx does not use the WGS 84 datum Cross check position waypoint for navigation Xxxx with alternate navigation sources oo lel eens The traffic information system TIS has failed The G1000 system should be serviced ia PIE Sone Stormscope has failed The G1000 system should be serviced BACKUP PATH Stormscope using Stormscope is using the backup communication path The G1000 system should be backup path serviced when possible LOCKED FPL Cannot navigate locked This occurs when the pilot attempts to act
265. imum elevation On screen map minimum elevation Aircraft altitude Ground elevation 1 16 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A NOTE Press the TOPO softkey again to remove topo data from the Navigation Map Page When topo data is removed from the page the Jeppesen Nav data is presented on a black background Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Navigation Map Page Terrain and Obstacles can be displayed on the Navigation Map Page by pressing the TERRAIN softkey Terrain symbology mountain icons appear next to the map range in the bottom right corner of the page indicating the presence of terrain data on the map See the Terrain Proximity Page section for a terrain color interpretation chart To display terrain and obstacle data on the Navigation Map Page 1 Press the MAP softkey 2 Press the TERRAIN softkey Press the TERRAIN softkey again to remove terrain data from the Navigation Map Page MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Displaying Traffic on the Navigation Map Page Pressing the TRAFFIC softkey displays Traffic Information Service TIS traffic on the Navigation Map Page TIS is a ground based service providing relative location of all ATCRBS Mode A and Mode C transponder equipped aircraft within a specified service volume The TIS ground sensor uses real time track reports to generate traffic notification Surveillance data includes all transponder equipped air
266. in reversionary No GPS mode so long as the air data and magnetometer inputs are available and valid Air Data Input Failure A failure of the air data input has no effect on AHRS output while AHRS is operating in normal primary mode A failure of the air data input while the AHRS is operating in reversionary No GPS mode results in invalid attitude and heading information on the PFD as indicated by red X flags Magnetometer Failure If the magnetometer input fails the AHRS transitions to one of the reversionary No Magnetometer modes and continues to output valid attitude information However the heading output on the PFD does become invalid as indicated by a red X NOTE Please refer to the Annunciations and Alerts Pilot s Guide for specific AHRS alert information NOTE Pilots should be aware that aggressive maneuvering in any of the three reversionary modes listed below can degrade AHRS accuracy Available AHRS Functions Available Sensor Inputs AHRS Mode Headin GPS Input GMU 44 GDC 74A J At least one Magnetometer Air Data Computer Reversionary No GPS eyelet Pe Reversionary Reversionary No Magnetometer X X X No Air Data Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Primary Flight Display 190 00498 00 Rev A 2 1 INTRODUCTION WARNING In the event that the airspeed attitude altitude or heading indications become unusable
267. ing Airspace Name of the display Status and Time to Entry e Airspace and Agency e Vertical Limits floor ceiling e Airspace Frequencies 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Nearest Airspaces Page KT NORTH UP ATRSPACE ALERTS Airspace Alerts Box AIRSPACE AGENCY Airspace and i SALT LAKE CITY APP Agency VERTICAL LIHITS e a Vertical Limits FREQUENCIES Airspace SLC Frequencies ALIS ATIS Figure 7 90 Nearest Airspaces Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 137 MUTLI FUNCTION DISPLAY Airspace Alerts Box The Airspace Alerts Box displays the Airspace Name Status and Time to Entry The status and time to entry if applicable is based on the following conditions Ifthe projected course will take the aircraft inside an airspace within the next ten minutes the status field shows the airspace as Ahead e If the aircraft is within two nautical miles of an airspace and the current course will take the aircraft inside the status field shows the airspace as Ahead lt 2 nm e If the aircraft is within two nautical miles of an airspace and the current course will not take the aircraft inside the status field shows Within 2 nm e Ifthe aircraft has entered an airspace the status field shows Inside A NOTE The airspace alerts are based on three dimensional data latitude longitude and altitude to avoid nuisance alerts The a
268. ing box large knob for MHz small knob Turn to tune a NAV frequency in the NAV for kHz tuning box large knob for MHz small knob Press to transfer the COM tuning box between for kHz the COMI and COM2 radios Press to transfer the NAV tuning box between the NAV1 and NAV2 radios NAV Controls COM Controls VOL PUSH VOL PUSH ID Knob 9 Knob Frequency Transfer Keys Dual NAV Dual COM Knob Knob Turn to tune desired frequencies Press to change tuning box positions Figure 3 3 NAV COM Controls 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 3 NAV COM TUNING BOX A light blue tuning box is displayed around the radio standby frequency window on both the PFD and MFD Pressing the small COM or NAV knob transfers the tuning box back and forth between the two windows Frequencies located in the standby window are displayed in either white 126 050 com 12 1 388 conz Tuning Box 135 100 Frequency Transfer Arrow Figure 3 4 Frequency Transfer Arrow and Tuning Box SWITCHING BETWEEN RADIOS Pressing the small COM or NAV knob transfers the tuning box between the radio frequency windows When a different COM transceiver is selected on the audio panel the COM frequency tuning box highlights the frequency on both the PFD and MFD When a different NAV radio is selected on the HSI the NAV frequency tuning box highlights the frequency on the PFD and MFD The NAV frequency tun
269. ing box does not change when GPS mode is selected Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 135 100 126 650 com 3 588 gt 12 1 900 comz Pushing the small COM knob switches the tuning box from one COM radio to the other Figure 3 5 Switching COM Radios nav1109 90 gt nav2 110 60 ae the small NAV knob switches the 0 111 60 GM tuning box from one NAV radio to the other Figure 3 6 Switching NAV Radios MANUALLY TUNING A FREQUENCY The dual COM and dual NAV frequency knobs are used for manual COM and NAV radio tuning The frequencies are tuned in the standby field The MHz frequency digits are tuned with the large COM and NAV knobs The kHz frequency digits are tuned with the small COM and NAV knobs Turning the knobs clockwise increases frequency Turning the knobs counterclockwise decreases frequency 190 00498 00 Rev A NAV COM RADIO INDICATORS nav1 118 75 RX During COM signal reception a white RX VOLUME 23 1 08 MEM appears by the active COM frequency TX During COM transmission a white TX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the 139 675 Frequency Transfer Arrow Figure 3 9 COM and NAV Volume Levels FREQUENCY TRANSFER ARROW Jt The Frequency Transfer Arrow is displayed between 180 Tx 118 400 conz the COM and NAV active and standby frequencies for Figure 3 7 COM Radio Status Indications the active radio Pressing the Frequency Transfer key toggles the f
270. ion alert is also accompanied by a flashing CAUTION softkey annunciation as shown in Figure 9 3 Pressing the CAUTION soitkey acknowledges the presence of the caution alert Figure 9 3 CAUTION Softkey Annunciation MESSAGE ADVISORY This level of alert provides general information to the pilot A message advisory alert does not issue annunciations in the Annuncia tion Window Instead message advisory alerts only issue a flashing ADVISORY softkey annunciation as shown in Figure 9 4 Pressing the ADVISORY softkey acknowledges the presence of the message advisory alert and displays the alert text message in the Alerts Window ADVISORY Figure 9 4 ADVISORY Softkey Annunciation 9 2 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 9 3 CESSNA NAV III AIRCRAFT 9 4 CO GUARDIAN MESSAGES ALERTS Alerts Window Message Comments Ihe following alerts are configured specifically for CO DET SRVC The carbon There is a problem within Cessna Nav III aircraft See the appropriate Aircraft Flight monoxide detector needs the CO Guardian that Manual for recommended pilot actions anie requires services WARNING Alerts CO DET FAIL The carbon Loss of communication monoxide detector is inopera between the G1000 and tive the CO Guardian Annunciation Window Text Audio Alert Continuous Aural Tone Continuous Aural Tone Continuous Aural Tone Continuous Aural Tone N
271. ion Page press the DP softkey To scroll through the available departures 1 2 190 00498 00 Rev A Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to place the cursor on the Departure procedure name field Turn the FMS knob to display a window of available departures for the selected airport Continue turning the small FMS knob to select the desired departure Press the ENT key The cursor moves to the runway field Turn the small FMS knob to display a window of available runways Continue turning the small FMS knob to select the desired runway Press the ENT key The cursor moves to the Transitions field Turn the small FMS knob to display a window of available transitions Continue turning the FMS knob to select the desired transition Press the ENT key To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY A NOTE ALL may appear in the runway field indicating the departure procedure applies to all runways For airports with parallel runways B may appear at the end of the runway designation to indicate the departure procedure applies to both runways A departure can be loaded from the Departure Infor mation Page To load a departure procedure from the Departure Information Page 1 Select the desired departure runway and transi tion using the steps described previously 2 Press MENU to display the Airport Departure Page Options 3 Turn the F
272. ion airport Turn the FMS knob to highlight the desired approach and press the ENT key A second window is displayed listing avail able transitions for the approach Turn the FMS knob to highlight the desired transition waypoint and press the ENT key The vectors option assumes the pilot will receive vectors to the final course segment of the approach and will provide navigation guidance to intercept this final course Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Load or Activate and press the ENT key Load adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the approach for navigation guidance MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigating until cleared for the approach but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed Activate adds the approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN KOJE KSUC FLIGHT PLAN INFO REMAINING DISTANCE TOTAL DISTANCE FPL EST SAFE ALT FFL Figure 7 45 Flight Plan with Loaded Approach Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 61 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Remove a Departure Arrival or Approach 1 62 Remove Departure deletes the current DP from the active flight plan Remove Arrival deletes the current STAR from the active flight plan e Remove Approach deletes the currently selected approach from the active flight plan
273. ion and altitude to a final target altitude at a specified location This is helpful when you would A like to descend to a certain altitude near an airport or climb to an altitude before reaching a route or Direct to waypoint Once the profile is defined message alerts and additional data on the Navigation Map Page keep the pilot informed of progress To create a vertical navigation profile NOTE To display terrain or topo data on the Verti cal Navigation Map Page press the MAP softkey Press the TOPO TERRAIN or LTNG softkey Press the same softkey to remove the displayed data from the Vertical Navigation Page 1 Select the Vertical Navigation Page 2 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 3000FT LEGEND TARGET ALTITUDE TOP OF DESCENT BOTTOM OF CLIMB TERRAIN 10 FT 1888rr Figure 7 51 Vertical Navigation VNAV Page 1 10 Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A With the TARGET ALTITUDE field highlighted turn the small and large FMS knobs to select the target altitude and press the ENT key Turn the small FMS knob to select Above Wpt AGL or MSL and press the ENT key Above Whpt uses the altitude of a destination airport MSL lets you set a specific target alti tude for any waypoint category airport VOR NDB intersection or user waypoint Turn the small and large FMS knobs to select a distance from the target reference wayp
274. ion to ATC e DME optional Displays DME Tuning Window TMR REF Displays Timer References Window e OBS Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navi e NRST Displays Nearest Airports Window gating by GPS only available with active leg ALERTS Displays Alerts Window e XPDR Displays transponder mode selection softkeys STBY Selects standby mode ON Selects Mode A ALT Selects altitude reporting mode VFR Automatically enters the VFR code 1200 in the U S A only CODE Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0 7 0 through 7 Use numbers to enter code IDENT Provides special aircraft position identification to Air Traffic Control ATC BKSP Removes numbers entered one by one BACK Returns to previous level softkeys IDENT Provides special aircraft position identi fication to ATC BACK Returns to previous level softkeys 2 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY optional optional optional V3 S DO V n V3 V V3 D Press the BACK or OFF softkey to return to the top level softkeys Figure 2 6 PFD Softkey Flow Chart 1 PFD optional pmnsnnunnno n n Press the DFLTS softkey to change the PFD metric values to standard Press the STD BARO or BACK softkeys to return to the top level softkeys Figure 2 7 PFD Softkey Flow Chart 2 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 2 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPL
275. ional categories is PRESETS if the user de sires to view what channels have been programmed All Categories Decades Country Hits Christian Rock Urban Jazz amp Blues Lifestyle Dance Figure 8 13 Categories List To select a category 1 Press the CATGRY softkey key on the XM Radio Page 2 Turn the small FMS knob to display the Cat egories list Figure 9 13 Highlight the desired category with the small FMS knob and press the ENT key Selecting All Categories places the channels from All Categories in the Chan nels field press the CAT and CAT softkeys to cycle through the categories Volume The Volume control Figure 8 14 sets the audio vol ume level as well as mutes the audio Pressing the VOL softkey brings up the Volume bar graph muting softkey and the Volume control softkeys Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill C 2 Figure 8 14 Volume Control To adjust the volume 1 With the XM Radio Page displayed press the VOL softkey 2 Press the VOL softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL softkey to increase volume once the VOL softkey is pressed the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS knob Pressing the MUTE softkey toggles the muting of the radio audio volume Automatic Muting XM Radio audio will be automatically muted when the aircraft groundspeed exceeds approximately 30 kts and the airspeed is less than approximately 80 kts The audi
276. irect to navigation may be done in the following ways By specifying the identifier waypoint location or facility name By selecting from a list of waypoints in the active flight plan e By selecting from a list of the 25 nearest airports Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A A NOTE When entering an all letter alphabetical airport identifier only in the USA the pilot must precede it with the letter K KMCI If the airport identifier is alpha numeric simply enter the three digit identifier 51K The full ICAO identifier must be entered for all waypoints To select a Direct to by identifier 1 Press the Direct to key then turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint identifier Press the ENT key to confirm the selection 2 Pressthe ENT key again to activate the direct to To select a Direct to by city or facility name 1 Press the Direct to key then turn the large FMS knob to highlight the city field to the right of the identifier or facility field directly below the identifier field 2 Turn the FMS knobs to enter the city to the right of the identifier field or the facility directly below the identifier field Once the desired city or facility name is displayed press the ENT key to confirm the selection 3 Press the ENT key again to activate the direct to To select a Direct to from a list of waypoints in an active flight plan 1 Pr
277. ired Trip Planning AUX Page e Utility GPS Status TRIP PLANNING PAGE System Setup The Trip Planning Page calculates trip statistics fuel System Status statistics and other statistics for a specified Direct to point to point or flight plan based on automatic or man ual input of data INPUT DATA M gkr NORTH UP CEPETSI ETT DTEITE g FPL E CALIBRATED AS 14QKT ork IU Sup PPOS Le IND ALTITUDE g5ggeT A ki i zone BN PRESSURE 29 921N DEP TIHE TOTAL AIR TEHP p re GS 14kT A FUEL FLOW 0 1 GL HR ae FEL ONBOARD Ac TRIP STATS FUEL STATS OTHER STATS E OTK i EFFICIENCY 1400 DENSITY ALT ET DIS ABNA TOTAL ENDUR AGG TRUE AIRSPEED T4QKT ETE BACB REM FUEL AGL WIND DIRECTION 997 ET M4 32LLL REH EHDUR aura WIND SPEED BET ESA lud FUEL REG B BL HEAD WIND KT SUNRISE G TOTAL RANGE PHH SUNSET Sa tie MANIA Pug L t1 C1 E Li Figure 7 73 Trip Planning Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 105 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY PAGE MENU Manual Mode Waypoints Mode Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 7 74 Trip Planning Page Menu Trip Planning Trip planning allows you to view desired track DTK distance DIS estimated time enroute ETE estimated time of arrival ETA and enroute safe altitude ESA for a Direct to point to point between two specifie
278. iring can be selected NAVI Tunes the DME frequency from the selected NAVI frequency NAV2 Tunes the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency HOLD When in the HOLD position the DME frequency remains tuned to the last selected NAV frequency NOTE When turning ON the G1000 for use the system remembers the last frequency used for DME Tuning and the NAV1 NAV2 or HOLD state prior to shutdown To select DME transceiver tuning 1 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired DME tuning 2 Press the ENT key to complete the selection NOTE Pressing the CLR key while in the process of DME tuning cancels the data entry and reverts back to the previously selected DME tuning state NOTE Pressing the FMS knob activates deactivates the cursor in the DME Tuning window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 9 NAV COM 3 10 3 4 FREQUENCY AUTO TUNING The GI1000 system offers multiple auto tuning capabilities The PFD allows auto tuning of COM frequencies associated with the nearest airports The MFD provides auto tuning of both COM and NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages In addition the primary NAV frequency is entered automatically in the NAV window during approach loading or approach activation Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the frequency windows in the following ways By using the ENT key when the frequency is highlighted on the appropriate page PFD an
279. isables the Nearest 1 Press the NRST softkey to display a list of the Airports Window From the Nearest Airports Window Nearest Airports information for a selected airport can be viewed the active 2 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired airport primary communications frequency can be selected and and press the ENT key The airport information direct to navigation can be activated is displayed with BACK highlighted at the bottom of the window The Nearest Airports Window displays the 25 nearest 3 When finished viewing the airport informa qos MLSE LOND Wy auc man om tion press the ENT key to return to the nearest Identifier airports list Airport Symbol e Bearing to Distance from Best approach available Primary communications frequency AIRPORT INFORMATION KMCI i KANSAS CITY MO KANSAS CITY INTL PUBLIC 1825FT Length of longest hard surface runway or soft mn is diem surface if no hard surface runway exists Feo Dd BACK OD Beet Figure 2 50 Airport Information Window NEAREST AIRPORTS Approach Identifier 357 DOn vallable To select an airport by the airport identifier 133 300 mRNwv 002FT location and name fields from the Airport COM Distance Information Window Frequency TX 1 From the Nearest Airport Window turn the A 800 RNwY a large FMS knob to highlight the desired field To 2 Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired loca tion then press the ENT key 3 Turn the
280. it must i mes L4 be reset manually Yx B5kT 4 ON 6 Press the CLR key or the TMR REF softkey to SAKT 4 ON remove the window FLIGHT ID REFERENCES n ETE T ART Figure 2 47 Timer References Window TEE TIMER 00 25 05 DN Stu The following Vspeeds and Vspeed bugs can be set REFERENCES using the Timer References Window TIMER 00 25 13 UP RESET Best glide speed reference Figure 2 48 Timer Status Prompts Best glide speed bug ON OFF Rotation speed reference Vp Vp bug ON OFF Best angle ol climb speed reference Vy Vx bug ON OFF Best rate of climb speed reference Vy V bug ON OFF Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 31 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Flight ID 2 32 NOTE If the G1000 is set to variable PFD ENTRY and the flight ID entry field on the Timer References Window is not visible the pilot should contact a Garmin authorized Service Center Aircraft identification ID is transmitted from the GTX 33 transponder to the ground stations and other aircraft The flight ID is set to fixed SAME AS TAIL and CONFIG ENTRY or variable PFD ENTRY at the time of installation The two fixed selections do not require any action from the pilot The variable PFD ENTRY flight ID requires the pilot to enter the flight ID on the Timer References Window each time the G1000 is powered on To enter or change the Flight ID 1 Press the TMR REF softkey then turn t
281. ite In all other modes these fields appear in green Transponder Status Bar inset rp cor OBS XPDR IDENT THR REF BST Figure 4 1 Top level Softkeys R LCL 00 05 52 ADVISORY Pressing XPDR Pressing BACK displays the Mode displays the Top Selection softkeys level softkeys PDR 6543 ALT Ri 00 072 VFR CODE IDENT BACK ADVISORY Pressing CODE Pressing BACK displays the Code displays the Mode Selection softkeys Selection softkeys 08 88 55 XPDR R LCL WC Poot tk a gg 7 EE 22773827706 Figure 4 3 Code Selection Softkeys 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 4 1 TRANSPONDER 4 2 MODE S FEATURES The GTX 33 transponder is equipped with selective addressing or Mode Select Mode S capability Mode S functions include the following features evel 2 reply data link capability used to exchange information between aircraft and various ATC facilities e Surveillance identifier capability Flight ID reporting Altitude reporting Airborne status determination Transponder capability reporting e Mode S Enhanced Surveillance EHS requirements Acquisition squitter Flight ID Reporting The G1000 transponder reports aircraft identification as either the aircraft registration or a FLT ID Flight Identification The system is configured for either option by an authorized Garmin service center If configured for Flight ID entry the pilot must enter t
282. ition is shown in three ARV TIME B8 5LCL stages ARV DATE 41 JAN 64 No signal strength bars the receiver is looking COMPUTE RAIM for the satellites indicated Hollow signal strength bars the receiver has found the satellites and is collecting data e Solid signal strength bars the receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellites are ready for use e Checkered signal strength bars the receiver has excluded the satellite FDE Figure 7 79 RAIM GPS Signal Strength Ihe Satellite Status Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak or missing signal levels due to poor satellite coverage or installation problems Refer to this page occasionally to monitor GPS receiver performance and establish a normal pattern for system operation Should problems occur at a later date it may be helpful to have an established baseline from which to compare GPS SIGNAL STRENGTH Figure 7 80 GPS Signal Strength 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 115 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select the GPS receiver for which data is Audio Alerts displayed e MFD Data Bar Fields 1 Select the GPS Status Page GPS CDI Range Adjustments COM Transceiver Channel Spacing e Nearest Airport Parameters 2 Press the GPS1 softkey for the display of infor mation pertaining to GPS1 or press the GPS2 softkey for the display of information pertaining Date Time to GPS2 The Date Time box provides s
283. ivate a stored flight plan that contains flight plan locked waypoint Remove locked waypoint from flight plan Update flight plan with current waypoint Ll ud a Arriving at waypoint xxxx where xxxx is the waypoint name STEEP TURN Steep turn ahead A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead Prepare to turn INSIDE ARSPC Inside airspace The aircraft is inside the airspace ARSPC AHEAD Airspace ahead less Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft The aircraft will penetrate the airspace than 10 minutes within 10 minutes hehe ER rear Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 9 17 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Miscellaneous Message Advisories Cont Alerts Window Message ARSPC NEAR Airspace near less than 2 nm LEG UNSMOOTH Flight plan leg will The approaching flight plan waypoints are too close to allow for smooth turns not be smooth Prepare for steep turns ahead and expect noticeable course deviations APPR INACTV Approach is not The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active Activate ap active proach when required SLCT AUTOSEQ Select auto The system notifies the pilot to select auto sequence mode Press the OBS softkey to sequence mode deactivate the OBS mode SLCT FREQ Select appropriate The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV frequency for approac
284. ive sign is displayed in the pointer 2 000 for negative down vertical speed and the pointer appears at the bottom edge of the non moving tape NOTE Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or descent rate exceeds 100 fpm Vertical Speed Pointer Figure 2 17 Vertical Speed Indicator Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR The Horizontal Situation Indicator HSI displays a rotating compass card with letters at the cardinal points and numeric labels every 30 degrees Major tick marks are at 10 degree intervals and minor tick marks are at 5 degree intervals The HSI is displayed in a heading up orientation The HSI displays the following information Heading indication Turn Rate Indicator e Course Deviation Indicator Bearing pointers e Bearing Information Windows e Navigation source The 360 HSI compass rose contains a course deviation indicator CDI with a course pointer arrow a TO FROM arrow and a sliding deviation bar and scale The course pointer is a single line arrow GPS VORI and LOCI or double line arrow VOR2 and LOC2 which points in the direction of the set course The TO FROM arrow rotates with the course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY Turn Rate Indicator 2 Lateral Deviation Scale G Navigation Source 2 Aircraft Symbol 5 Course Deviation
285. l pressure and temperature are displayed and for Models 182 T182 206 and T206 the Engine Hour Readout and Vacuum Pressure Indicator are also shown The electrical indicators are at the bottom of the page Fuel Calculations A NOTE Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft Fuel Quantity Indicator and are calculated from the last time the fuel used was reset A NOTE The pilot should refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual AFM for fuel values and limitations The fuel calculation portion of the System Page is based on the fuel flow totalizer and displays the following FFLOW GPH Fuel flow in gallons per hour GAL USED Quantity of fuel used in gallons GAL REM Current fuel remaining in gallons as set by the pilot and adjusted for fuel burn since last set The pilot may use the RST FUEL and GAL REM softkeys to adjust the amount of fuel remaining for totalizer calculations ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM Reset Fuel Press the RST FUEL Reset Fuel softkey to reset the amount of fuel used and gallons remaining to zero Press the GAL REM Gallons Remaining softkey to display the quantity adjustment softkeys The 10 GAL 1 GAL 1 GAL 10 GAL softkeys may be used to increase or decrease the remaining fuel quantity by the amount denoted by the softkey Two additional adjustment softkeys are displayed that are airframe specific 172 35 GAL filler neck tab and 53 GAL full 182 T182 206 T206 64 GAL filler neck t
286. l approach fix FAF and provides guidance to intercept the final course before reaching the FAE To activate the approach with vectors to final 1 From an active flight plan press the PROC key to display the Procedures options window 2 Turn the FMS knob to highlight Activate Vector To Final then press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 7 REVERSIONARY MODE In reversionary mode the computer display units CDUs are re configured to present the PFD symbology together with the engine parameters engine parameters are NOTE Refer to the System Overview for a _ incorporated on the left side of the display Reversionary detailed description of Reversionary mode PFD parameters are presented in the same format as prior Ot reconfiguration In the event of a display failure the The PFD is designed to enter reversionary backup pilot loses one NAV one COM and GPS mode based on automatic fault monitoring and detection internal switching Reversionary mode can also be PED lailure NAVI COMI and GPS are lost activated manually by pressing the dedicated DISPLAY MFD failure NAV2 COM2 and GPS2 are lost BACKUP button at the bottom of the Audio Panel refer to the Audio Panel section Na 1188 88 117 95 P i i RK 136 975 118 000 cor nav2 108 00 117 95 136 975 118 888 con ALE IBACKUP PATHION eaten creat a Nae dete path 1 FH Bor a c3 TRAFFIC FATL Fi Traffic device ELECTRICAL H B
287. lable POSN ERROR RAIM has determined GPS position is in error DGRD GPS ACC GPS position accuracy degraded amp RAIM unavailable GPS1 FAIL GPS1 is inoperative GPS2 FAIL GPS2 is inoperative The GIA1 and or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be serviced The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and or COM2 The transmitter will operate at reduced power If the problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced The system has detected a failure in COM1 and or COM2 COM1 and or COM2 may still be usable The G1000 system should be serviced when possible The COM1 and or COM2 external push to talk switch is stuck in the enable or pressed position Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation If the problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced The COM1 and or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled or pressed posi tion Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation If the problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced GPS satellite coverage is insufficient to perform Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring RAIM from the FAF to the MAP waypoints GPS satellite coverage is insufficient to perform Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring RAIM for the current phase of flight When a RAIM position error is detected GPS is flagged and the system no longer provides GPS based guidance GPS position accuracy has be
288. lace the current departure with a new selection When using a direct to the G1000 uses the nearest airport as a reference for displaying available departures NOTE The PROC key can also be used to load a departure an approach or an arrival To select a departure for the departure airport 1 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options 2 Turn the FMS knob to highlight Load Depar ture then press the ENT key A window appears listing the available departures for the departure airport OMA INTL SUMMAG RW1BB SUMMAB BI Sz Figure 2 59 Departure 3 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired depar ture then press the ENT key 4 A window may appear listing runways for the departure Turn the FMS knob to select the desired runway then press the ENT key The transition window is now displayed 190 00498 00 Rev A 6 190 00498 00 Rev A SELECT DEPARTURE KSEA p SFATTI F WA See URHTOB DEPARTURE IR S dB RUNWAY RW16B TRANSITION BKE LOAD Figure 2 60 Departure Runway NOTE The runway window is not displayed for every departure ALL may appear in the runway field indicating that the departure procedure applies to all runways For airports with parallel runways B may appear at the end of the runway designation to indicate that the departure procedure applies to both runways Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transi tion waypoint t
289. large FMS knob to highlight BACK then press the ENT key Figure 2 49 Nearest Airports Window 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 33 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY To activate a Direct to from the Nearest Airports Window 1 From the Nearest Airports Window turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired airport then press the Direct to key The Direct to Window appears 2 Press the ENT key twice to activate To activate a Direct to from the Airport Information Window 1 From the Airport Information Window press the Direct to key 2 Press the ENT key twice to activate To select a COM frequency From the Nearest Airports Window turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired fre quency then press the ENT key The frequency is tuned in the standby COM frequency field selected by the tuning box Direct to Window The Direct to Window is enabled disabled by pressing the Direct to key DIRECT TO KPHX 4 amp PHOENIX Ad PHOENIX SKY HARBOR INTL BRG 250 N 332509 CRS 231 ACTIVATE Figure 2 51 Direct to Window The currently selected waypoint displays the following information Identifier e Waypoint symbol e Waypoint location Facility name Flight plan waypoint list e Nearest waypoint List Bearing to waypoint e Distance from waypoint atitude longitude Course to selected waypoint Direct to Navigation Selection of a waypoint for D
290. le green arrow not shown labeled either VOR2 or LOC is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green GPS If GPS mode is selected a single magenta arrow not shown appears on the HSI and neither NAV radio is selected NOTE n GPS mode both active NAV frequencies are displayed in white The NAV radio is selected by the CDI softkey Figure 3 17 Selecting a NAV Radio 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A ADF DME TUNING The optional BendixKing KR 87 ADF is not tuned by the G1000 system Refer to the Honeywell BendixKing KR 87 ADF Operators manual for ADF information ADF volume is also adjusted through the KR 87 The G1000 system tunes the optional DME transceiver The UHF DME frequency is paired with a VHF NAV frequency providing DME distance information Frequency pairing is automatic and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown on the display DME TUNING The DME radio is tuned by selecting the associated NAV system or HOLD in the DME Tuning window The DME Tuning window is located to the right of the HSI on the lower right corner of the PFD Pressing the top level DME softkey toggles the DME Tuning window ON and OFF NOTE When another Auxiliary window is turned on the DME Tuning window is replaced on the PFD DHE TUNING DHE MODE i val DME Modes Figure 3 18 DME Tuning Window NAV COM Selecting DME Transceiver Pairing Ihe following DME transceiver pa
291. lected radial 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 99 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY MODIFYING USER WAYPOINTS To modify an existing waypoint select that waypoint on the User Waypoint Information Page and enter the new position information directly over the old information To modify a user waypoint by changing its latitude longitude position 1 With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the Cursor Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the new waypoint and press the ENT key The message Are you sure you want to create the new user waypoint is displayed Press YES to create the new waypoint The first reference waypoint REFERENCE WAYPOINT field is highlighted Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the posi tion field in the Information Box Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new position coordinates and press the ENT key to accept the selected position Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III To modify a user waypoint by changing reference waypoint information 1 With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the new waypoint and press the ENT key The message Are you sure you want to create the new user waypoint is displayed Press YES to
292. lert boundaries for controlled airspace are also sec tored to provide complete information on any nearby airspace Once the described conditions exists the status and time of entry is shown if the airspace alert messages are enabled on the System Setup Page Auxiliary Page Group Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill By selecting any airspace name listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page additional details are provided including controlling agency communication frequencies and floor ceiling limits To view additional details for an airspace listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page 1 2 3 Select the Nearest Airspace Page Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to scroll through the list highlighting the desired airspace Press the ALERTS softkey and turn the FMS knob to select the desired airspace The remaining information on the Nearest Air spaces Page pertains to the selected airspace name Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor To view and quickly load the frequency for a controlling agency 1 2 Select the Nearest Airspaces Page Press the FREQ softkey and turn the FMS knob to select the desired frequency Press the ENT key to load the frequency into the COM fre quency standby field 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Airspaces The Nearest Airspaces Page also displays the floor and ceiling limits of the airspace The following are examp
293. les The Nearest Airspaces Page displays and airspace Me of what may appear as vertical limits for an airspace messages are provided for the following airspace types e 5 000 ft msl 5 000 feet mean sea level Alert cu e 5 000 ft agl 5 000 feet above ground level e MSL at mean sea level e Class B e Notam see Notice to Airmen e Class C ke TCA Un mown Unlimited Danger dc MOA art Prohibited UPS Restricted All airspace messages except for prohibited areas may TMA be turned on or off from the System Setup Page in the Training Auxiliary Page Group An altitude buffer is also provided e TRSA on the System Setup Page to provide an extra margin of Unspecified safety above below the published limits Warning 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI 7 139 MUTLI FUNCTION DISPLAY This page intentionally left blank 1 140 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Optional Equipment 190 00498 00 Rev A 8 1 INTRODUCTION The G1000 provides the display and control interface for the following optional hazard awareness and audio en tertainment systems for the Cessna Nav III aircraft L 3 STORMSCOPE WX 500 Series II Weather Mapping Sensor e Honeywell KTA870 TAS GDL 69 694 XM Radio System WARNING Do not use any G1000 Weather Data for thunderstorm penetration Weather Data is approved only for weath
294. list provides an overview of the controls located on the display bezel 1 NAV VOL ID Knob Controls the NAV audio level Press to toggle the Morse code identifier ON and OFF Volume level is shown in the field as a percentage 2 NAV Frequency Toggle Key Toggles the standby and active NAV frequencies 3 Dual NAV Knob Tunes the MHz large knob and kHz small knob standby frequencies for the NAV receiver Press to toggle the tuning cursor cyan box between the NAVI and NAV2 fields 4 Heading Knob Manually selects a heading when turned Synchronizes the heading bug with the compass lubber line when pressed 5 Joystick Changes the map range when rotated Activates the map pointer when pressed 6 CRS BARO Knob The large knob sets the altimeter barometric pressure and the small knob adjusts the course The course is only adjustable when the HSI is in VORI VOR2 or OBS SUSP mode Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR 7 Dual COM Knob Tunes the MHz large knob and kHz small knob standby frequencies for the COM transceiver Pressing this knob toggles the tuning cursor cyan box between the COMI and COM fields 8 COM Frequency Toggle Key Toggles the standby and active COM frequencies Pressing and holding this key for two seconds automatically tunes the emergency frequency 121 5 MHz in the active frequency field Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 9 COM V
295. located to the right of the Altitude audio alert tones when specific system conditions and Vertical Speed windows on the display Up to are met See the Alert Levels Definitions section for 12 annunciations can be displayed simultaneously more information in the Annunciation window A white horizontal line separates annunciations that are acknowledged BEST from annunciations that are not yet acknowledged Higher priority annunciations are displayed towards the top of the window Lower priority annunciations are displayed towards the bottom of the window Alerts Window The Alerts window displays alert PM text messages Up to 64 prioritized alert messages Red X can be displayed in the Alerts window Pressing the ALERTS softkey displays the Alerts window Press AUD ing the ALERTS softkey a second time removes the Window Alerts window from the display When the Alerts window is displayed the pilot can use the large FMS knob to scroll through the alert message list a O GDC1 C DUM Softkey Annunciation During certain alerts the HH dg Alerts Window ALERTS softkey may appear as a flashing annuncia Se a sues ad tion to accompany an alert The ALERTS soitkey STEEP TURN Steep turn ahead assumes a new label consistent with the alert level xPOR 1200 ALT LCL 00 46 53 WARNING CAUTION or ADVISORY By press ALERTS Softhey ing the softkey annunciation the pilot acknowledges Figure 9 1 G1000 Alerting System Ronda 190 00498 00 Rev A Ga
296. lowing information e NAVI and NAV2 active and standby frequencies e NAVI and NAV2 identifier indication if the Morse code identifier is received by the system e Color coded indication of the selected NAV radio Morse code identifier status MORSE CODE IDENTIFIER Press the VOL PUSH ID knob to turn the Morse code identifier ON and OFF When the identifier is ON a white ID indication appears to the left of the active NAV frequency and the Morse code is heard on the NAV audio The VOR LOC Morse code identifier is displayed next to the active NAV frequency When the identifier is OFF the ID indication disappears and the Morse code is off NAV audio is available with the ID filtered out for listening to HIWAS and FSS transmissions on VOR Stations Nauv1109 90 10 114 10 BN yav2110 6010 111 68 GHM NAV radio is selected on the audio is The Morse code identifter for the GHM VOR NAV section can be heard of the audio panel Figure 3 16 Morse Code Identifier Audio Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NAV RADIO SELECTION FOR NAVIGATION The desired NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI softkey located on the PFD The three navigation modes that can be selected are e VORI or LOCI If NAVI is selected a single green arrow shown labeled either VOR or LOCI is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green VOR2 or LOC2 If NAV2 is selected a doub
297. ly ew Gorin con Press ENT or rightmost sof m to view expiration Figure 1 5 MFD Power up Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 11 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 6 DISPLAY BACKLIGHTING The G1000 PFD and MFD displays use photocell technology to automatically adjust for ambient lighting conditions Photocell calibration curves are pre configured to optimize display appearance through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions The PFD MFD and Audio Panel bezel key lighting is normally controlled directly by the existing instrument panel dimmer bus If desired the PFD and MFD display backlighting may be adjusted manually The PFD MFD and Audio Panel bezel key brightness can also be adjusted manually The Audio Panel bezel key brightness is directly tied to the MED bezel key adjustment A NOTE Please refer to the Primary Flight Display Pilots Guide for instructions on adjusting backlighting manually 1 7 SYSTEM OPERATION NORMAL MODE The PFD and MFD are connected together on a single Ethernet bus allowing for high speed communication between the two units Each GIA 63 is connected to a single display as shown in Figure 1 1 This allows the units to share information thus enabling true system integration In normal operating mode the PFD displays graphical flight instrumentation in lieu of the traditional gyro instruments Attitude heading airspeed altitude and vertical
298. m Turn the FMS knob to highlight the new selec tion Press the ENT key Map Datums The Map Datum section of the System Setup Page allows selection of map datums to be used by the G1000 from a list of datums available in the current aviation database See Appendix D for a list of available map datums NOTE Per TSO C129a the WGS 84 map datum should be used in the United States For use outside the U S select the geodetic datum required by that country To select a Map Datum 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired MAP DATUM field 4 Turn the small FMS knob to display the Map Datum list 5 Turn the FMS knob to highlight the new datum 6 Press the ENT key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Airspace Alerts The Airspace Alerts section of the System Setup Page The Airspace Alerts fields allow the pilot to turn the du Om le dODOWINE Op ae on controlled special use airspace message alerts on or Selecting class B TMA airspace alert setting on off This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest off Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted Selecting class C TCA airspace alert setting on on the Navigation Map Page It simply turns on off the off warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or Class D on off near an
299. m Off to 300 nm Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired option Press the ENT key to accept the selected option Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A The traffic label displays the altitude separation above or below the symbol and the vertical speed sense arrow to the right of the symbol To select a traffic label zoom range 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Traffic group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the TRAFFIC field 4 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TRAFFIC LBL field Traffic label zoom ranges are from Off to 300 nm 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired option 6 Press the ENT key to accept the selected option 7 Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page Aviation Group Options Active Flight Plan ACTIVE FPL the active flight plan zoom range sets the maximum range at which the active flight plan magenta line is displayed on the display off 2000 nm Active Flight Plan Waypoint ACTIVE FPL WPT the active flight plan waypoint label size sets the size at which the active flight plan names appear on the display none small medium and large The zoom range s
300. m annunciations Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations NOTE Upon power up of the G1000 system certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equip ment begins to initialize All windows should be operational within one minute of power up Should any window continue to remain flagged the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin authorized repair facility system Annunciation Comet Attitude and Heading Reference System is aligning Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS Display system is not receiving airspeed input from the air data computer Display system is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer 9 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS system Annunciation Commet Display system is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data com puter The GPS information is either not present or is invalid for navigation Note that the AHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal operation AHRS operation may be degraded it GPS signals are not present see AFMS Display system is not receiving valid transponder information A red X through any other display field such as the engine instrumentation EMCI vals HG a Ndlealol fields indicates that the field is not receiving valid data 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G100
301. mall FMS knob to select the NDB Information Page To select a NDB by using an Identifier 1 With the NDB Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the identifier and press the ENT key 3 Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing cursor MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select a NDB by using a Name 1 With the NDB Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knobs to highlight the name field Turn the large and small FMS knobs to enter a name and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor To select a NDB by using the closest city 1 With the NDB Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knobs to highlight the clos est city field Turn the large and small FMS knobs to enter a city and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 91 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY NDB Information Page Options The following NDB Information Page Options are available by pressing the MENU key with the NDB Information Page displayed E TX PAGE MENU View Recent NDB List which allows you to view the most recent NDB list To view the most recent NDB list 1 Select the NDB Information Page and press MENU to display the ND
302. message To predict RAIM availability 1 Select the GPS Status Page 2 Press the FMS knob Turn the small and large Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill FMS knobs to select the WAYPOINT field Turn the small FMS knob to display the Waypoint Information Page Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the desired waypoint Press the ENT key to accept Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT key Turn the small and large FMS knob to enter an arrival date The cursor highlights the COMPUTE RAIM field Press the ENT key to compute RAIM The following options are displayed COMPUTE RAIM if RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint time and date combination COMPUTING AVAILABILITY if the RAIM calculation is in progress RAIM AVAILABLE if RAIM is predicted to be available for the given combination of waypoint time and date RAIM NOT AVAILABLE if RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the given combination of waypoint time and date NOTE RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within 15 minutes of the specified arrival date and time 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY RAIM PREDICTION As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites a signal ACTIVE GPS CPS1 strength bar is displayed for each satellite in view with the appropriate satellite number 01 32 underneath each HAYPOINT P POS bar The progress of satellite acquis
303. n and press the ENT key A Copy to flight plan confirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT key to copy the flight plan To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Delete flight plon 41 OK or CANCEL Figure 7 50 Delete Flight Plan Confirmation MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Delete a Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan removes all waypoints from the active flight plan Deleting a flight plan does not delete the waypoints contained in the flight plan from the database or user waypoint memory Once the pilot is finished with a flight plan it can easily be deleted from the Flight Plan Catalog Page or the Active Flight Plan Page To delete a flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Page 1 From the Active Flight Plan Page press the MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan options window Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Delete Flight Plan and press the ENT key A Delete all waypoints in flight plan confir mation window is displayed With OK high lighted press the ENT key to delete the active flight plan To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key To delete a flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page 1 From the Flight Plan Catalog Page press the FMS knob to activate the cursor turn the large FMS knob to highlight the flight plan to delete Press the MENU key to displa
304. n i m ALERTS ET 375 yn pense BACKUP PATH Airdata using u 1L 8 3 backup data path BACKUP PATH AHRS using backup dota poth TRAFFIC FAIL Truffic device Sun fhos foiled LU HAVZ INSET FDI CDI DHE TESTS TMw REF GE ALERTS HRH LIAE 1 Traffic Annunciation 7 Alerts Window Q2 Selected Heading Box Selected Course Box G Inset Map 9 Annunciation Window 4 BRGI Information Window Vertical Deviation Glideslope Indicator 5 DME Information Window Marker Beacon Annunciation 6 BRG2 Information Window Figure 2 2 Additional PFD Information 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 2 3 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY 2 2 BACKLIGHTING To manually adjust the backlighting for the PFD and MFD keys Turn the avionics knob for location refer to the A NOTE The backlighting can only be adjusted Aircraft Flight Manual from the PFD except in reversionary mode OR A NOTE No other window can be displayed in the Press the MENU key gt tne ii E ei lower right corner of the PFD when the MENU the PFD Setup Menu Window AUTO is now key is pressed to change the backlighting highlighted next to PFD DSPL TO 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight PFD The backlighting of both the display and keys can be DSPL Turn the small FMS knob in the direction adjusted for the PFD and MFD The backlighting intensity of the green arrowhead to display PFD KEY ranges from
305. n be displayed up to 2000 nm zoom range north up on the Naviga tion Map Page In the track up mode there is a portion of Stormscope lightning data that could be behind the aircraft which cannot be seen at this range Since the range of the Stormscope is 200 nm in front in addition to another 200 nm behind 400 nm diameter total the 500 nm range in north up mode shows all the data To change the display range on the Navigation Map Page turn the joystick clockwise to zoom out or turn the joystick counter clockwise to zoom in OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Lightning Age Symbol Strike is less than 6 seconds old Strike is between 6 and 60 seconds old Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old Table 8 1 Lightning Age and Symbols A NOTE At a map range of less than 25 nm Stormscope lightning data is not displayed but can still be present The presence of Stormscope lightning data is indicated by the annunciation in the upper right hand corner LTNG lt 25 nm Figure 8 2 NORTH UP LINING MODE CELL E m x Hui am umm KI S4 JE jm it Fo an oe i i LT o el HN Figure 8 2 Lightning Display Range Annunciation Customized Display The pilot can customize the display of Stormscope lightning data on the Navigation Map Page using the Weather Group Options in the Map Setup Menu Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 3 OPTIONAL EQUIPM
306. n course Provides the most efficient heading to get back to the desired course and proceed along your flight plan The distance the aircraft is off a desired course in either direction lett or right The total of all legs in a flight plan The great circle distance from your present position to a destination waypoint A measure of GPS satellite geometry quality on a scale of one to ten lower numbers equal better geometry where higher numbers equal poorer geometry The desired course between the active from and to waypoints A measure of fuel consumption expressed in distance per unit of fuel Flight endurance or total possible flight time based on available fuel on board The recommended minimum altitude within ten miles left or right of the desired course on an active flight plan or direct to A measure of horizontal GPS position error derrived by satellite geometry conditions and other factors The estimated time at which the aircraft should reach the destination waypoint based upon current speed and track The estimeated time it takes to reach the destination waypoint from the present posi tion based upon current groundspeed The fuel flow rate expressed in units of fuel per hour The total amount of usable fuel on board the aircraft The velocity that the aircraft is travelling relative to a ground position The direction an aircraft is pointed based upon indications from a magnetic compa
307. n of the county warning icon The update rate is every 5 minutes 8 20 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Map Panning Information Weather Data Link Page Map panning moves the map beyond its current limits without adjusting the map range When the panning function is selected by pushing the joystick a panning arrow flashes on the Weather Data Link Page Panning over AIRMETs County Warnings TFRs Echo Tops METARs SIGMETS and Cell Movement displays text information for the selection This information is displayed in the same location as the map pointer information on the Navigation Map Page To display information for selected weather products 1 Push in the joystick to display the panning arrow 2 Move the joystick to place the panning arrow on the desired product Press the ENT key to display pertinent intormation for the selected product Note that pressing the ENT key when pan ning over an AIRMET or a SIGMET displays an information box that gives the actual text of that alert Panning over an airport with METAR information does not display more information but allows the user to press the ENT key and select that Airport s Information Page and displays the actual text Pressing the ENT key when panning over a TFR displays TFR specific information for the panned TFR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT WEATHER PRODUCT SYMBOLS Figure 8 10 shows the symbol for each weather pro
308. n voice announcements To begin tracking intruder aircraft Press the OPERATE softkey SWITCHING BETWEEN STANDBY AND VARIOUS OPERATING MODES The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed The ability to switch out of standby into oper ating mode on the ground is especially useful for scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff To switch into Operating Mode from Standby Mode 1 Press the OPERATE softkey or menu Operating Mode 2 f Operating Mode is selected from the FMS menu press the ENT key to contirm and place the KTA 870 KMH 880 in operating mode Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III To switch into Standby Mode from the Traffic Page Press the STANDBY softkey ALTITUDE DISPLAY MODE To change the Altitude Display Mode 1 Press the ALT MODE softkey then press one of the following options BELOW NORMAL ABOVE UNREST With each selection the screen changes to display the tratfic detected within the selected altitude display range The G1000 screen also displays unrestricted traffic UN REST having a range of maximum specified by the KTA 870 Pilots Guide Refer to the KTA 870 Pilots Guide for information regarding altitude display ranges Note that confirmation is not required The mode is changed im mediately when selected TRAFFIC MAP PAGE DISPLAY RANGE The pilot can change the display range on the Traffic Map Page at any time To change the display range
309. ncy Communication frequencies which Airport Information Page displayed may include restrictions Load Approach Approach e View Departure Airport Arrival View Destination Airport Class B e View Recent Airport List e Class C e View Info CAT e View Departure Departure e View Arrival TMA e View Approach Terminal To select an option 1 Press the MENU key while on the Airport Infor e TRSA Communication frequencies without restrictions mation Page e ATIS 2 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired e ASOS option AWOS 3 Press the ENT key to perform the selected option Center operation Clearance Gate e Control OPTIONS e Ground e Helicopter View Departure Airport e Multicom e Pre taxi View Recent Airport List e Radar e Ramp View Departure Other View Arrival s Tower View Approach e Unicom Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Navigation Frequencies e ILS e LOC Figure 7 62 Airport Information Page Menu 7 82 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A DEPARTURE INFORMATION PAGE DP The Departure Information Page shows the available Departure Procedures DPs also referred to as SIDs for the selected airport Where multiple runways or transitions are associated with the departure procedure that information can also be displayed A map image provides a layout diagram for each departure runway and transition To display the Departure Informat
310. ndary surveillance radar system similar to that used by ATCRBS TIS operation may be intermit tent during turns or other maneuvering TIS is depen dent on two way line of sight communications between the aircraft and the Mode S radar antenna Whenever the structure of the aircraft comes between the transponder antenna and the ground based radar antenna the signal may be temporarily interrupted Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described in the AIM Section 1 2 5 WARNING Garmin is not responsible for Mode S geographical coverage Operation of the ground stations is the responsibility of the FAA Refer to the AIM for a Terminal Mode S radar site map Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill E 2 APPENDIX E NOTE TIS is unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the United States This is often the case in mountainous regions TIS information is collected during a single radar sweep Collected information is then sent through the Mode S uplink on the next radar sweep Because of this the surveillance information is approximately five seconds old TIS ground station tracking software uses prediction algorithms to compensate for this delay These algorithms uses track history data to calculate expected intruder posi tions consistent with the time of display Occasionally air craft maneuvering may cause variations in this calculation and create slight errors on the Traffic Map Page Errors affec
311. nformation Page displays the following information for a selected Non directional beacon Map of surrounding area NDB Identifier and Symbol e Name Closest city General location atitude longitude degrees minutes or degrees minutes seconds MGRS or UTM UPS Magnetic Variation in degrees Frequency in kilohertz kHz e Nearest airport identifier symbol bearing dis CRESTVIEW tance NDB Identifier NDB Symbol Name KOBRA CRESTVIEM FL Closest City COMPASS LOCATOR LOM SE USA General Location N 305 19 Magnetic i oe Variation NDB Frequency NDB Symbol Nearest Airport identifier symbol bearing distance Map of Sm Area 0000 Figure 7 67 NDB Information Page 7 90 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A NDB Information Page Operations The NDB Information Page allows the following operations NDB selection by identifier e NDB selection by name e NDB selection by closest city To change the map range turn the joystick to the left to select a lower range turn it to the right to select a higher range To select the NDB Information Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page You may skip this step if you are already viewing any of the Map Group pages 2 Turn the large FMS knob to select the WPT page group WPT is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display 3 Turn the s
312. nformation System surveillance data up linked by ATC radar through the GTX 33 Mode S Transponder appears on the PFD Inset Map and on the MFD Navigation and Traffic Map Pages refer to the Multi Function Display section If the transponder is configured with Automated Airborne Determination normal operation begins when lift off is sensed When the aircraft is on the ground the window automatically displays GND The transponder does not respond to ATCRBS ATC Radar Beacon System interrogations when GND is annunciated If a delay time is set in Configuration Mode the transponder waits a specified length of time after landing before changing to GND mode Transponder Operation Pressing the XPDR softkey displays the second level softkeys e STBY Selects standby mode transponder does not reply to any interrogations ON Selects Mode A transponder replies to interrogations as indicated by the Reply Symbol R replies do not include altitude information PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY AIT Selects Mode C In ALT mode the transponder replies to identifica tion and altitude interrogations as indicated by the Reply Symbol R Replies to altitude inter rogations include the standard pressure altitude received from an external altitude source not adjusted for barometric pressure The ALT mode may be selected in aircraft not equipped with an optional altitude encoder however in this case the reply signal only replies to
313. ng 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option To enable disable topo data and to select a topo data range 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is Setup option displayed 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map displayed group and press the ENT key 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map 4 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the NAV group and press the ENT key RANGE RING field 4 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TOPO 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select On or DATA field Ott Press the ENT key to accept the selected 5 Turn the small FMS knob to select On or option OT 6 Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation 6 Pressthe ENT key to accept the selected option Map Page The flashing cursor highlights the range field TOPO ranges are from Off to 2000 nm 7 To change the TOPO range setting turn the small FMS knob to display the range list 8 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired range and press the ENT key 9 Pressthe FMS knob to return to the Navigation Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Map Page NOTE When topographic data is removed from
314. ng data e The current date e The current time The current time format local 12hr local 24hr UTC e The current time offset To set the system time format 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TIME FORMAT field in the Date Time box 4 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired system time format local 12hr local 24hr UTC Press the ENT key To set the current time offset 1 Select the System Setup Page 2 Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TIME OFFSET field in the Date Time box 4 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to select the time offset Press the ENT key MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Display Units The Display Units section of the System Setup Page allows you to configure the displayed data to standard or metric units of measure The Display Units section also provides two magnetic variation heading options True and Auto If Auto is selected all track course and heading information is corrected to the computed magnetic variation The True setting references all information to true north The Display Units section of the System Setup Page displays the following data Nav Angle Magnetic variation Distance and speed units Altitude and vertical speed units e Barometric pressure units e lemperature
315. nternal memory A NOTE The display downloads the aviation database and stores it internally The aviation database SD card is not required to remain in the display after the update To update the Jeppesen aviation database 1 With the G1000 system OFF insert the aviation database update SD card into the top card slot of the PFD Label of SD card facing left 2 Turn the G1000 system ON The following prompt is displayed on the upper left corner of the PFD DO YOU WANT TO UPDATE THE AVIATION DATABASE PRESS CLR FOR NO AND ENT FOR YES YOU HAVE 38 SECONDS BEFORE NO IS RETURNED 3 Press the ENT key to confirm the database updated The following prompt is displayed DO YOU WANT TO UPDATE THE AVIATION DATABASE PRESS CLR FOR NO AND ENT FOR YES YOU HAVE 38 SECONDS BEFORE NO IS RETURNED UPDATING AVIATION DATABASE UPDATED IRE LLES sSUECESSEUELY APPENDIX A 4 After the update completes the PFD starts in normal mode Remove the aviation database update SD card from the PFD Turn the G1000 system OFF Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the MFD The MFD and PFD aviation databases are now updated 7 Verity that the correct update cycle is loaded during startup of the MFD TERRAIN AND OBSTACLE DATABASES A NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the
316. o must be manually unmuted once the aircraft is outside the applicable speed range Presets Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number The preset channel can then be selected directly and added to the Active Channel list for listening To set a preset channel number 1 On the Radio Page while listening to the Active Channel that you want to assign as a preset press PRESETS 2 Press the SET softkey 3 Press the preset key PS1 PS15 to assign to the active channel Press the MORE softkey if necessary To select a preset channel number 1 While on the Radio page press the PRESETS softkey 190 00498 00 Rev A OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT STATUS SERIAL NUMBER VERSION Ox00000000 0 00 2 Pressthe numbered softkeys PS1 PS15 on the bottom of the screen to directly select the desired preset channel Press MORE if neces noan oo saty Qx00000000 0 00 x00000000 0 00 GDL 69 TROUBLESHOOTING cay D Although it is the responsibility of the facility that in 0x00000000 0 00 stalled the GDL 69 694 to correct any hardware problems 00000000 0 00 the user can perform some quick troubleshooting steps to 000000008 0 00 find the possible cause of a failure 000000008 2 00 First ensure that the owner operator of the aircraft in 000000008 2 00 which the GDL 69 69A is installed has subscribed to XM ox00000000 0 00 Radio and that it has been activated Perform a quick check of the circuit br
317. o Tone Aural tone is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground CAUTION Alerts Annunciation Window Text Audio Alert Single Aural Tone Single Aural Tone Single Aural Tone Single Aural Tone CAUTION Alerts T182 T206 and 206 with Prop De Ice Only Annunciation Window Text Audio Alert Single Aural Tone Safe Operating Annunciation T182 T206 and 206 with Prop De Ice Only Annunciation Window Text Audio Alert 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 9 3 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 9 5 TAWS ALERTS The following table shows the possible TAWS alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages PFD MFD TAWS MFD Alert Type Page Annunciation Pop Up Alert Excessive Descent Rate Warning EDR PULL UP Pull Up Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warn PULL UP Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up ing RTC or or Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up Imminent Terrain Impact Warning ITI PULL UP Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up or or Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance PULL UP Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up Warning ROC or or Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning 101 PULL UP Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up OF or Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution Caution
318. oint and press the ENT key If the target altitude should occur at the target reference waypoint enter a distance of zero Turn the small FMS knob to select Before or After and press the ENT key This setting designates whether the offset distance defines a point before you reach the target reference waypoint or after you reach the waypoint When using a flight plan the target refer ence waypoint itself can be specified from the waypoints contained in the flight plan By default the last waypoint in the flight plan is selected To select a different waypoint turn the small FMS knob to select the desired waypoint and press the ENT key The default profile utilizes a 400 foot per minute descent rate To change the rate turn the large FMS knob to highlight the Target Vertical Speed field and use the small and large FMS knobs to enter a new rate Press the ENT key when finished MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY With the profile set the vertical speed required VSR is displayed Expect the following to occur when using the vertical navigation feature At one minute prior to reaching the initial descent point the message APPR VPROF Approaching VNAV Profile is displayed as a PFD alert The descent or climb angle also locks to prevent changes in speed from altering the profile If selected the vertical speed required VSR readout on the default NAV and map pages shows the desired vertical speed to maintain the proper
319. om the Direct to Waypoint Page when navigating an active flight plan DIRELT TO m IDENT FACILITY CITY SIE zi SEA ISLE SEA ISLE NJ EPL MRST WAYPOINTS mn NORTH UP MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select a Direct to destination from the active flight plan 1 Press the Direct to key The Direct to Waypoint Page is displayed with the waypoint identifier field highlighted 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the flight plan FPL field 3 Tum the small FMS knob to display a window showing all waypoints in the active flight plan 4 Continue turning the small FMS knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired waypoint 5 Press the ENT key to confirm the selected waypoint and ENT again to activate a Direct to CCV mohp NORTH WILDWOOD PRAES 11 r3 LOCATION 1 arg 219 NE USA DIS 24MH Pret 214 ACTIVATE Figure 7 32 Flight Plan Waypoint Direct to 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 51 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 1 52 Selecting the Nearest Airport as a Direct to Destination The Direct to Page always displays the nearest airports from the present position on the NRST field To select a nearby airport as a Direct to destination 1 Press the Direct to key The Direct to Page is dis played with the destination field highlighted 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the near est airport field 3 Turn the small FMS knob
320. on and press the ENT key A window is displayed listing the available arrivals for the destination airport Turn the FMS knob to select the desired arrival and press the ENT key A second window is displayed listing available transitions for the arrival Turn the FMS knob to highlight the desired transition waypoint and press the ENT key A third window is displayed listing available arrival runways Turn the FMS knob to highlight the desired runway and press the ENT key With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key The arrival flight plan is displayed as part of the overall flight plan and is placed after the enroute flight plan B1 4NM 75 2NH 25 7NM MEL a 16 9NH Figure 7 44 Selecting an Arrival Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Load an Approach Load Approach allows for the selection of a published instrument approach for the destination airport It also replaces the current approach with a new selection In many cases it is more convenient to select approaches us ing the PROC key or by pressing the LD APR softkey To select an approach for a Direct to or flight plan destination airport ls 190 00498 00 Rev A From the Active Flight Plan Page press the MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan Page options Highlight the Load Approach option and press the ENT key A window is displayed listing the available approaches for the destinat
321. on the User NOTE The user waypoint is set to the airplane s Waypoint Information Page and press MENU position at the time when this option was to display the User Waypoint Information Page selected options To move the currently selected user 2 um the large FMS knob to select Auto Com waypoint to the present position of the ment and press the ENT key aircraft 1 Select the User Waypoint Information Page and press the MENU key to display the User Waypoint Information Page options 2 Tum the large FMS knob to select Use Present Position and press the ENT key 3 Highlight the position and press the ENT key Auto Comment when selected will overwrite the currently selected user waypoints comment with an automatically generated comment The auto comment is in the same format as comments that are generated for user waypoints that have not specified a unique user waypoint comment The auto comment can be one of three styles e REFIBRGI DISI if the user waypoint position is defined by a reference 1 waypoint radial and distance this is generally the default case but the default case could also be the BLANK c case if there are no reference waypoints near the user waypoints position e REFIBRGI REF2BRG2 if the user waypoint position is defined by a reference 1 waypoint radial and a reference 2 waypoint radial BLANK if no reference waypoints are near the user waypoints position 7 102 Garmin G1000 Pilot
322. only displayed on the Navigation Map Page if aircraft heading data is available When heading is not available Traffic Advisories are displayed as non bearing banners on the Navigation Map Page To display TAS traffic on the Navigation Map Page 1 Select the Navigation Map Page press the MAP softkey then press the TRAFFIC softkey OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT To configure TAS traffic on the Navigation Map Page 1 Select the Navigation Map Page 2 Press MENU to display the Page Menu Turn the small right knob to select Map Setup and press the ENT key 3 The flashing cursor highlights the GROUP field Turn the small FMS knob to select Traffic and press ENT 4 Turn the large FMS knob to select the desired Traffic Mode option Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired option and press the ENT key Repeat the step for Traffic Symbol and Traffic Label 5 Return to the Map Page by pressing the FMS knob or momentarily pressing and holding the CLR key Traffic mode allows the pilot to choose which traffic is displayed all traffic traffic and proximity advisories or traffic advisories only e Traffic Advisories TA Solid Yellow Circles Proximity Advisories PA Solid White Diamonds Other Hollow White Diamonds Proximity Advisories PA are displayed as solid white diamonds SKYWATCH shows these PAs as hollow dia monds since the SKYWATCH display is monochrome PAs are defined as traffic within the 5
323. onnot be cleored the oirplone must not be Flown GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST Checklist Page Indicator Figure 7 3 Checklist Page typical Emergency Softhey Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY MFD PAGE GROUPS To select a specific page group 1 Turn the large FMS knob until the desired page The MFD displays GPS Navigation flight information group is selected in four main page groups Map MAP m aa n clive rage group 1s selected page is Navigation Map Page highlighted highlig ea Traffic Map Page Weather Datalink Page optional Z Terrain Proximity Page unless TAWS is config HAP WPT AUX NEST ME COL ured Figure 7 4 Page Group Window TAWS optional Waypoint WPT Airport Information Page Intersection Information Page NDB Information Page VOR Information Page User Waypoint Information Page Auxiliary AUX To select a different page within the group 1 Turn the small right FMS knob As the knob is turned the bottom right corner of each page indicates the page group that is currently being displayed e g MAP or NRST etc the number of pages available within that group indicated by rectangle icons and the placement of the Trip Planning P s We a i Bt current page within that group indicated by a yess solid cyan rectangle icon The page group and GPS Status Page active page title window are displayed below S
324. ope 8 1 Displaying Stormscope Lightning Data on the Navigation Map Page see 8 1 Stormscope PAGC s ssesssecsesscecsssecsssessssssessteecsteneseees 8 5 8 3 Traffic Advisory System 8 7 Displaying and Configuring TAS Traffic on the Navigation Map Page ee 8 7 Traffic Map Pda emet HUP UD SI DO Oda 8 8 Failure ReSponSEe M 9 9 Description of Traffic Advisory Criteria 9 9 User Initiated Test eee 8 9 TAS Voice Announcements sss 8 10 Switching Between Standby and Various Operating Modes eee 8 10 Altitude Display Mode 8 10 Traffic Map Page Display Range 8 10 8 4 XM Weather and XM Radio 8 11 WER rer ort ERR TR E PEN 8 11 XM GATOR osetacsemi terminat rins 8 11 Weather Product Symbols 8 21 XM Digital Audio Entertainment 9 23 XM Radio Page 8 24 SECTION 9 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 9 1 Introduction nnn 9 1 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill TABLE OF CONTENTS 9 2 Alert Level Definitions 9 2 GDC 74A Air Data Computer 9 3 Cessna Nav Ill Aircraft Alerts 9
325. ort To select a runway from the Nearest Airports Page 1 Press the RNWY softkey located at the bottom of the display 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page Turn the large FMS knob to select the NRST page group NRST is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display Turn the small FMS knob to select the Nearest Airports Page runway PENGINE MAP aR KT Figure 7 85 APT RNWY FREQ and APR Softkeys Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A The Nearest Airports Page can be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver to a nearby airport The selected frequency is placed in the standby field of the COM window and activated using the COM Frequency Toggle Key To quickly tune the COM transceiver to a nearby airport frequency 1 Press the FREQ softkey located at the bottom of the display Turn the FMS knob to select the desired fre quency Press the ENT key The selected frequency is placed in the standby frequency tuning box Press the Com Frequency Toggle key to place the frequency in the active field To select and load an approach from the Nearest Airports Page 1 2 190 00498 00 Rev A Select the desired nearest airport Press the APR softkey located at the bottom of the display The LD APR load approach softkey becomes available Turn
326. oximity Page Operations 1 38 Displaying Obstacle Data 7 39 Navigation Map Display Conditions 1 39 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 7 5 Terrain Awareness amp Warning System TAWs Display Optional 7 40 Displaying Terrain on the TAWS Page 1 40 7 6 Direct to Navigation 7 49 Direct to Navigation Operations 1 50 T I Fight Plai renem 7 54 Active Flight Plan Page ee 1 54 Active Flight Plan Page Options 1 54 Flight Plan Catalog Page sss 1 64 Flight Plan Catalog Page Operations 1 64 Vertical Navigation VNAV Page 1 10 7 8 Procedures eene 1 2 Arrivals and Departures ss 1 72 PMO ACS acento mda avd mda 7 73 G1000 Navigational Guidance for Approaches 7 73 Selecting Approaches sseeess 7 74 7 9 Waypoint Page Group 7 77 AIRPORT Information Page INFO 1 18 Airport Frequency Information Field 7 81 AIRPORT Information Page Options 1 82 Departure Information Page DP 1 83
327. p Pull Up Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance PULL UP Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up Warning ROC or o Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning 101 PULL UP Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up or or Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up MFD Map Page Pop Up Alert Aural Message Caution Terrain Caution Terrain or Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead or Caution Terrain Caution Terrain Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle Caution ROC or Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution RTC Imminent Terrain Impact Caution ITI Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution IOI Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead or Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle Premature Descent Alert Caution PDA Too Low Terrain Altitude Callout 500 None Five Hundred Excessive Descent Rate Caution EDR Sink Rate Negative Climb Rate Caution NCR Don t Sink or Too Low Terrain Table 7 3 TAWS Alert Summary 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 47 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY The following system status annunciations may also be issued PFD MFD TAWS MFD Alert Type Page Annunciation Pop Up Alert TAWS System Test Fail TAWS FAIL TAWS System Failure Aural Message No GPS position or
328. played highlight the desired frequency by turning the large FMS knob 2 Press the ENT key The Pilot Controlled Lighting PCL frequency located in the Runways box of the INFO portion of the Airport Information Page may also be highlighted and loaded into the COM tuning box navi 110 75 112 s 100 ns 165 nav2 112 48 117 58 HEM gt RPH 1990 FFLOW GPH Y OIL PRES OIL TEMP EGT Lr VAE FUEL QTY GAL ww ENG BB HRS ELECTRICAL H BUS E 245 voLTs 245 H BATT 5 B ames a8 ENGINE INFO DP HPT APPROACH INF To load the primary approach NAV frequency into the NAV tuning box 1 On the Airport Information Window press the APR softkey to display approach information for a specific airport 2 Press the FMS knob to activate the selection cursor in the window 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the primary NAV frequency located in the Primary Frequency box 4 Press the ENT key REN 124 150 com 135 675 126 608 conz AIRPORT KEHA PUBLIC NASHVILLE INTL NASHVILLE TN NORTH UP APPROACH ILS 02C TRANSITION VECTORS FRIMARBY FREQUENCY zm SEQUENCE GRRTH faf RWG2C mop TANDS mahp HOLD Figure 3 23 WPT Airport Information Page APR Cessna 172 Shown 3 12 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A WPT VOR Information Window The VOR Information Window displays information specific to indivi
329. pon the aircraft current altitude A mountain icon appears above the zoom range in the lower right corner of the map showing that terrain is selected Red warning Land elevation is within 100 ft or above the aircraft current altitude Yellow caution Land elevation is greater than 100 ft to 1 000 ft below aircraft altitude Black Land elevation greater than 1 000 ft below aircraft altitude Press the TERRAIN softkey again to remove the terrain data from the map NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 N or 60 S NOTE Refer to the Appendix for more details about terrain 190 00498 00 Rev A NOTE Refer to the Multi Function Display section for more details about the weather interface To enable disable Stormscope optional NEXRAD optional or XM lightning optional data 1 Press the INSET softkey 2 Press the STRMSCP optional NEXRAD optional or XM LING optional softkey to display weather information 3 Press the STRMSCP NEXRAD or XM LTNG softkey again to remove the weather informa tion from the map To pan the map NOTE The joystick on the PFD operates independently from the one on the MFD 1 Pushin the joystick to display the panning pointer This allows the pilot to move the map beyond its current limits without adjusting the range 2 Push in and move the joystick to pan the map in the general direction of the desired location When
330. r ees 2 10 IM NER E E 2 12 Vertical Speed Indicator 2 14 Horizontal Situation Indicator 2 15 2 5 Communication Navigation amp Surveillance 2 21 Communication Frequency Window 2 21 Navigation Frequency Window 2 21 Navigation Status Bar ssss 2 22 Transponder Status Bar ssss 2 23 2 6 Supplemental Flight Data 2 24 Outside Air Temperature Box 2 24 System Time BOX sssesssssssecssssssssssssssssessssessessssesasees 2 24 Traffic Annunciation ccce tnrba ter ica 2 24 Terrain Proximity MN RAS 2 25 Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS OD UCL GI e c 2 26 TABLE OF CONTENTS MS OIA P 2 2 Working with Menus een 2 29 Auxiliary Window Keys ene 2 30 Auxiliary Windows eene 2 31 2 7 Reversionary Mode 2 45 2 8 Alerts and Annunciations 2 46 Alerts WindOw eene 2 46 Annunciation Window eene 2 46 Softkey Annunciations seen 2 46 SECTION 3 NAV COM 9 T OUGFVIGW scm ncs mpi decipere 3 1 Windows and Fields
331. r the Flight Plan Page Activate Leg Store Flight Plan Invert Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Remove Arrival Remove Departure Remove Approach Closest Point of FPL Change Fields Restore Defaults 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Departure Airport CIXD KSTI Destination Identifier xa ae ee Airport Se Identifier pom KIXD clive eg KSTL ABT 2125MH Approach ILS 30R MOODS inf 12 13 0H TYRSH 302 2 DNH EXALE 303 GENH RELEY faf 3pr2 AENA RW30R mon r STL mohp ACTIVE LEG INFO nom Po Course 087 From KIXD to KSTL ESA 4OBUFT Estimated Safe Altitude FLIGHT PLAN INFO REMAINING DISTANCE 248NM TOTAL DISTANCE 24BNH F light P lan FPL EST SAFE ALT 4000FT Inf ormation Pace Active Flight Plan Page Figure 7 36 Active Flight Plan Page STORED FLIGHT PLAN Bg SELECTED LEG INFO FLIGHT PLAN INFO REMAINING DISTANCE TOTAL DISTANCE FPL EST SAFE ALT FPL Figure 7 37 New Flight Plan Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1599 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To edit a flight plan 7 56 ls Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired flight plan and press the ENT key To add a waypoint to the flight plan Turn the large FMS kno
332. r the departure approaches departures and arrivals In either case the airport Turn the FMS knobs to enter the departure and destination airports must have associated desired departure Press the ENT key published procedures The Procedures Page is displayed 3 Load is highlighted Press the ENT key The by pressing the PROC key departure becomes part of the flight plan To select an arrival 1 Press the PROC key to display the Procedures morns Page Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Select Arrival and press the ENT key 2 he procedures page is displayed Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the desired arrival 3 The cursor moves to the TRANSITION field Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the a desired transition waypoint and press the ENT asad key The approach vectors option assumes you will receive vectors to the tinal course segment of the approach and will provide naviga tion guidance relative to the final approach course APPROACH ARRIVAL Press the PROC key to view the previous puge A NOTE Vector departures are not part of the Figure 7 54 Procedures Page aviation database A NOTE The approach vectors option assumes the pilot will receive vectors to the final course segment of the approach and will provide navi gation guidance on the final approach segment and extension only 7 72 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00
333. rations e VOR selection by identifier VOR selection by name VOR selection by closest city The map range is adjustable by rotating the joystick To change the map range rotate the joystick counter clockwise to select a lower range and rotate it clockwise to select a higher range To select the VOR Information Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page You may skip this step if you are already viewing any of the Map Group pages Turn the large FMS knob to select the WPT page group WPT is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display Turn the small FMS knob to select the VOR Information Page To select a VOR by using an Identifier 1 With the VOR Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the identifier and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing cursor Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI To select a VOR by using a Name 1 With the VOR Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knobs to highlight the name field Turn the large and small FMS knobs to enter a name and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor To select a VOR by using the closest city 1 With the VOR Information Page displayed press the FMS knob to ac
334. rd only by the passengers and is never muted GDL 69 69A XM RADIO SYSTEM When no external entertainment music is connected to the audio panel through MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2 jacks audio from the optional GDL 69A is heard by the pilot and passengers simultaneously Connecting a stereo input to either MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 removes the GDL 69A audio from that input For example if passengers prefer music while the pilot listens to the GDL 694 the entertainment audio would be connected to the MUSIC 2 jack Refer to the Optional Equipment Section for more details on the GDL 69 69A MASTER AVIONICS SQUELCH MASQ MASQ Master Avionics Squelch reduces ambient noise from the aircraft radios When no audio is detected MASQ processing further reduces the amount of background noise from the radios The Master Avionics Squelch MASQ threshold level can be adjusted or disabled by a Garmin authorized service center 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A DIGITAL CLEARANCE RECORDER WITH PLAYBACK CAPABILITY The audio panel contains a digital clearance recorder that plays back up to 2 5 minutes of COM signal recording Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks Audio from all of the selected COM radios are recorded and can be played back Anyone able to hear the selected COM radios is able to hear the COM audio playback Once the 2 5 minutes of recording time have been reached the recorder begins recording over the stored m
335. re displayed Press the 360 softkey to display a 360 viewing area or press the ARC softkey to display a 120 viewing area Press the MENU key The page menu is displayed Turn the FMS knob to select the desired view Press the ENT key on the desired selection To clear Stormscope lightning data from the display 1 Press the CLEAR softkey to remove all Stormscope lightning data from the display OR Press the MENU key Figure 8 5 Select Clear Lightning Data and press the ENT key Figure 8 4 Weather Group Map Setup Menu PAGE MENU OPTIONS Map Setup Measure Bearing Distance Clear Stormscope Lightning Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 8 5 Navigation Map Page Options Menu Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 8 3 TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM The G1000 provides an optional display interface for the Bendix King KTA870 Traffic Advisory System A NOTE This document assumes the user has experience operating the G1000 Multi Function Display and is familiar with the KTA870 Pilot s Guide A NOTE This section describes the G1000 for TAS only The G1000 Multi Function Display docu ment describes the standard TIS interface DISPLAYING AND CONFIGURING TAS TRAFFIC ON THE NAVIGATION MAP PAGE The display of TAS traffic on the Navigation Map Page is designed to closely resemble the display symbology used on the SKYWATCH TAS Traffic is
336. requencies Pressing the small COM or NAV knob transfers the frequency tuning box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow between the radios 121 900 rx 118 600 ID When the Morse code identifier is ON for a NAV radio a white ID appears to the left of the active NAV frequency NOTE When a COM signal is received or SNA transmitted the Frequency Transfer Arrow is Nav2 118 6810 111 68 GHH replaced by a white RX or TX indication nav1 169 98 lt 114 18 The Morse code identifier is ON for the GHM VOR 135 168 126 058 con Figure 3 8 ID Indication 3 6400 121 388 conz VOLUME Pressing the COM Frequency Transfer Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 10096 ATOSE eM ee using the VOL PUSH SQ knob for COM or VOL PUSH ID knob for NAV Turning the knob clockwise increases volume counterclockwise decreases volume nava 189 981 lt A BNA When adjusting the level is displayed in place of the yov2118 68 111 68 CHM standby frequencies Volume level indication remains for I c two seconds after the change e Pressing the NAV Frequency Transfer hey togeles the NAV frequencies Figure 3 10 Transferring COM and NAV Frequencies 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 5 NAV COM 3 2 COM OPERATION FREQUENCY SPACING The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25 kHz spacing 118 000 to 136 975 MHz or 8 33 kHz spacing 118 000 to 136 990 MHz for 760 channel or 3040 channel confi
337. restriction Information Field The Airport Frequency Information information Field may be used to quickly select and tune a COM or 3 Toretum to the Airport Frequency field press NAV frequency the ENT key To scroll through the frequency list and tune to a desired frequency on the list 1 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Ry 119 550 2 Turn the FMS knob to scroll through the list CLEARANCE 134 158 placing the cursor on the desired frequency If GROUND there are more frequencies in the list than can be displayed on the screen a scroll bar along TOWER the right hand side of the screen indicates UNICOM where you are within the list FSS 122 6501 3 Press the ENT key to place the selected fre quency in the standby field of the COM or Figure 7 61 Frequency Information Field NAV window 4 To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob Some listed frequencies may include designations for limited usage as follows TX transmit only RX receive only e PT part time frequency e i additional information exists press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 81 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Airport Frequency Descriptions AIRPORT INFORMATION PAGE OPTIONS The Airport Frequency Information held uses the Ihe following Airport Information Page following descriptions and abbreviations options are available by pressing the MENU key with the Freque
338. rily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the ALTI TUDE BUFFER field 4 Turn the small and large FMS knobs to select an altitude buffer value and press the ENT key Arrival Alerts An arrival alert provided on the System Setup Page can be set to notify you with a message when you have reached a user defined distance to the final destination the direct to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flight plan Once you have reached the set distance up to 99 9 units an Arrival at waypoint message is displayed on the PFD Navigation Status Bar Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III The Arrival Alert section of the System Setup Page dis plays the following information Arrival alert setting Trigger distance for arrival alerts The Arrival Alerts section of the System Setup Page al lows the following operations Enabling and disabling of arrival alert e Setting trigger distance for arrival alerts To enable disable an Arrival Alert 1 2 Select the System Setup Page Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor Turn the large FMS knob to select the ARRIVAL ALERT On Off field Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list Turn the FMS knob to select the desired option and press the ENT key To change the Arrival Alert trigger distance setting 1 2 Select the System Setup Page Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate t
339. rmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 9 1 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS The following additional Safe Operating alert level is 9 2 ALERT LEVEL DEFINITIONS used by Cessna T182 and T206 only as well as by nor The G1000 Alerting System as installed in Cessna Nav mally aspirated 206 aircraft equipped with the propeller III aircraft uses three alert levels de ice option WARNING This level of alert requires immediate Safe Operating Annunciation The purpose of pilot attention A warning alert is annunciated in the Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a continuous aural tone Text appearing in the Annunciation Window is RED A warning alert is also accompanied by a flashing WARNING soitkey the safe operating annunciation is to inform the pilot that certain airframe systems and or functions are within safe operating limits Safe operating annun ciations only appear in the Annunciation Window Sale operating annunciation text is GREEN annunciation as shown in Figure 9 2 Pressing the WARNING softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert and stops the aural tone if appli cable Figure 9 2 WARNING Softkey Annunciation CAUTION This level of alert indicates the exis tence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require pilot intervention A caution alert is annunciated in the Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a single aural tone Text appearing inthe Annunciation Window is YELLOW A caut
340. rn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Garmin G1000 MFD Pilot s Guide for the Cessna NAV III Create a New Flight Plan Create New Flight Plan creates a new flight plan To create a new flight plan 1 Press the FPL key and turn the small FMS knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page Press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page options Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Create New Flight Plan and press the ENT key A blank flight plan page is displayed for the first empty storage location Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identitier of the departure waypoint and press the ENT key Repeat step number 4 to enter the identifier for each additional flight plan waypoint Once all waypoints have been entered press the FMS knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Copy a Flight Plan Copy Flight Plan copies the active flight plan to a Flight Plan Catalog location The copy function is useful for duplicating the active flight plan before making changes To copy a flight plan to another flight plan catalog location 1 190 00498 00 Rev A From the Flight Plan Catalog press the FMS knob to activate the cursor turn the large FMS knob to highlight the flight plan the pilot wishes to copy then press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Catalog Options Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Copy Flight Pla
341. rn the small FMS knob to enter the first letter of the destination waypoint identifier The destination waypoint may be an airport VOR NDB intersection or user waypoint as long as it is in the database or stored in memory as a user waypoint Turn the large FMS knob to the right to move the cursor to the next character position 3 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to spell out the rest of the waypoint identifier 4 Press the ENT key to confirm the identifier The Activate field is highlighted 5 Press the ENT key to activate a Direct to course to the selected destination If navigating to a waypoint and the aircraft moves off course the Direct to feature can be used to re center the CDI HSI needle and proceed to the same waypoint To re center the CDI HSI needle to the same destination waypoint 1 Press the Direct to key followed by press ing the ENT key twice NOTE If navigating an approach with the missed approach point MAP as the current destination re centering the CDI HSI needle with the Direct to key cancels the approach 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 49 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY DIRECT TO NAVIGATION OPERATIONS To select a Direct to destination by facility name or city Selecting a Direct to Waypoint 1 Press the Direct to key The Direct to Page is In addition to selecting a Direct to waypoint using displayed with the waypoint identifier field an identifier a Direct to
342. rn to the Navigation Map Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Traffic Group The display of traffic information on the Navigation Map Page closely resembles TCAS display symbology Traffic is only displayed on the Navigation Map Page if aircraft heading data is available If heading is not available traffic advisories are displayed as non bearing banners on the Navigation Map Page MAP SETUP GROUP Troffic TRAFFIC OFf i dvo All Traffic TRAFFIC SMBL 150NH TRAFFIC LBL SANM Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to bose poge Figure 7 14 Traffic Group Options MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To enable disable traffic data on the Navi gation Map Page 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option 2 Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed 3 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Traffic group Press the ENT key The cursor flashes on the TRAFFIC field 4 Turn the small FMS knob to select On or OT 5 Press the ENT key to accept the selected option 6 Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page The Traffic mode selects which traffic is displayed all traffic traffic and proximity advisories or traffic advisories only The tratfic symbol is the symbol used to depict the type of traffic Traffic Advisories
343. rom the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting the de sired waypoint and pressing the ACT LEG softkey then the ENT key to approve the selection The GPS then pro vides navigation along the selected flight plan leg When does turn anticipation begin The G1000 smoothes adjacent leg transitions based upon a normal 15 bank angle with the ability to roll up to 25 and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipa tion 1 A waypoint alert NEXT DTK flashes on the PFD 10 seconds before the turn point 2 A flashing turn advisory TURN TO appears on the PFD when the pilot is to begin the turn The HSI GPS mode automatically sequences to the next DTK value 3 The To From indicator on the HSI flips momen tarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has been crossed APPENDIX C When does the CDI scale change When 30 nm from the destination the G1000 begins a smooth CDI scale transition from 5 0 nm en route mode to 1 0 nm terminal mode When 2 nm from the FAF during an active approach the CDI scale transitions to 0 3 nm approach mode When executing a missed approach the CDI can be returned to the 1 0 nm scale by pressing the SUSP softkey The CDI is also set to 1 0 nm terminal mode within 30 nm of the departure airport Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active Unlike a VOR the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the cross track distance to the desired
344. s ER FLOOD EN 6000 16000 BB 18BBB 10000 20000 A NOTE When no data is shown at a given altitude CYCLONE for any of the weather features the data for that altitude has not been received or the data is out of date and has been removed from the display Wait for the next update The update rate isevery Weather Data Link Page Setup 12 minutes The pilot can customize the display of XM Weather data on the Weather Data Link Page using the Weather WIND press the WIND softkey to show wind Page Options Menu Figure 8 9 speed and direction at a selected altitude from the ground up to 42 000 feet in 3 000 foot To customize the display of weather data increments The WIND softkey label changes on the Weather Data Link Page to reflect the winds aloft altitude selected The 1 Press the Menu key on the Weather Data Link update rate is every 12 minutes Page 2 Select Weather Setup on the Page Menu and WINDS ALOFT press the ENT key B KNOTS 3 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight and 5 KNOTS OR LESS im move between the product selections Turn 18 KNOTS OR LESS H the small FMS knob to select an option for 58 KNOTS OR LESS Y each selection and press the ENT key COUNTY pressing the COUNTY softkey provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings for Tornado Severe Thunderstorm and Flood conditions provided by the National Weather Service NWS Refer to the Legend for a descriptio
345. s Guide for further information regarding these and other system alerts Reversionary mode may also be manually activated by the pilot if the system fails to detect a display problem Reversionary mode is activated manually by pressing the red DISPLAY BACKUP button at the bottom of the Audio Panel Pressing this button again deactivates reversionary mode Figure 1 7 Reversionary Mode Failed PFD Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill SYSTEM OVERVIEW AHRS OPERATION In addition to using internal sensors the GRS 77 AHRS uses GPS information magnetic field data and air data to assist in attitude heading calculations In normal primary mode the AHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic feld measurements If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid the AHRS uses air data information for attitude determination Four AHRS modes of operation are available see table below and depend upon the combination of available sensor inputs Loss of air data GPS or magnetometer sensor inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts GPS Input Failure Ihe G1000 system provides two sources of GPS information If a single GPS receiver fails or if the information provided from one of the GPS receivers is unreliable the AHRS seamlessly transitions to using the other GPS receiver An alert message informs the pilot of the use of the backup GPS path If both GPS inputs fail the AHRS continues to operate
346. s Guide for instructions on adjusting MFD backlighting MFD SOFTKEYS The MFD softkeys are located below the display screen and provide control over flight management functions including GPS Navigation and flight planning Figure 7 2 shows an MFD flowchart identifying what functions are available via the softkey labels Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill The MFD softkeys perform the following functions ENGINE Pressing the ENGINE softkey makes available the LEAN and SYSTEM softkeys which in turn access the Lean Page and the System Page respectively MAP pressing the MAP softkey enables the follow ing softkeys TRAFFIC pressing the TRAFFIC softkey displays removes Mode S Traffic on the Navigation Map TOPO pressing the TOPO softkey displays or removes topographic information on the Navigation Map TERRAIN pressing the TERRAIN softkey displays removes terrain information on the Navigation Map BACK pressing the BACK softkey displays the ENGINE and MAP top level softkeys DCLTR declutter pressing the DCLTR softkey removes map information in three levels CHKLIST checklist optional pressing the CHKLIST softkey displays the Checklist Page 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY MAP FA A DCLTR 1 optional CA FA n x im R 2 Press the BACK softkey on this level to return to the top softkey level noe V A F 1 Fi ND Pre
347. section for detailed information on the Traffic Advisory System TAS DAT L L The Gl1000 system displays Traffic Information Service TIS or Traffic Advisory System TAS traffic on the PFD Inset Map and the MFD Navigation Map Page SYSTEM TIME BOX When a Traffic Advisory TA is detected the following automatically occurs Figure 2 37 Outside Air Temperature Box The System Time Box displays the local time Time and date is obtained from the satellites and cannot be changed The pilot may select the desired time format and offset There are three time formats available Local 12 hr Local 24 hr and Coordinated Universal Time UTC The Time Offset Time Zone represents the number of hours plus or minus UTC refer to the Multi Function Display section The Inset Map is enabled and displays the traffic Asingle TRAFFIC aural alert is generated e A flashing black on yellow TRAFFIC annuncia tion appears to the top left of the Attitude Indica tor for 5 seconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area A NOTE If a second TA appears or if the TAs displayed decrease and then increase new aural and visual alerts are generated LEL 174140 Figure 2 38 System Time Box ACET L Til i F i m a ii Phew P Lx Figure 2 39 Traffic Annunciation 2 24 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY TERRAIN PROXIMITY Obstacle Data E Obstacle
348. serviced BACKUP PATH ADC1 using backup The GDC 74A is using a backup communications data path The G1000 system data path should be serviced when possible 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 9 15 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Miscellaneous Message Advisories Alerts Window Message Comments S FPL WPT LOCK Flight plan waypoint Upon power up the G1000 system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is is locked locked This occurs when an aviation database update eliminates an obsolete way point The flight plan cannot tind the specified waypoint and flags this message This can also occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database OR update the waypoint name identitier to reflect the new information FPL WPT MOVE Flight plan The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new waypoint moved aviation database update Verity that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations TIMER EXPIRD Timer has expired The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired DB CHANGE Database changed This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually Verify user modified procedures edited This alert is issued only after an aviation database update Verity that the user modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date
349. set Fuel Reserve Reversionary Receive Selective Availability Static Air Temperature Storm Cell Identification and Tracking Secure Digital Second s Select Surface APPENDIX B Abbreviation or Acronym Definition SIAP SID SIGMET Sim SLCT SLP SKD SMBL SPD SPI SPKR SQ STAR STATS STBY STD SUA SUSP SW SYS T HDG TAS TAF TAT TCA TCAS TEL TEMP TERM TF TFR TIS TKE TMA TRG TRK TRUNC TX UNAVAIL USR UTC UTM UPS V Vne Vr VX Vy VA Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Standard Instrument Approach Procedures Standard Instrument Departure Significant Meteorological Information Simulator Select Slip skid Symbol Speed Special Position Identification Speaker Squelch Standard Terminal Arrival Route Statistics Standby Standard Special Use Airspace Suspend Software System True Heading True Airspeed Terminal Aerodrome Forecast Total Air Temperature Terminal Control Area Traffic Collision Avoidance System Telephone Temperature Terminal Track Between Two Fixes Temporary Flight Restriction Traffic Information System Track Angle Error Terminal Maneuvering Area Target Track Truncated Transmit Unavailable User Coordinated Universal Time Universal Transverse Mercator Universal Polar Stereographic Grid Airspeed Velocity Never exceed Speed Rotate Speed Best Angle of Climb Speed Best Rate of Climb speed Heading Vector to Altitude
350. sories 8 7 Traffic Advisory Criteria 8 9 Traffic Advisory Systems 8 7 Traffic Annunciation 2 3 2 24 Traffic Banner 7 36 Traffic group options 7 25 Traffic Information Service TIS 4 2 Traffic label 7 27 Traffic Map Page 7 33 Traffic map page 7 45 Traffic Map Page operations 7 34 Traffic mode 7 25 TRAFFIC softkey 2 5 2 28 8 7 Traffic symbol 7 26 Transponder 2 23 Transponder equipped aircraft 4 2 Transponder code field 4 1 Transponder code selection 4 4 Transponder ground mode 4 3 Transponder Modes 2 6 2 23 Transponder mode field 4 1 4 3 4 4 Transponder standby mode 4 1 4 3 Transponder Status Bar 2 2 2 23 Transponder Status bar 4 1 4 3 4 4 4 5 Trip planning operations 7 106 True Airspeed Box 2 2 2 9 Turbine Inlet Temperature TIT 6 3 6 7 Turbulence 8 18 Turn Rate Indicator 2 2 2 15 2 16 TX indicator 3 5 U Unlighted obstacle 7 45 update rate 8 17 User Waypoint Information Page 7 100 V Vacuum Pressure 6 3 6 9 Vertical Deviation Indicator 2 3 2 13 Vertical Navigation VNAV Page 7 70 Vertical navigation profile 7 70 Vertical Speed Indicator 2 2 2 14 Vertical Speed Pointer 2 14 VFR 2 6 2 23 2 26 VFR code 4 5 View Recent User WPT List 7 101 VLOC receiver 7 75 Voice alerts 9 3 Voice Announcements 8 10 VOL PUSH ID knob 3 3 3 8 VOL PUSH SQ knob 3 3 3 5 Voltmeter 6 4 Volume 5 5 8 26 Volume squelch control 5 9 VOL softkey 8 25 VOR ILS approach frequenc
351. speed are all shown on one display The MFD shows a full color moving map with navigation information Both displays offer control for COM and NAV frequency selection as well as for the heading course baro and altitude reference functions On the left of the MFD display the Engine Indication System EIS cluster shows engine and airframe instrumentation Figure 1 6 gives an example of the G1000 system in normal mode Figure 1 6 Normal Mode Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A REVERSIONARY MODE Should a failure occur in either display the G1000 automatically enters reversionary mode In reversionary mode all important flight information is shown on the remaining display An example of reversionary mode entry due to a failed PFD is shown in Figure 1 7 If a display fails the GIA 63 GDU 1040 Ethernet interface is cut off Thus the GIA can no longer communicate with the remaining display refer to Figure 1 1 and the NAV and COM functions provided to the failed display by the GIA are flagged as invalid on the remaining display as a result The system reverts to using backup paths for the GRS 77 GDC 74A GEA 71 and GTX 33 as required The change to backup paths is completely automated for all LRUs and no pilot action is required SYSTEM OVERVIEW NOTE The system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs Refer to the Annunciations and Alerts Pilot
352. ss or a properly set directional gyro Navigation Term Indicated Leg Left Over Fuel On Board Left Over Fuel Reserve Minimum Safe Altitude Track Track Angle Error Vertical Speed Required Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III APPENDIX B Definition Information provided by properly calibrated and set instrumentation on the aircraft panel The portion of a flight plan between two waypoints The amount of fuel remaining on board after the completion of one or more legs of a flight plan or direct to The amount of flight time remaining based on the amount of fuel on board after the completion of one or more legs of a flight plan or direct to and a known consumption rate Uses Grid Minimum Off Route Altitudes Grid MORAs to determine a safe altitude within ten miles of the aircraft present position Grid MORAs are one degree latitude by one degree longitude in size The Grid MORA clears the highest elevation reference point in the grid by 1000 feet for all areas of the grid The direction of aircraft movement relative to a ground position Also referred to as Ground Track The angle ditference between the desired track and your current track The vertical speed necessary to descend climb from a current position and altitude to a defined target position and altitude based upon current groundspeed B 5 APPENDIX B This page intentionally left blank B 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guid
353. ss the ENGINE or BACK softkey on any level to return to the default page level Ter TE vere er Ge er Ge ee ere C856 a n F v vi v n Press the ENGINE or BACK softkey on any level to return to the default page level The DONE softkey changes to UNDO when the checklist item is already checked nae nnn D V3 V3 FE 4 rv Figure 7 2 MFD Softkeys 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1 3 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS OPTIONAL The G1000 Multi Function Display provides optional checklists which allow a pilot to quickly find the proper procedure on the ground and during each phase of flight NOTE The checklist information described in this section is not intended to replace the checklist information described in the Aircraft Flight Manual and the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document NOTE Garmin is not responsible for the content of the checklists User defined checklists are cre ated by the aircraft manufacturer Additionally modifications or updates to the checklists are coordinated through the aircraft manufacturer The user cannot edit the checklists Displaying the Checklist Page Figure 7 3 The Splash Screen displays the current checklist file that is installed for the Cessna Nav III aircraft If no checklist is present then the Spalsh Sceen displays the text CHECKLIST FILE NOT PRESENT and the CHKLIST softkey is grey
354. ssna Nav III 1 9 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select the Navigation Map Page 1 Turn the large FMS knob to select the Map Page group 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Naviga tion Map Page The page group name and page title is displayed below the navigation status bar MAP NAVIGATION MAP In addition to turning the large and small FMS knobs the Navigation Map Page can be selected from any page by pressing and momentarily holding the CLR DFLT MAP key 1 10 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A NAVIGATION MAP PAGE OPERATIONS The following Navigation Map Page operations can be performed Changing the Map Orientation Selecting a Map Range Using the Auto Zoom Feature Identifying Aviation Map Data e Decluttering the Map Panning the Map Displaying Topographic Information on the Navi gation Map Page Displaying Terrain Information on the Navigation Map Page e Displaying Traffic on the Navigation Map Page e MFD Navigation Status Window e Navigation Map Page Options Menu Changing the Map Orientation See the map setup section of this MFD Pilots Guide for instructions on how to change the map orientation MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Selecting a Map Range The Navigation Map Page can be set to 23 different range settings from 500 feet to 2000 nautical miles The current range is indicated in the lower right corner of the Navigation Map Page an
355. st cylinder 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A Normally Aspirated Aircraft When a cylinder peaks its peak is represented by a hollow block on the EGT Bar Graph The EGT Readout for the peaked cylinder indicated in cyan appears directly beneath the bar graph The system automatically switches to the first peak obtained and displays the temperature deviation from peak APEAK in degrees Fahrenheit below the EGT Readout Turbocharged Aircraft Leaning is done with reference to the Turbine Inlet Temperature TIT Indicator When the temperature peaks the numeric readout APEAK appears below the TIT Indicator and displays the difference between peak and current TITs in degrees Fahrenheit If a peak is not displayed underscores are shown until one is established ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM E Tachometer Hollow Bloch Representing Peah Exhaust Gas a Temperature _ F wo EE QI em E EGT Readout Temperature on sen E C ud Deviation E 2 e ln a y From Peak Cylinder Head i kemperature FE rca CHT Readout pow wo For Selected Swiss 455 Cylinder FFLOW GPH 10 0 Fuel FI Fuel Quantity Indicator Figure 6 6 Lean Page 172 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 6 7 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM 6 8 2345 14 a 5 05 EGT F APEAK 43 F 8E I co NN ll s 7 MENU cio NNI I 2 Model 182 Manifold lg Pressur
356. t en ee Runway SKLARS f ses HARD SURFACE Information PCL FREQ 123 050 Field LEAKE HATTIE PESERUVOTR FREQUENCIES igs Airport Frequency Information Field DwewrADORSTRODDO Figure 7 58 Airport Information Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 71 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY AIRPORT INFORMATION PAGE INFO 1 18 The Airport Information page shows the following detailed information for the selected airport Airport Information e Runways Frequencies Airport Information Page Operations To enter a waypoint identifier 1 Select the desired WPT page and press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the small FMS knob to select the first character of the waypoint s identifier Turn the large FMS knob to select the next character field Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired character Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the identifier is selected then press the ENT key To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Airports may be selected by identifier facility name or city location To enter a waypoint facility name or city location 1 2 3 Select the Airport Information Page Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to select the facility name or location city field Turn the small FMS knob to select the desired character Turn the large FMS knob to select
357. t Airports Page 7 128 Nearest Airports Window 2 33 2 34 Nearest Pages 8 11 Nearest Page Group 7 125 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff 7 44 NEXRAD 2 5 2 29 8 11 NEXRAD Abnormalities 8 16 NEXRAD Intensity 8 16 NEXRAD Limitations 8 16 NEXRAD softkey 8 13 Normal operating mode 1 12 NRST softkey 2 5 2 8 2 33 0 OAT 1 2 Obstacles 7 45 9 10 OBS Mode 2 6 2 15 2 20 OBS mode C 2 OFF softkey 2 5 2 7 Oil Pressure 6 3 Temperature 6 3 ON softkey 2 6 2 8 2 23 Operating Mode 8 10 Operational ii Optional equipment 1 5 Outside Air Temperature OAT Box 2 2 2 24 Overview 1 1 P PA 5 5 Page groups 7 7 Pan Map 2 29 PDA 7 43 Peak Cylinder 6 6 6 7 Performance G 1 G 3 PFD 3 1 Pilot Controlled lighting trequency 3 12 Pitch Indication 2 11 Pitch Scale 2 10 2 11 PLAY key 5 11 Point n shoot flight plan 7 69 Power 7 34 7 110 Power up 1 10 Power up test 7 34 190 00498 00 Rev A Premature Descent Alert 7 43 Presets 8 26 PRESETS softkey 8 25 Pressure Manifold 6 1 Oil 6 3 Vacuum 6 3 Primary Flight Display PFD 2 1 2 48 Procedures 7 72 Procedures Page 7 72 Procedures Window 2 42 2 45 PROC key 2 30 Proximity Advisories 8 7 Q Quick tuning 121 500 MHz 3 7 Radar coverage 8 17 RADIO softkey 8 23 8 25 Radio Tuning Window 2 19 RAIM C 1 Recently used VORs 3 13 Recorded COM 5 11 Remove departure arrival or approach 7 62 Removing
358. t relative bearing information and target track vector This can cause a delay in the displayed intruder informa tion However intruder distance and altitude typically remain relatively accurate and may be used to assist in spotting traffic The following errors are common examples e When the client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly the tracking algorithm may report incorrect horizontal position until the maneuvering aircraft stabilizes e When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that intercepts the client aircraft course at a shal low angle either overtaking or head on and either aircraft abruptly changes course within 0 25 nautical miles TIS may display the intruder aircraft on the incorrect side of the client aircraft These are rare occurrences and are typically resolved within a few radar sweeps once the client intruder aircraft course stabilizes Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Pilots using TIS can provide valuable assistance in the correction of malfunctions by reporting their observations of undesirable performance Reporters should identity the time of observation location type and identity of the aircraft and describe the condition observed Reports should also include the type of transponder and transpon der software version as well Since TIS performance is monitored by maintenance personnel not ATC malfunc tions should be reported in the following ways By telephon
359. t the location closest to a chosen reference waypoint NEM CENTURY AIRCENTER OLATHE KS BRG 360 N 38 49 85 DIS NH W 94 53 42 Press ENT to accept Figure 2 63 Closest Point of FPL Window 190 00498 00 Rev A To determine the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint 1 From the Flight Plan Window press the MENU key to display the page menu options Turn the FMS knob to highlight Closest Point of FPL then press the ENT key A window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted Turn the FMS knobs to enter the identifier of the reference waypoint then press the ENT key The G1000 displays the bearing BRG and distance DIS to the closest point along the flight plan from the selected reference waypoint To create a user waypoint at this location and add it to the flight plan press the ENT key The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier or the reference waypoint Change Fields Change Fields allows the pilot to select the desired data items to be displayed on the Flight Plan Window The user selectable data fields can be changed to display the following information e Cumulative Distance CUM e Distance DIS Desired Track DTK Fn route Safe Altitude ESA Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Estimated Time En route ETE 190 00498 00 Rev A PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY FLIGHT PLAN KMKC KIXD DTK DIS Approach ILS 35
360. t timer starting criteria ground speed more then 30 knots power on 1 Select the AUX UTILITY Page 2 Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the FLIGHT field 3 Turn the small FMS knob to display the selection window 4 Turn the FMS knob to select either PWR ON or GS gt 30KT and press the ENT key 1 110 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III To set the departure timer starting criteria ground speed more then 30 knots power on 1 2 Select the AUX UTILITY Page Press the FMS knob Turn the large FMS knob to select the DEPARTURE TIME field Turn the small FMS knob to display the selection window Turn the FMS knob to select either PWR ON or GS gt 30KT and press the ENT key To reset the flight timer 1 2 3 Select the AUX UTILITY Page Press the MENU key Turn the FMS knob to select Reset Flight Timer Press the ENT key To reset the departure timer 1 2 Select the AUX UTILITY Page Press the MENU key Turn the FMS knob to select Reset Departure Time Press the ENT key 190 00498 00 Rev A Trip Statistics To reset trip statistics readouts 1 Press the MENU key to display an options window with the following reset options Reset Trip ODOM AVG GS Resets trip aver age ground speed readout and odometer Reset Odometer Resets odometer readout only e Reset Maximum Speed Resets maximum speed readout only R
361. ta can be displayed on the AUX Trip Planning Page Map by pressing the NEXRAD and XM LING softkeys Displaying Weather Data on the Flight Plan Page Maps NEXRAD and XM Lightning Data can be displayed on the Flight Plan Page Maps by pressing the NEXRAD and XM LING softkeys OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Displaying Weather on the Weather Data Link Page The Weather Data Link Page displays all available weather products Figure 8 9 The display of the weath er data can either be selected by softkeys located at the bottom of the display or through the Weather Data Link Setup menu To select the Weather Data Link Page 1 Turn the large FMS knob to select the Map Page Group 2 Turn the small FMS knob to select the Weather Data Link Page NEXRAD AGE Bmin RAIN Sn a m UNITED STATES ORMANERTGAR CELL MOV SIG AIR METAR LEGEND MORE Wx Figure 8 9 Weather Data Link Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 15 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Weather Data Link Page Softkeys The following softkeys perform the XM Weather func tions on the Weather Data Link Page NEXRAD press the NEXRAD softkey to show NEXRAD weather and radar coverage information both are activated at the same time Composite data from all of the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps The display of the information is color coded to
362. ted time of day e GPS calculated altitude Ground Speed e Track MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY The sky view display at the top left corner of the page shows the satellites currently in view as well as their respective positions The outer circle of the sky view represents the horizon with north at the top of the circle the inner circle represents 45 above the horizon and the center point shows the position directly overhead Each satellite has a 30 second data transmission that must be collected hollow signal strength bar before the satellite may be used for navigation solid signal strength bar Once the GPS receiver has determined your position the G1000 indicates your position altitude track and ground speed The GPS receiver status field also displays the following messages under the appropriate conditions e Acquiring Sat The GPS receiver is acquiring satellites for navigation In this mode the receiver uses satellite orbital data collected continuously from the satellites and last known position to determine the satellites that should be in view e 2D Navigation The GPS receiver is in 2D naviga tion mode 3D Navigation The GPS receiver is in 3D naviga tion mode and computes altitude using satellite data Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY The Satellite Status Page also indicates the accuracy of the position fix using Estimated Position Error EPE and Dilution of Precision
363. ter Takeoff alert is to provide suitable alerts to the pilot when the system determines that the aircraft is losing altitude closing upon terrain after takeoff The aural message Don t Sink is given for NCR alerts accompanied by an annunciation and a pop up terrain alert on the display NCR is only activated during the departure phase of flight under the following conditions A height above the terrain is less than 700 feet B the aircraft is less than 2 nm from the departure airport C heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees Five Hundred Aural Alert The purpose of the aural alert message Five hundred is to provide an advisory alert to the aircrew that the aircraft is five hundred feet above terrain When the aircraft descends within 500 feet of terrain the aural message Five hundred is heard There are no display annunciations or pop up alerts that accompany the aural message This function is enabled when the aircrafts height above the terrain is more than 675 feet It is disabled when the aircrafts height above the terrain becomes less than 500 feet 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Navigation Map 1 With the Navigation Map displayed press the MAP softkey 2 Press the TERRAIN softkey Terrain and obstacle proximity will now be displayed on the map Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle
364. the Navigation Map Page all cartographic data is automatically removed and the Jeppesen Nav data is presented on a black background 190 00498 00 Rev A Topo Range The topo range setting enables or disables the topography range box located in the lower right corner of the Navigation Map Page To enable disable the topo range box 1 190 00498 00 Rev A With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group and press the ENT key Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the TOPO Range field Turn the small FMS knob to select On or Off Press the ENT key to accept the selected option Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Terrain Data Terrain data can be enabled or disabled on the Navigation Map Page using the TERRAIN DATA setting A data range can also be selected The data range is the maximum map range that terrain data is displayed To enable disable terrain data and to select a terrain data range 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option Press the ENT key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS knob to select the Map group
365. the display indicates that a traffic advisory is outside the selected display range The traffic advisory off range banner is removed when the traffic advisory is within the selected display range TRAFFIC on the PFD when the system receives a traffic advisory a flashing TRAFFIC alert is displayed in the upper left hand portion of the display The PFD inset map also automatically displays traffic data 190 00498 00 Rev A 190 00498 00 Rev A 7 4 TERRAIN PROXIMITY PAGE A CAUTION Use of Terrain Proximity informa tion for primary terrain avoidance is prohibited The Terrain Proximity Map is intended only to enhance situational awareness It is the pilot s responsibility to provide terrain avoidance at all times The Terrain Proximity Page displays the following e Current aircraft location Range marking rings 25 nm 25 50 nm 50 100 nm and 100 200 nm Heading Box North Up Track Up DTK Up HDG Up Heading on the Terrain Proximity Page displays HDG Up map data unless there is no valid heading View Selection MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Terrain Terrain Range Indicates the terrain elevation in colors relative to the aircraft altitude Figure 4 2 Obstacles NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 degrees north or 60 degrees south Page Orientation KNFLSOnn Range Marking Ring Current Aircraft Location TERRAIN ied Terrain Range Figure
366. the remaining display Minimal navigation capability is also available on the reversionary mode display See the System Overview Section for a de tailed explanation of the reversionary mode 190 00498 00 Rev A Figure 7 1 MFD Splash Screen MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT This MFD Pilots Guide describes the configurable features of the G1000 for the Nav III Descriptions and procedures relating to the following optional equipment are covered in Section 8 e L 3 STORMSCOPE WX 500 Series II Weather Mapping Sensor Honeywell KTA870 TAS e GDL 69 69A XMQ Radio System er forara GARMIN CORPORATION 1995 2883 55 ovided J ference to Lond ond water doto os 0 genea re oss ENT or to view exmrotia Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 1 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY MFD POWER UP MFD power up is part of the system power up procedure See the G1000 System Overview Pilots Guide for details Splash Screen Information The MFD splash screen Figure 7 1 displays general system information such as software version and database versions to the pilot upon power up of the G1000 system Io acknowledge the Splash Screen information and proceed to the Navigation Map Page press the ENT key or the right most softkey twice NOTE Screen images in this pilot s guide are subject to change and may not reflect current G1000 system software MFD BACKLIGHTING See the Primary Flight Display Pilot
367. then press the ENT key A window appears listing the available departures for the departure airport 3 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired depar ture then press the ENT key 4 A window may appear listing runways for the departure Turn the FMS knob to select the desired runway then press the ENT key The transition window is now displayed Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NOTE The runway window is not displayed for every departure ALL may appear in the runway field indicating that the departure procedure applies to all runways For airports with parallel runways B may appear at the end of the runway designation to indicate that the departure procedure applies to both runways 5 Turn the FMS knob to select the desired transi tion then press the ENT key 6 With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key Activate Approach Activate Approach allows the pilot to activate the approach when ready to begin navigating the approach course cleared for the approach To activate the approach for a direct to or flight plan destination airport 1 From an active flight plan press the PROC key to display the Procedures options window 2 Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Activate Approach then press the ENT key Activate Vector To Final Activate Vector To Final allows the pilot to activate the final course segment of the approach This option assumes that the pilot will receive vectors to the fina
368. thout an operating transponder are invisible to TIS TIS VS TCAS The main difference between TIS and TCAS is the source of surveillance data TCAS uses an airborne inter rogator with a half second update rate while TIS utilizes the terminal Mode S ground interrogator and accompany ing data link to provide a five second update rate TIS and TCAS both have similar ranges TIS LIMITATIONS This section describes basic TIS limitations and is not comprehensive The pilot should review the TIS Limi tations section of the Aeronautical Information Manual AIM Section 1 2 5 APPENDIX E A NOTE TIS is NOT intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not relieve the pilot of the responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft TIS shall not be used for avoidance maneuvers during IMC or when there is no visual contact with the intruder aircraft TIS is intended only to assist in visual acquisition of other aircraft in VMC conditions No recommended avoidance maneuvers are given nor authorized as a di rect result of a TIS intruder display or TIS advisory While TIS is a useful aid to visual traffic avoidance system limitations must be fully understood to ensure proper use Many limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance Information provided by TIS is nei ther better nor more accurate than the information used by ATC TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode S radar system which is a seco
369. tion Tuning boxes Frequency Transfer Arrows e Radio status indications e Controls COM COM Frequency Window Controls 124 158 com 135 675 120 608 conz FUSH CRS 4 BARO DHE TUNING Hope NAYI E XPOR IDENT GES ALERTS E lh a E E DME Tuning Window Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 3 1 NAV COM WINDOWS AND FIELDS RADIO SELECTION The NAV and COM Frequency windows are located Frequencies in the active window are displayed in at the top of the display on either side of the Navigation either green or white h the PFD he MED Status bar on both the PFD and the An active COM frequency is displayed in green The NAV Frequency window is displayed to the left indicating that the COM radio is selected on the of the Navigation Status bar audio panel COMI MIC or COM2 MIC keys White numbers indicate that the radio is not The COM Frequency window is displayed to the MD selected right of the Navigation Status bar e An active NAV frequency is displayed in green indicating the NAV radio is selected for navigation on the HSI NAV radio selection is made with the Inthe NAV Frequency window the active frequency PFD CDI softkey is on the right side the standby frequency is on the left Each radio frequency window is composed of two fields a standby field and an active field e NAVI selected a single green arrow with VORT or LOCI displayed on the HSI Inthe COM Frequ
370. tion 8 17 Stuck microphone 3 7 Surface Analysis including City Fore casts 8 11 Surface winds 8 18 SUSP softkey 2 20 Symbols F 1 System annunciations 9 1 9 6 System Page 6 9 6 11 System Status Page 8 27 System Time Box 2 2 2 24 System time format 7 117 T Tachometer 6 1 TAF 8 14 TAS 9 14 TAS Traffic 8 7 TAWS 7 40 7 41 7 42 7 45 7 46 7 47 7 48 9 4 9 5 TAWS B 7 40 TAWS Alert Annunciations 2 26 TAWS system test 7 42 TCAS 4 2 TCAS symbology 7 34 Temperature Cylinder 6 3 6 6 6 7 Exhaust Gas 6 3 Oil 6 3 Peak Cylinder 6 6 Turbine Inlet 6 3 6 7 Temporary Flight Restrictions 8 11 Terrain 7 40 7 46 7 47 7 48 9 10 Terrain A 1 F 4 Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS 2 26 Terrain data 7 23 Terrain data scale 7 23 7 24 Terrain information 7 17 INDEX Terrain Proximity 2 25 Terrain Proximity Page 7 37 Terrain Proximity Page operations 7 39 Terrain separation il TERRAIN softkey 2 5 2 28 Textual METAR Data 8 11 Textual Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts 8 11 Timer 2 31 Timer References Window 2 31 2 32 Time offset 7 117 TIS 7 17 9 17 E 1 TIS interface 8 7 TIS symbology 7 34 TIS Traffic Advisory 7 35 TIS Ttraffic status 7 36 TMR REF softkey 2 5 2 8 2 9 2 31 2 33 TO FROM Arrow 2 15 Topographic Information 7 16 Topo data 7 22 Topo scale box 7 23 TOPO softkey 2 5 2 28 tracking intruder aircraft 8 10 Track vector 7 21 Trademark i Traffic 7 17 E 1 Traffic Advi
371. tions 7 64 Flight Plan Catalog Page options 7 64 Flight Plan Window 2 36 2 41 Flight timer 7 110 FLTA 7 42 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance 7 42 FPL key 2 30 2 36 Freezing Levels 8 11 Frequency list 7 81 Frequency spacing 3 6 3 8 Frequency transfer arrow 3 4 3 5 Frequency transfer key 3 3 FRZ LVL softkey 8 20 FSS information 7 135 FSS softkey 3 16 Fuel Calculations 6 9 Fuel Flow 6 3 6 9 Fuel Planning 7 107 Fuel Quantity 6 2 Fuel range ring 7 24 Fuel Remaining 6 9 Fuel Reserve Rings 2 27 Fuel Used 6 9 G G1000 Multi Function Display Pilot s Guide 8 1 GAL REM 6 9 GAL USED 6 9 GDC 74A 1 1 1 2 GDL 69 69A 1 1 1 3 GDL 69 Troubleshooting 8 27 GDU 1040 1 1 GEA 71 1 1 1 2 Generic timer 7 110 GIA 63 1 1 1 2 Glideslope Indicator 2 3 2 13 GMA 1347 1 1 1 10 1 12 GMU 44 1 1 1 2 GPS C 1 GPS receiver 7 116 190 00498 00 Rev A Graphical Cloud Tops 8 11 Graphical Echo Tops 8 11 Graphical Lightning Strikes 8 11 Graphical METAR Data 8 11 Graphical NEXRAD Data 8 11 Graphical Wind Data 8 11 Ground Clutter 8 16 GRS 77 1 1 1 2 GTX 33 1 1 1 3 GTX 33 Transponder 4 2 Heading 8 7 Heading Box 2 2 2 16 Heading Bug 2 15 Heading Indication 2 15 2 16 Heading Trend Vector 2 15 HI SENS 5 6 Horizontal Situation Indicator HSI 2 2 2 15 2 20 Horizon Line 2 10 2 11 Hottest Cylinder 6 3 6 6 Hurricane Track 8 11 Icing 8 18 IDENT softkey 2 5 2 8 2 23 4 3 4 5 ID ind
372. tivate the cursor Turn the large FMS knobs to highlight the clos est city field Turn the large and small FMS knobs to enter a city and press the ENT key Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY VOR Information Page Options PAGE MENU The following VOR Information Page Options are available by pressing the MENU key with the VOR Information Page displayed View Recent VOR List which allows you to view Press the FHS CRSP knob to the most recent VOR list return to base page To view the most recent VOR list 1 Select the VOR Information Page and press Figure 7 70 VOR Page Menu MENU to display the VOR Information Page Options View Recent VOR List is high lighted 2 Press the ENT key Turn the small FMS knob to select a VOR from the list and press the ENT key The selected VOR is now the active user VOR 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 95 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY USER WAYPOINT INFORMATION PAGE The G1000 allows the storage of up to 1 000 user defined waypoints The User Waypoint Information Page displays the waypoint name up to six characters long identifier and radial from two reference waypoints distance from one reference waypoint along with the user waypoints latitude longitude position User Waypoint Name User Waypoint Symbol _NORTH UP USER WAYPOIN OREM BAKER4 EUo COMMENT UZZSPRINGUTISIS
373. tly selected channel that the XM Radio is OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Channels The Channels window of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category To step through channels one at a time 1 While on the XM Radio page press the CHNL softkey The user can also push the FMS knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS knob to scroll through the channels 2 Press the CH softkey to go up through the list in the Channel window or move down the list with the CH softkey To select a channel directly 1 While on the XM Radio Page press the CHNL softkey 2 Pressthe DIR CH softkey The channel number in the Active Channel window will be high lighted 3 Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel number 4 Press the ENT key to activate the selected using The Channel feature is used to navigate through channel the channels in the selected category You can step through the channels one at a time or you may also select a chan nel directly by channel number 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 8 25 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8 26 Category The Category field of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio Categories of chan nels such as jazz rock or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other contents One of the opt
374. to 55 000 feet GDL 69 69A WEATHER DATA LINK Physical Specifications Height 6 15 inches 15 62 cm Width 1 05 inches 2 66 cm Depth 7 20 inches 18 26 cm Weight GDL 694 1 86 lb 0 84 kg Voltage Range 9 33 Vdc Environmental Specifications APOCO C 1 500 feet to 55 000 feet Temperature Range Altitude Range 190 00498 00 Rev A APPENDIX G GRS 77 AHRS Physical Specifications AHRS Performance Height 3 25 inches 8 36 cm Bank Pitch Error 1 25 within 30 roll left or right Width 3 75 inches 9 53 cm and 15 pitch nose up or down Length 8 5 inches 21 59 cm Maneuvers Range 360 pitch and roll Weight 2 40 lb 1 08 kg Rotation Rate 200 per second Voltage Range 10 33 Vdc Heading 2 straight and level flight Environmental Specifications Initialization Limitations Temperature Range 550 Cto 70 C For successful in flight initialization of the GRS 77 the fol Altitude Range 1 500 feet to 55 000 feet lowing attitude limitations must be met Primary AHRS operation 20 bank and 5 pitch Reversion AHRS operation 10 bank and 5 pitch 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav IlI G 3 APPENDIX G This page intentionally left blank G 4 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A amp GARMIN G1000 Index A Activate a flight plan 7 65 Activate a flight plan 7 56 Active Channel 8 25 Active Channel list 8 26 Active flig
375. to display a window showing up to ten nearby airports 4 Continue turning the small FMS knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired air port 5 Press the ENT key to confirm the selected waypoint and ENT again to activate a Direct to Shortcuts Shortcuts are available when using the Direct to key allowing the pilot to bypass the use of the FMS knobs Any time a waypoint field is highlighted and then the Di rect to key is pressed the highlighted waypoint will be the direct to waypoint The following are candidates for Direct to waypoints The highlighted waypoint when map panning with the MFD map panning pointer The highlighted waypoint identifier field on any page The airport waypoint page airport when on the airport information arrival departure or approach pages The waypoint displayed on the VOR waypoint page The waypoint displayed on the NDB waypoint page The waypoint displayed on the intersection waypoint page The waypoint displayed on the user waypoint page DIRECT TO IDENT FACILITY CITY e WATERLOO WATERLOO DE COURSE ACTIVATE Figure 7 33 Nearest Airport Direct to Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A Canceling Direct to Navigation Once a Direct to is activated the G1000 provides navigation guidance to the selected destination until the Direct to is either replaced with a new Direct to or flight plan or cancelled or if t
376. ty name or location You can scroll FULL TIME backwards with the small FMS knob if you scroll past the desired facility name or location 4 Press the ENT key to select the desired facility name or location ATIS RX 128 550 Ine 121750 D To the flashing cursor press the FMS GROUND 121 900 ee TOWER 119 100 To select a waypoint identifier from a list UNICOM 122 950 of duplicates Lau dM MM S 1 Select the desired airport or navaid identifier ui a 2 A duplicate waypoints window is displayed Figure 7 59 Waypoint Facility or City Location Turn the large FMS knob to select the desired waypoint and press the ENT key 3 To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS knob 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 19 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Airport Runway Information Field The Airport Runway Information field displays runway designations length surface type and lighting for the selected airport A map image of the runway layout and surrounding area is also displayed on the Airport Runway Information Page The map image range is displayed in the lower left corner and is adjustable using the joystick For airports with multiple runways information for each runway is available To display information for each additional runway 1 2 7 80 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS knob to place the cursor on the Runway designation field Turn the small FMS knob to
377. units Fueland fuel flow units Position The aviation database contains over 100 map datums to adjust your position reading making it conform to specific paper charts The default datum setting is WGS 84 If you are using a chart based on another datum you should set the G1000 to use the same datum Using a map datum that does not match the charts you are using can result in significant differences in position information If you are using the paper charts for reference only the G1000 still provides correct navigation guidance to the waypoints contained in the database regardless of the da tum selected Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY The Display Units section of the System Setup Page allows the following operations To select a Nav Angle auto true To select Distance and speed units metric or nautical To select Altitude and vertical speed units feet meters To select Barometric pressure units inches of mercury hectopascals To select Temperature units Celsius Fahrenheit To select Fuel and fuel flow units gallons impe rial gallons kilograms liters pounds To select position To change a Display Units setting 1 2 Select the System Setup Page Press the FMS knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired DISPLAY UNITS field Turn the small FMS knob to display the options list for the selected ite
378. ure 6 2 Horizontal Bar Indicator Fuel Quantity Fuel Quantity FUEL QTY GAL The Fuel Quantity Indicator displays the quantity of fuel in the tanks in gallons The indicator ranges from 0 to F full Tick marks are at every 10 gallons up to 30 gallons 20 gallons for the Model 172 Two pointers labeled L left and R right indicate the number of gallons in each fuel tank When full the indicator displays to 35 gallons per side 26 gallons for the Model 172 Green Normal Yellow Caution low Red Warning 6 2 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill Digital Readouts These readouts appear as white text on a black background representing areas of normal operation The color changes to black text on a yellow background caution or white text on a red background warning upon exceeding areas of normal operation M BATT S 4 6 AMPS OO Figure 6 3 Digital Readout Ammeter EIS PAGE REVERSION The EIS automatically detaults back to the Engine Page from the Lean or System Page when any of the following parameters are exceeded Parameter Criterion Cylinder Head Temperature gt 500 F Oil Temperature D lt 20 PSI or Battery Current Main Battery Current Standby Electrical Bus Voltage Main or Essential lt 1 A discharge lt 0A discharge lt 24 5 V or 32 0V Table 6 1 Engine Page Default Criteria Fluctuations in engine speed and fuel quantity above
379. ures for the departure airport Turn the FMS knob to select the desired departure and press the ENT key PAGE HEN 4 A window may appear listing runways for the OPTIONS Closest Point OF FPL Change Fields departure Turn the FMS knob to select the desired runway and press the ENT key This window is not displayed tor every departure Restore Defoults 5 A second window is displayed listing avail able transitions for the departure Turn the Dicti Sp 1 Lond Foeroer FMS knob to highlight the desired transition fiscus a waypoint and press the ENT key 6 With LOAD highlighted press the ENT key Figure 7 43 Loading Departure Options The departure flight plan is displayed as part of the overall flight plan and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 59 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Load an Arrival 7 60 Load Arrival allows a published standard terminal arrival route STAR for the destination airport to be loaded into a flight plan It also replaces the current arrival with a new selection An arrival can also be loaded using the PROC key or by pressing the LD STAR softkey To select an arrival for a Direct to or flight plan destination airport l From the Active Flight Plan Page press the MENU key to display the Active Flight Plan Page options Highlight the Load Arrival opti
380. urra 2 MISSOURI xx BE KENTUCKY NEXRAD DR OF ART mun SA 777000000007 SP Ge NGSHUTLLE Weather OKLAHOWARCITY E GWBAHOMA c9 y SHENS TENNESSEE fff MAINS j DALLAS TOPO TERRAIN NEXRAD Softkey Figure 8 7 Navigation Map Page Displaying NEXRAD Weather 8 12 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 190 00498 00 Rev A OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Navigation Map Page Weather Control Navigation Map Setup Options Softkeys The user can customize the display of XM weather on The following softkeys control the display of NEXRAD the Navigation Map Page by using the Map Setup Weather and XM Lightning weather products on the Navigation Group Options Menu Figure 8 8 The following options Map Page are available NEXRAD pressing the NEXRAD softkey displays e NEXRAD DATA Turns the display of NEXRAD data NEXRAD weather and coverage information The and radar coverage on or off and selects the desired NEXRAD option is mutually exclusive with the display range TOPO TERRAIN and STORMSCOPE options that is when NEXRAD is activated TOPO and or XM LING Turns the display of XM Lightning on TERRAIN and or STORMSCOPE are turned off or off and selects the desired display range XM LING pressing the XM LING softkey displays XM lightning information XM Lightning is mutu ally exclusive with the STORMSCOPE option CELL MOVEMENT Turns the display of storm cell movement on or off The Cell Movement option is only shown when
381. used for primary guidance you must use the appropriate receiver for the selected approach e g VOR or ILS The final course segment of ILS approaches for example must be flown by tuning the Nav receiver to the proper frequency and selecting that Nav receiver on the CDI A selected approach can be activated or loaded Activating the approach also initiates automatic CDI scaling transition as the approach progresses In many cases it can be easiest to Load the full approach while still some distance away enroute to the destination airport Later if vectored to final use the following steps to select Activate Vector To Final which makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active Otherwise activate the full approach using the Activate Approach option Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To activate an approach procedure 1 16 With an approach loaded in the active flight plan press the PROC key to display the Proce dures Page Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Activate Approach Press the ENT key CAUTION The G1000 is designed to only complement printed approach plates and vastly improve situational awareness throughout the approach The approach must be flown as it appears on the approach chart Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NOTE Specific GPS approach examples are given in the G1000 Cessna Pilot s Guide Training Material T
382. val Alerts 7 121 Arrival Page Menu 7 84 Arrow double green 3 8 Arrow single green 3 8 Arrow single magenta 3 8 ARTCC 7 135 Assist Engine Leaning 6 6 ASSIST softkey 6 6 Attitude 1 1 1 2 Attitude Indicator 2 2 2 10 2 11 Audio alerting system 9 1 Audio Alerts 7 121 Audio panel controls COM1 COM1 MIC 5 2 5 4 COM2 COM2 MIC 5 2 5 4 COM 1 2 5 5 COPLT key 5 8 NAV1 NAV2 5 7 SPKR 5 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III INDEX Auto tuning 3 10 3 11 3 17 Automated Airborne Determination 2 23 Automatic sequencing C 2 C 3 Automatic squelch 3 3 3 6 Auto zoom 7 11 7 20 Auxiliary Page Group 7 105 Auxiliary Windows 2 30 2 45 Auxiliary Window Keys 2 30 AUX Trip Planning Map 8 11 Aviation database A 1 Aviation group options 7 27 Aviation map data 7 12 Backlighting 1 12 2 4 7 2 Backup 1 13 BACK softkey 2 5 2 8 4 1 Barometric Setting Box 2 2 2 12 Bar Graph EGT CHT 6 6 Battery Amperage 6 4 Bearing Intormation Windows 2 3 2 17 Bearing Pointers 2 1 2 18 Bendix King KTA870 KMH880 8 7 BKSP softkey 4 1 4 4 BRG1 softkey 2 5 2 17 2 18 BRG2 softkey 2 5 2 17 2 18 Bus Voltage 6 4 C Canceling direct to navigation 7 53 Category 8 25 CATGRY softkey 8 25 CAUTION 9 2 Caution iii iv 2 46 2 47 CAUTION alerts 9 3 CAUTION softkey 2 47 CDI 2 5 2 8 2 20 9 17 9 18 CDI scale 7 122 C 3 CDI scaling 7 75 CDI softkey 3 8 Cell data 8 1 INDEX Change fields 7 63 Chan
383. when possible Alerts Window Message Comments AHRS1 TAS AHRS1 not receiving airspeed AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 using backup GPS source AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 not receiving any GPS information AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 not receiving backup GPS information AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 operating exclusively in no GPS mode MANIFEST GRS1 software mismatch Communication halted BACKUP PATH AHRS1 using backup data path AHRS1 SRVC AHRS1 Magnetic field model needs update GEO LIMITS AHRS1 too far North South no magnetic compass The 1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer The AHRS relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed The G1000 system should be serviced The 1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path Primary GPS path has failed The G1000 system should be serviced when possible The 1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information Check AFMS limita tions The G1000 system should be serviced The 1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information The G1000 system should be serviced The 1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no GPS mode The G1000 system should be serviced The AHRS has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be serviced The 1 AHRS is using a backup communications data path The G1000 system should be serviced when possible The 41 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date Update magnetic field model
384. y or the FMS knob OR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT On the Weather Data Link Page press the LEGEND softkey which displays the Page Menu Options Turn either the large or small FMS knob to select Weather Legend and press the ENT key MORE WX press the MORE WX softkey to display the following group of softkeys for additional weather control NOTE City Forecast and METAR information is only displayed within the installed Aviation Database service area SFC pressing the SFC softkey for Surface Analysis shows current or forecast conditions The city forecasts information is combined with the surface conditions The SFC softkey label changes to reflect the forecast time selected Forecasts are available for intervals of 12 24 36 and 48 hours The update rate is every 12 minutes FRONTS HIGH H TI CITY FORECAST SUNNY PART SUN CLOUDY see RAINY T STORM e SNOW E GE 7 lem C _9 WINDY FOGGY HAZE HIGH LOW TEMP Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 8 19 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT FRZ LVL press the FRZ LVL softkey to display COUNTY WARNINGS contour lines for freezing levels The update SEVERE THUNDERSTORM rate is every 12 minutes TORNADO FREEZING LEVELS FT 2660 12666 4000 14000 CYCLONE pressing the CYCLONE softkey shows a the current location of cyclones hurricanes and their projected track at various time intervals The update rate is every 12 minute
385. y activation 3 11 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III VOR frequency loading 3 15 VOR information 3 13 VOR list 7 95 VOR Page Menu 7 95 VOR selection 3 2 3 8 Vspeeds 2 9 2 31 2 32 W WARNING 9 2 Warning 2 46 Warning altitude 5 2 WARNING alerts 9 3 WARNING softkey 2 46 WARN Annunciation 2 20 Waypoint Facility or City Location 7 79 Waypoint identifier 7 78 Waypoint Page group 7 77 Weather real time 1 3 Weather Data Link Page 8 11 8 15 8 19 8 20 Weather Data Link Page Softkeys 8 15 Weather Group Options 8 6 Weather Group Options Menu 8 3 Weather Information 2 5 2 29 Weather Legends Window 8 19 Weather Products 8 24 Weather Product Age 8 22 Weather Product Symbols 8 21 Wind shear 8 18 WIND softkey 8 20 Wind vector 7 21 WPT Weather Information Page 8 11 WPT Page Group 8 14 WSR 88D weather surveillance radar 8 16 WX 500 User s Guide 8 1 WX frequency loading 3 16 WX softkey 8 14 X XM Information Page 8 23 XM Lightning 8 11 XM LTNG softkey 2 5 2 29 8 13 190 00498 00 Rev A INDEX XM Radio 8 11 XM Radio Interface Softkeys 8 24 XM Radio Page 8 24 XM Satellite Radio 8 23 XM weather radio 1 3 XPDR softkey 2 6 2 8 2 23 4 1 4 3 4 4 4 5 Z Zoom Range 2 28 zoom range 8 4 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 7 INDEX This page intentionally left blank I 8 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 R
386. y the Flight Plan Catalog options Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Delete Flight Plan and press the ENT key A Delete flight plan confirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT key to delete the flight plan To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 61 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY Delete All Flight Plans Delete AIP removes all flight plans from memory at 1 68 one time To delete all flight plans 1 From the Flight Plan Catalog Page press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page options Turn the large FMS knob to highlight Delete All and press the ENT key A Delete all flight plans confirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT key to delete all flight plans To cancel turn the large FMS knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT key Sort By Comment Number Sort List By Number Sort List by Comment selects between a Flight Plan Catalog Page sorted numerically by the flight plan number or sorted alphanumerically based upon the comment assigned to each flight plan When one option is selected the other option is displayed on the Flight Plan Catalog options window To sort the catalog listing by number or comment 1 From the Flight Plan Catalog Page press the MENU key to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page options Turn the l
387. y to accept the selected posi tion Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill NOTE The number of waypoints that are stored in memory USED WPTS is shown at the bottom of the User Waypoint Information Page To create a new user waypoint by referenc ing an existing waypoint 1 With the User Waypoint Intormation Page displayed press the FMS knob to activate the cursor Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter a name for the new waypoint and press the ENT key The message Are you sure you want to create the new user waypoint is displayed Press YES to create the new waypoint The first reference waypoint REFERENCE WAYPOINT field is highlighted Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the identitier of the reference waypoint The reference waypoint can be an airport VOR NDB intersection or another user waypoint Press ENT to accept the selected identifier The cursor moves to the radial RAD field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the radial from the reference waypoint to the new user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the selected radial The cursor moves to the distance DIS field Turn the small and large FMS knobs to enter the distance from the reference waypoint to the new user waypoint Press the ENT key to accept the selected distance Press the FMS knob to remove the flashing Cursor 190 00498 00 Rev A MULTI FUNC
388. ymbol Bearing Distance NDB Name Latitude and Longitude FREQUENCY 389 0 Frequency Figure 7 87 Nearest NDB Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 1213 MUTLI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select the Nearest NDB Page 7 132 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page Turn the large FMS knob to select the NRST page group NRST is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display Turn the small FMS knob to select the Nearest NDB Page To select an NDB from the Nearest NDB Page 1 2 Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor NEAREST VOR PAGE Ihe VOR Information Page displays the following information for a selected VOR Map of surrounding area Identifier Symbol Bearing Distance e Name Closest city VOR Type atitude longitude degrees minutes or degrees minutes seconds Magnetic Variation in degrees Frequency in megahertz MHz Turn the FMS knob and press the ENT key to select the desired NDB The remaining informa tion on the Nearest NDB Page pertains to the selected NDB BKTJ _NoRTH UP NEAREST VOR ds xd ore VOR Identifier 22 Symbol Bearing Distance Nearest VOR Map Symbology VOR Name VOR Location VOR Type and fundus Magnetic Deviation Longitude VOR Frequency p M AED ETS Figure 7 88 Nearest VOR Page Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav
389. ypoint NEAREST FREQUENCIES PAGE The Nearest Frequencies Page displays the facility name bearing to and distance to the five nearest ARTCC and FSS points of communication within 200 nautical miles of the present position For each ARTCC and FSS listed the Nearest Frequencies Page also indicates the frequency and may be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver to the facility frequency The selected frequency is placed in the standby field of the COM window and activated using the COM Frequency Toggle key In addition to the ARTCC and FSS information the Nearest Frequencies Page includes the weather frequencies for the selected ARTCC or FSS MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY To select the Nearest Frequencies Page 1 From any page press and hold the CLR key to select the Navigation Map Page Turn the large FMS knob to select the NRST page group NRST is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the display Turn the small FMS knob to select the Nearest Frequencies Page To select a Nearest ARTCC from the Nearest Frequencies Page 1 2 Select the Nearest Frequencies Page Press the ARTCC softkey and turn the small FMS knob to select a Nearest ARTCC To select and load the Nearest ARTCC Fre quency from the Nearest Frequencies Page 1 2 Select the Nearest Frequencies Page Press the ARTCC softkey and turn the large FMS knob to select the center frequency Press the ENT key to load th
390. ystem Setup Page the status bar System Status Page Nearest NRST Page Group Active Page Title Nearest Airports Page Nearest Intersections Page MAP NAVIGATION MAP Nearest NDB Page Figure 7 5 Pace Title Wind Nearest VOR Page SAE rA Ee Nearest User Waypoints Page Nearest Frequencies Page Neatest Airspaces Page 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 7 7 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY 1 8 WORKING WITH MENUS Much of the operation of the GI1000 MFD is accomplished using a menu interface The G1000 has a bezel mounted dedicated menu key MENU when pressed displays a context sensitive list of options This options list allows the pilot to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to the currently displayed page Some menus provide access to additional submenus that are used to view edit select and review options Some menus display NO OPTIONS when there are no options for the page selected The main keys which are used in association with all page group operations are listed below e CLR erases information or cancels an entry Press and hold CLR to immediately display the Navigation Map Page regardless of the page currently displayed ENT accepts a menu selection or data entry Approves an operation or completes data entry Also confirms information BACK resets the MFD softkeys to their default settings ENGINE MAP DCLTR MODE VIEW etc
391. ywell Honeywell CO Guardian ae p KR 87 KN 63 Carbon Monoxide Lightning Strike and ADF Receiver DME Detection Thunderstorm Detection Figure 1 2 G1000 Optional Interfaces NOTE For information on all optional equipment shown in Figure 1 2 please consult the applicable user s guide supplied with the optional equipment This document assumes that the reader is already familiar with the operation of this additional equipment 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 5 SYSTEM OVERVIEW This page intentionally left blank 1 6 Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav III 190 00498 00 Rev A 1 3 PFD MFD CONTROLS OQ 0 500 s E PUSH VOL sg lt gt COM EMERG PUSH 1 2 CRS 2 BARO PUSH PUSH HDG SYNC CRS CTR RANGE PN 17 Figure 1 3 PFD MFD Controls 1 NAV VOL ID Knob Direct to Key Q NAV Frequency Toggle Key AD Flight Plan Key MENU 3 NAV Knob 12 Clear Key D e 4 Heading Knob 13 Flight Management System Knob 5 Range Joystick Menu Key 2 6 Course Baro Knob 15 Procedure Key 7 COM Knob Enter Key 13 COM Frequency Toggle Key 17 Altitude Knob WE 9 COM VOL SQ Knob 190 00498 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Pilot s Guide for Cessna Nav Ill 1 7 SYSTEM OVERVIEW The G1000 controls and keys have been designed to simplify the operation of the system and minimize workload as wellas the time required to access sophisticated functionality The following

Garmin Legacy Software Versions Pilot's Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents